10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Mar 2025
    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      By measuring intracellular changes in membrane voltage from a single neuron of the medulla the authors describe a method for determining the balance of excitatory and inhibitory synaptic drive onto a single neuron within this important brain region.

      Strengths:

      This data-driven approach to exploring neural circuits is well described and could be valuable in identifying microcircuits that generate rhythms. Importantly, perhaps, this inference method could enable microcircuits to be studied without the need for time consuming anatomical tracing or other more involved electrophysiological techniques. Therefore, I definitely can see the value in developing an approach of this type.

      Weaknesses:

      There are many assumptions that need to be accepted in order to successfully apply this technique and I was pleased to see that several of these assumption have been explored by the authors in this study.

      For example, this approach involves assuming the reversal potential that is associated with the different permeant ions that underlie the excitation and inhibition as well as the application of Ohms law to estimate the contribution of excitation and inhibitory conductance. My first concern was that this approach relies on a linear I-V relationship between the measured voltage and the estimated reversal potential. However, open rectification is a feature of any I-V relationship generated by asymmetric distributions of ions (see the GHK current equation) and will therefore be a particular issue for the inhibition resulting from asymmetrical Cl- ion gradients across GABA-A receptors. The mixed cation conductance that underlies most synaptic excitation will also generate a non-linear I-V relationship due to the inward rectification associated with polyamine block of AMPA receptors. The authors present evidence that over most of the voltage range examined the I-V relationship is linear and this is a helpful addition.

      This approach has similarities to earlier studies undertaken in the visual cortex that estimated the excitatory and inhibitory synaptic conductance changes that contributed to membrane voltage changes during receptive field stimulation. However, these approaches also involved the recording of transmembrane current changes during visual stimulation that were undertaken in voltage-clamp at various command voltages to estimate the underlying conductance changes. Molkov et al have attempted to essentially deconvolve the underlying conductance changes without this information and I am concerned that this simply may not be possible.

      The current balance equation (1) cited in this study is based upon the parallel conductance model developed by Hodgkin & Huxley. One key element of the HH equations is the inclusion of an estimate of the capacitive current generated due to the change in voltage across the membrane capacitance. While the present study takes into account the impact of membrane capacitance, a deeper discussion on how variations in capacitance across different neuron types might affect inference accuracy would be useful. Differences in capacitance could introduce variability in inferred conductances, potentially influencing model predictions.

      Studies using acute slicing preparations to examine circuit effects have often been limited to the study of small microcircuits - especially feedforward and feedback interneuron circuits. It is widely accepted that any information gained from this approach will always be compromised by the absence of patterned afferent input from outside the brain region being studied. In this study, descending control from the Pons and the neocortex will not be contributing much to the synaptic drive and ascending information from respiratory muscles will also be absent completely. This may not have been such a major concern if this study was limited to demonstrating the feasibility of a methodological approach. However, this limitation does need to be considered when using an approach of this type to speculate on the prevalence of specific circuit motifs within the medulla (Figure 4). Therefore, I would argue that some discussion of this limitation should be included in this manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this human neuroimaging and electrophysiology study, the authors aimed to characterise effects of a period of visual deprivation in the sensitive period on excitatory and inhibitory balance in the visual cortex. They attempted to do so by comparing neurochemistry conditions ('eyes open', 'eyes closed') and resting state, and visually evoked EEG activity between ten congenital cataract patients with recovered sight (CC), and ten age-matched control participants (SC) with normal sight. First, they used magnetic resonance spectroscopy to measure in vivo neurochemistry from two locations, the primary location of interest in the visual cortex, and a control location in the frontal cortex. Such voxels are used to provide a control for the spatial specificity of any effects because the single-voxel MRS method provides a single sampling location. Using MR-visible proxies of excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmission, Glx and GABA+ respectively, the authors report no group effects in GABA+ or Glx, no difference in the functional conditions 'eyes closed' and 'eyes open'. They found an effect of group in the ratio of Glx/GABA+ and no similar effect in the control voxel location. They then perform multiple exploratory correlations between MRS measures and visual acuity and report a weak positive correlation between the 'eyes open' condition and visual acuity in CC participants. The same participants then took part in an EEG experiment. The authors selected two electrodes placed in the visual cortex for analysis and report a group difference in an EEG index of neural activity, the aperiodic intercept, as well as the aperiodic slope, considered a proxy for cortical inhibition. Control electrodes in the frontal region did not present with the same pattern. They report an exploratory correlation between the aperiodic intercept and Glx in one out of three EEG conditions.

      The authors report the difference in E/I ratio and interpret the lower E/I ratio as representing an adaptation to visual deprivation, which would have initially caused a higher E/I ratio. Although intriguing, the strength of evidence in support of this view is not strong. Amongst the limitations are the low sample size, a critical control cohort that could provide evidence for higher E/I ratio in CC patients without recovered sight for example, and lower data quality in the control voxel. Nevertheless, the study provides a rare and valuable insight into experience-dependent plasticity in the human brain.

      Strengths of study

      How sensitive period experience shapes the developing brain is an enduring and important question in neuroscience. This question has been particularly difficult to investigate in humans. The authors recruited a small number of sight-recovered participants with bilateral congenital cataracts to investigate the effect of sensitive period deprivation on the balance of excitation and inhibition in the visual brain using measures of brain chemistry and brain electrophysiology. The research is novel, and the paper was interesting and well-written.

      Limitations

      Low sample size. Ten for CC and ten for SC, and further two SC participants were rejected due to lack of frontal control voxel data. The sample size limits the statistical power of the dataset and increases the likelihood of effect inflation.

      In the updated manuscript, the authors have provided justification for their sample size by pointing to prior studies and the inherent difficulties in recruiting individuals with bilateral congenital cataracts. Importantly, this highlights the value the study brings to the field while also acknowledging the need to replicate the effects in a larger cohort.

      Lack of specific control cohort. The control cohort has normal vision. The control cohort is not specific enough to distinguish between people with sight loss due to different causes and patients with congenital cataracts with co-morbidities. Further data from a more specific populations, such as patients whose cataracts have not been removed, with developmental cataracts, or congenitally blind participants, would greatly improve the interpretability of the main finding. The lack of a more specific control cohort is a major caveat that limits a conclusive interpretation of the results.

      In the updated version, the authors have indicated that future studies can pursue comparisons between congenital cataract participants and cohorts with later sight loss.

      MRS data quality differences. Data quality in the control voxel appears worse than in the visual cortex voxel. The frontal cortex MRS spectrum shows far broader linewidth than the visual cortex (Supplementary Figures). Compared to the visual voxel, the frontal cortex voxel has less defined Glx and GABA+ peaks; lower GABA+ and Glx concentrations, lower NAA SNR values; lower NAA concentrations. If the data quality is a lot worse in the FC, then small effects may not be detectable.

      In the updated version, the authors have added more information that informs the reader of the MRS quality differences between voxel locations. This increases the transparency of their reporting and enhances the assessment of the results.

      Because of the direction of the difference in E/I, the authors interpret their findings as representing signatures of sight improvement after surgery without further evidence, either within the study or from the literature. However, the literature suggests that plasticity and visual deprivation drives the E/I index up rather than down. Decreasing GABA+ is thought to facilitate experience dependent remodelling. What evidence is there that cortical inhibition increases in response to a visual cortex that is over-sensitised to due congenital cataracts? Without further experimental or literature support this interpretation remains very speculative.

      The updated manuscript contains key reference from non-human work to justify their interpretation.

      Heterogeneity in patient group. Congenital cataract (CC) patients experienced a variety of duration of visual impairment and were of different ages. They presented with co-morbidities (absorbed lens, strabismus, nystagmus). Strabismus has been associated with abnormalities in GABAergic inhibition in the visual cortex. The possible interactions with residual vision and confounds of co-morbidities are not experimentally controlled for in the correlations, and not discussed.

      The updated document has addressed this caveat.

      Multiple exploratory correlations were performed to relate MRS measures to visual acuity (shown in Supplementary Materials), and only specific ones shown in the main document. The authors describe the analysis as exploratory in the 'Methods' section. Furthermore, the correlation between visual acuity and E/I metric is weak, not corrected for multiple comparisons. The results should be presented as preliminary, as no strong conclusions can be made from them. They can provide a hypothesis to test in a future study.

      This has now been done throughout the document and increases the transparency of the reporting.

      P.16 Given the correlation of the aperiodic intercept with age ("Age negatively correlated with the aperiodic intercept across CC and SC individuals, that is, a flattening of the intercept was observed with age"), age needs to be controlled for in the correlation between neurochemistry and the aperiodic intercept. Glx has also been shown to negatively correlates with age.

      This caveat has been addressed in the revised manuscript.

      Multiple exploratory correlations were performed to relate MRS to EEG measures (shown in Supplementary Materials), and only specific ones shown in the main document. Given the multiple measures from the MRS, the correlations with the EEG measures were exploratory, as stated in the text, p.16, and in Fig.4. yet the introduction said that there was a prior hypothesis "We further hypothesized that neurotransmitter changes would relate to changes in the slope and intercept of the EEG aperiodic activity in the same subjects." It would be great if the text could be revised for consistency and the analysis described as exploratory.

      This has been done throughout the document and increases the transparency of the reporting.

      The analysis for the EEG needs to take more advantage of the available data. As far as I understand, only two electrodes were used, yet far more were available as seen in their previous study (Ossandon et al., 2023). The spatial specificity is not established. The authors could use the frontal cortex electrode (FP1, FP2) signals as a control for spatial specificity in the group effects, or even better, all available electrodes and correct for multiple comparisons. Furthermore, they could use the aperiodic intercept vs Glx in SC to evaluate the specificity of the correlation to CC.

      This caveat has been addressed. The authors have added frontal electrodes to their analysis, providing an essential regional control for the visual cortex location.

      Comments on revisions:

      In the first revision, the authors made reasonable adjustments to their manuscript that addressed most of my comments by adding further justification for their methodology, essential literature support, pointing out exploratory analyses, limitations and adding key control analyses. Their revised manuscript was overall improved, providing valuable information, though the evidence that supports their claims is still incomplete.

      In their second revision, the authors pointed to justifications for their analyses, careful interpretation and tempered claims to clarify their response to the initial feedback. However, my assessment of the first revision has not been changed after the second revision, because there were no further modifications of their responses to my feedback.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study examined 10 congenitally blind patients who recovered vision through the surgical removal of bilateral dense cataracts, measuring neural activity and neuro chemical profiles from the visual cortex. The declared aim is to test whether restoring visual function after years of complete blindness impacts excitation/inhibition balance in the visual cortex. The manuscript reports precious behavioural, electrophysiological and magnetic resonance data from a rare population. Although the findings are useful for stimulating further research in the field, they only provide incomplete support to the authors' claims.

      The main claim is that sight recovery impacts the excitation/inhibition balance in the visual cortex; however, the paradigm does not allow to distinguish the effects of sight recovery from those of visual deprivation (i.e. in patients who were born blind but recovered vision after several months/years vs. patients who were born blind and never recovered vision); moreover, the link between electrophysiological findings and cortical excitation/inhibition is tentative and its interpretation remains speculative.

      Strengths:

      The findings are undoubtedly useful for the community, as they contribute towards characterising the many ways in which this special population differs from normally sighted individuals. The combination of MRS and EEG measures is a promising strategy to estimate a fundamental physiological parameter - the balance between excitation and inhibition in the visual cortex, which animal studies show to be heavily dependent upon early visual experience. Thus, the reported results pave the way for further studies, which may use a similar approach to evaluate more patients and control groups.

      Weaknesses:

      The main methodological limitation is the lack of an appropriate comparison group or condition to delineate the effect of sight recovery (as opposed to the effect of congenital blindness). Few previous studies suggested that Excitation/Inhibition ratio in the visual cortex is increased in congenitally blind patients; the present study reports that E/I ratio decreases instead. The authors claim that this implies a change of E/I ratio following sight recovery. However, supporting this claim would require showing a shift of E/I after vs. before the sight-recovery surgery, or at least it would require comparing patients who did and did not undergo the sight-recovery surgery (as common in the field).

      There are also more technical limitations related to the correlation analyses, which are partly acknowledged in the manuscript. A bland correlation between GLX/GABA and the visual impairment is reported, but this is specific to the patients group (N=10) and would not hold across groups (the correlation is positive, predicting the lowest GLX/GABA ratio values for the sighted controls - opposite of what is found). There is also a strong correlation between GLX concentrations and the EEG power at the lowest temporal frequencies. Although this relation is intriguing, it only holds for a very specific combination of parameters (of the many tested): only with eyes open, only in the patients group.

      Conclusions:

      The main claim of the study is that sight recovery impacts the excitation/inhibition balance in the visual cortex, estimated with MRS or through indirect EEG indices. However, due to the weaknesses outlined above, the study cannot distinguish the effects of sight recovery from those of visual deprivation. Moreover, many aspects of the results are interesting but their validation and interpretation require additional experimental work.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors' revisions did not substantially alter the manuscript. As such, my assessment above remains unaltered.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines the impact of congenital visual deprivation on the excitatory/inhibitory (E/I) ratio in the visual cortex using Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (MRS) and electroencephalography (EEG) in individuals whose sight was restored. Ten individuals with reversed congenital cataracts were compared to age-matched, normally sighted controls, assessing the cortical E/I balance and its interrelationship and to visual acuity. The study reveals that the Glx/GABA ratio in the visual cortex and the intercept and aperiodic signal are significantly altered in those with a history of early visual deprivation, suggesting persistent neurophysiological changes despite visual restoration. First of all, I would like to disclose that I am not an expert in congenital visual deprivation, nor in MRS. My expertise is in EEG (particularly in the decomposition of periodic and aperiodic activity) and statistical methods. Second, although the authors addressed some of my concerns on the previous version of this manuscript, major concerns and flaws remain in terms of methodological and statistical approaches along with the (over) interpretation of the results.

      Persistent specific concerns include:<br /> (1 3.1) Response to Variability in Visual Deprivation<br /> Rather than listing the advantages and disadvantages of visual deprivation, I recommend providing at least a descriptive analysis of how the duration of visual deprivation influenced the measures of interest. This would enhance the depth and relevance of the discussion.

      (2 3.2) Small Sample Size<br /> The issue of small sample size remains problematic. The justification that previous studies employed similar sample sizes does not adequately address the limitation in the current study. I strongly suggest that the correlation analyses should not feature prominently in the main manuscript or the abstract, especially if the discussion does not substantially rely on these correlations. Please also revisit the recommendations made in the section on statistical concerns.

      (3 3.3) Statistical Concerns<br /> While I appreciate the effort of conducting an independent statistical check, it merely validates whether the reported statistical parameters, degrees of freedom (df), and p-values are consistent. However, this does not address the appropriateness of the chosen statistical methods.

      Several points require clarification or improvement:

      (4) Correlation Methods: The manuscript does not specify whether the reported correlation analyses are based on Pearson or Spearman correlation.<br /> This has been addressed in the final revision

      (5) Confidence Intervals: Include confidence intervals for correlations to represent the uncertainty associated with these estimates.<br /> This has been addressed in the final revision

      (6) Permutation Statistics: Given the small sample size, I recommend using permutation statistics, as these are exact tests and more appropriate for small datasets.

      (7) Adjusted P-Values: Ensure that reported Bonferroni corrected p-values (e.g., p > 0.999) are clearly labeled as adjusted p-values where applicable.<br /> This has been addressed in the final revision

      (8) Figure 2C<br /> Figure 2C still lacks crucial information that the correlation between Glx/GABA ratio and visual acuity was computed solely in the control group (as described in the rebuttal letter). Why was this analysis restricted to the control group? Please provide a rationale.

      (9 3.4) Interpretation of Aperiodic Signal<br /> Relying on previous studies to interpret the aperiodic slope as a proxy for excitation/inhibition (E/I) does not make the interpretation more robust.

      (10) Additionally, the authors state:<br /> "We cannot think of how any of the exploratory correlations between neurophysiological measures and MRS measures could be accounted for by a difference e.g. in skull thickness."

      (11) This could be addressed directly by including skull thickness as a covariate or visualizing it in scatterplots, for instance, by representing skull thickness as the size of the dots.

      (12 3.5) Problems with EEG Preprocessing and Analysis<br /> Downsampling: The decision to downsample the data to 60 Hz "to match the stimulation rate" is problematic. This choice conflates subsequent spectral analyses due to aliasing issues, as explained by the Nyquist theorem. While the authors cite prior studies (Schwenk et al., 2020; VanRullen & MacDonald, 2012) to justify this decision, these studies focused on alpha (8-12 Hz), where aliasing is less of a concern compared of analyzing aperiodic signal. Furthermore, in contrast, the current study analyzes the frequency range from 1-20 Hz, which is too narrow for interpreting the aperiodic signal asE/I. Typically, this analysis should include higher frequencies, spanning at least 1-30 Hz oreven 1-45 Hz (not 20-40 Hz).

      (13) Baseline Removal: Subtracting the mean activity across an epoch as a baseline removal step is inappropriate for resting-state EEG data. This preprocessing step undermines the validity of the analysis. The EEG dataset has fundamental flaws, many of which were pointed out in the previous review round but remain unaddressed. In its current form, the manuscript falls short of standards for robust EEG analysis.

      (14) The authors mention: "The EEG data sets reported here were part of data published earlier (Ossandón et al.,2023; Pant et al., 2023)." Thus, the statement "The group differences for the EEG assessments corresponded to those of a larger sample of CC individuals (n=38) " is a circular argument and should be avoided."<br /> The authors addressed this comment and adjusted the statement. However, I do not understand, why the full sample published earlier (Ossandón et al., 2023) was not used in the current study?

      Comments on revisions:

      The current version of the manuscript is almost unchanged compared to the last version. Unfortunately, I observed that the authors have not adequately addressed most of my previous suggestions; rather, they provided justifications for not incorporating them.

      Given this, I do not see the need to modify my initial assessment.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      van Vliet and colleagues present results of a study correlating internal states of a convolutional neural network trained on visual word stimuli with evoked MEG potentials during reading.

      In this study, a standard deep learning image recognition model (VGG-11) trained on a large natural image set (ImageNet) that begins illiterate but is then further trained on visual word stimuli, is used on a set of predefined stimulus images to extract strings of characters from "noisy" words, pseudowords and real words. This methodology is used in hopes of creating a model which learns to apply the same nonlinear transforms that could be happening in different regions of the brain - which would be validated by studying the correlations between the weights of this model and neural responses. Specifically, the aim is that the model learns some vector embedding space, as quantified by the spread of activations across a layer's weights (L2 Norm prior to ReLu Activation Function), for the different kinds of stimuli, that creates a parameterized decision boundary that is similar to amplitude changes at different times for a MEG signal. More importantly, the way that the stimuli are ordered or ranked in that space should be separable to the degree we see separation in neural activity. This study does show that the layer weights corresponding to five different broad classes of stimuli do statistically correlate with three specific components in the ERP. However, I believe there are fundamental theoretical issues that limit the implications of the results of this study.

      As has been shown over many decades, there are many potential computational algorithms, with varied model architectures, that can perform the task of text recognition from an image. However, there is no evidence presented here that this particular algorithm has comparable performance to human behavior (i.e. similar accuracy with a comparable pattern of mistakes). This is a fundamental prerequisite before attempting to meaningfully correlate these layer activations to human neural activations. Therefore, it is unlikely that correlating these derived layer weights to neural activity provides meaningful novel insights into neural computation beyond what is seen using traditional experimental methods.

      One example of a substantial discrepancy between this model and neural activations is that, while incorporating frequency weighting into the training data is shown to slightly increase neural correlation with the model, Figure 7 shows that no layer of the model appears directly sensitive to word frequency. This is in stark contrast to the strong neural sensitivity to word frequency seen in EEG (e.g. Dambacher et al 2006 Brain Research), fMRI (e.g. Kronbichler et al 2004 NeuroImage), MEG (e.g. Huizeling et al 2021 Neurobio. Lang.), and intracranial (e.g. Woolnough et al 2022 J. Neurosci.) recordings. Figure 7 also demonstrates that late stages of the model show a strong negative correlation with font size, whereas later stages of neural visual word processing are typically insensitive to differences in visual features, instead showing sensitivity to lexical factors.

      Another example of the mismatch between this model and visual cortex is the lack of feedback connections in the model. Within visual cortex there are extensive feedback connections, with later processing stages providing recursive feedback to earlier stages. This is especially evident in reading, where feedback from lexical level processes feeds back to letter level processes (e.g. Heilbron et al 2020 Nature Comms.). This feedback is especially relevant for reading of words in noisy conditions, as tested in the current manuscript, as lexical knowledge enhances letter representation in visual cortex (the word superiority effect). This results in neural activity in multiple cortical areas varying over time, changing selectivity within a region at different measured time points (e.g. Woolnough et al 2021 Nature Human Behav.), which in the current study is simplified down to three discrete time windows, each attributed to different spatial locations.

      The presented model needs substantial further development to be able to replicate, both behaviorally and neurally, many of the well-characterized phenomena seen in human behavior and neural recordings that are fundamental hallmarks of human visual word processing. Until that point it is unclear what novel contributions can be gleaned from correlating low dimensional model weights from these computational models with human neural data.

      The revised version of this manuscript has not addressed these concerns.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the extent to which the responses of different layers of a vision model (VGG-11) can be linked to the cascade of responses (namely, type-I, type-II and N400) in the human brain when reading words. To achieve maximal consistency between, they add noisy-activations to VGG and finetune it on a character recognition task. In this setup, they observe various similarities between the behavior of VGG and the brain when presented with various transformations of the words (added noise, font modification etc).

      Strengths:<br /> - The paper is well written and well presented<br /> - The topic studied is interesting.<br /> - The fact that the response of the CNN on unseen experimental contrasts such as adding noise correlated with previous results on the brain is compelling.

      Weaknesses:<br /> - The paper is rather qualitative in nature. In particular, the authors show that some resemblance exists between the behavior of some layers and some parts of the brain, but it is hard to quantitively understand how strong the resemblences are in each layer, and the exact impact of experimental settings such as the frequency balancing (which seems to only have a very moderate effect according to figure 5)<br /> - The experiments only consider a rather outdated vision model (VGG)

      Comments on revisions:

      After rebuttal, the authors significantly strengthened their results. I now find the paper much more convincing, and thank the author for their careful consideration of the reviewers' suggestions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Insects and their relatives are commonly infected with microbes that are transmitted from mothers to their offspring. A number of these microbes have independently evolved the ability to kill the sons of infected females very early in their development; this male killing strategy has evolved because males are transmission dead-ends for the microbe. A major question in the field has been to identify the genes that cause male killing and to understand how they work. This has been especially challenging because most male-killing microbes cannot be genetically manipulated. This study focuses on a male-killing bacterium called Wolbachia. Different Wolbachia strains kill male embryos in beetles, flies, moths, and other arthropods. This is remarkable because how sex is determined differs widely in these hosts. Two Wolbachia genes have been previously implicated in male-killing by Wolbachia: oscar (in moth male-killing) and wmk (in fly male-killing). The genomes of some male-killing Wolbachia contain both of these genes, so it is a challenge to disentangle the two.

      This paper provides strong evidence that oscar is responsible for male-killing in moths. Here, the authors study a strain of Wolbachia that kills males in a pest of tea, Homona magnanima. Overexpressing oscar, but not wmk, kills male moth embryos. This is because oscar interferes with masculinizer, the master gene that controls sex determination in moths and butterflies. Interfering with the masculinizer gene in this way leads the (male) embryo down a path of female development, which causes problems in regulating the expression of genes that are found on the sex chromosomes.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a broad number of approaches to implicate oscar, and to dissect its mechanism of male lethality. These approaches include: a) overexpressing oscar (and wmk) by injecting RNA into moth eggs, b) determining the sex of embryos by staining female sex chromosomes, c) determining the consequences of oscar expression by assaying sex-specific splice variants of doublesex, a key sex determination gene, and by quantifying gene expression and dosage of sex chromosomes, using RNASeq, and d) expressing oscar along with masculinizer from various moth and butterfly species, in a silkmoth cell line. This extends recently published studies implicating oscar in male-killing by Wolbachia in Ostrinia corn borer moths, although the Homona and Ostrinia oscar proteins are quite divergent. Combined with other studies, there is now broad support for oscar as the male-killing gene in moths and butterflies (i.e. order Lepidoptera).

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Wolbachia are maternally transmitted bacteria that can manipulate host reproduction in various ways. Some Wolbachia induce male killing (MK), where the sons of infected mothers are killed during development. Several MK-associated genes have been identified in Homona magnanima, including Hm-oscar and wmk-1-4, but the mechanistic links between these Wolbachia genes and MK in the native host are still unclear.

      In this manuscript, Arai et al. show that Hm-oscar is the gene responsible for Wolbachia-induced MK in Homona magnanima. They provide evidence that Hm-Oscar functions through interactions with the sex determination system. They also found that Hm-Oscar disrupts sex determination in male embryos by inducing female-type dsx splicing and impairing dosage compensation. Additionally, Hm-Oscar suppresses the function of Masc. The manuscript is well-written and presents intriguing findings. The results support their conclusions regarding the diversity and commonality of MK mechanisms, contributing to our understanding of the mechanisms and evolutionary aspects of Wolbachia-induced MK.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      Jia and colleagues developed a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET)-based biosensor to study programmed cell death in the zebrafish spinal cord. They applied this tool to study death of zebrafish spinal motor neurons.

      Strengths:

      Their analysis shows that the tool is a useful biosensor of motor neuron apoptosis in living zebrafish and can reveal which part of the neuron undergoes caspase activation first.

      Weaknesses:

      As far as it is possible to tell, the authors focus on death of motor neurons innervating axial muscles. Previous work from over 30 years ago revealed that only a small number of these motor neurons die early in development. So this is not new, although following the cells and learning details of their apoptosis is new. Most of the work on motor neuron death in tetrapods was carried out on limb innervating motor neurons. Zebrafish have paired pectoral and pelvic fins, homologs of tetrapod paired limbs. These fins are innervated by distinct sets of motor neurons in zebrafish, as they are in tetrapods. However, the authors have not focused on these particular motor neurons, and thus have not made a fair comparison with tetrapods. In fact, they do not tell us which spinal levels they observed or whether they have been consistent from animal to animal. Pelvic fins emerge much later than pectoral fins in zebrafish, so it is possible that the time frame during which the authors imaged motor neuron death does not include motor neurons innervating pelvic fins.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Experiments in model organisms have revealed that the effects of genes on heritable traits are often mediated by environmental factors -- so-called gene-by-environment (or GxE) interactions. In human genetics, however, where indirect statistical approaches must be taken to detect GxE, limited evidence has been found for pervasive GxE interactions. The present manuscript argues that the failure of statistical methods to detect GxE may be due to how GxE is modelled (or not modelled) by these methods.

      The authors show, via re-analysis of an existing dataset in Drosophila, that a polygenic 'amplification' model can parsimoniously explain patterns of differential genetic effects across environments. (Work from the same lab had previously shown that the amplification model is consistent with differential genetic effects across the sexes for a number of traits in humans.) The parsimony of the amplification model allows for powerful detection of GxE in scenarios in which it pertains, as the authors show via simulation.

      Before the authors consider polygenic models of GxE, however, they present a very clear analysis of a related question around GxE: When one wants to estimate the effect of an individual allele in a particular environment, when is it better to stratify one's sample by environment (reducing sample size, and therefore increasing the variance of the estimator) versus using the entire sample (including individuals not in the environment of interest, and therefore biasing the estimator away from the true effect specific to the environment of interest)? Intuitively, the sample-size cost of stratification is worth paying if true allelic effects differ substantially between the environment of interest and other environments (i.e., GxE interactions are large), but not worth paying if effects are similar across environments. The authors quantify this trade-off in a way that is both mathematically precise and conveys the above intuition very clearly. They argue on its basis that, when allelic effects are small (as in highly polygenic traits), single-locus tests for GxE may be substantially underpowered.

      The paper is an important further demonstration of the plausibility of the amplification model of GxE, which, given its parsimony, holds substantial promise for the detection and characterization of GxE in genomic datasets. However, the empirical and simulation examples considered in the paper (and previous work from the same lab) are somewhat "best-case" scenarios for the amplification model, with only two environments and with these environments amplifying equally the effects of only a single set of genes. It would be an important step forward to demonstrate the possibility of detecting amplification in more complex scenarios, with multiple environments each differentially modulating the effects of multiple sets of genes. This could be achieved via simulations similar to those presented in the current manuscript.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have (with reasonable justification) said that my main recommendations for strengthening the conclusions of the paper are beyond its scope, and they have thoughtfully responded to my (and the other reviewer's) other comments. The paper is now more clearly written---in particular, the connection between the single-locus bias-variance tradeoff calculations and the polygenic results is much more transparent than before. Given that the authors have (again, with fair justification) chosen not to address my major comment, my broad assessment of the paper is unchanged---I think it is an important contribution to a critical topic---and I have no further comments for its improvement (though I note an issue with figure referencing in the captions of Supplementary Figs S2 and S3).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors report an inability to reproduce a transgenerational memory of avoidance of the pathogen PA14 in C. elegans. Instead, the authors demonstrate intergenerational inheritance for a single F1 generation, in embryos of mothers exposed to OP50 and PA14, where embryos isolated from these mothers by bleaching are capable of remembering to avoid PA14 in a manner that is dependent on systemic RNAi proteins sid-1 and sid-2. This could reflect systemic sRNAs generated by neuronal daf-7 signaling that are transmitted to F1 embryos. The authors note that transgenerational memory of PA14 was reported by the Murphy group at Princeton, but that environmental or strain variation (worms or bacteria) might explain the single generation of inheritance observed at Harvard. The Hunter group tried different bacterial growth conditions and different worm growth temperatures for independent PA14 strains, which they show to be strongly pathogenic. However, the authors could not reproduce a transgenerational effect at Harvard. This paper honestly alters expectations and indicates that the model that avoidance of PA14 is remembered for multiple generations is not robust enough to be replicated in all laboratories.

      Overall, this paper that demonstrates that one model for transgenerational inheritance in C. elegans is not robust. The author do demonstrate an avoidance memory for F1 embryos that could be a maternal effect, and the authors confirm that this is mediated by a systemic small RNA response. There are several points in the manuscript where a more positive tone might be helpful.

      Strengths:

      The authors note that the high copy number daf-7::GFP transgene used by the Murphy group displayed variable expression and evidence for somatic silencing or transgene breakdown in the Hunter lab, as confirmed by the Murphy group. The authors nicely use single copy daf-7::GFP to show that neuronal daf-7::GFP is elevated in F1 but not F2 progeny with regards to memory of PA14 avoidance, speaking to an intergenerational phenotype.

      The authors nicely confirm that sid-1 and sid-2 are generally required for intergenerational avoidance of F1 embryos of moms exposed to PA14. However, these small RNA proteins did not affect daf-7::GFP elevation in the F1 progeny. This result is unexpected given previous reports that daf-7::GFP is not elevated in F1 progeny of sid mutants.

      The authors studied antisense small RNAs that change in Murphy data sets, identifying 116 mRNAs that might be regulated by sRNAs in response to PA14. The authors show that the maco-1 gene, putatively targeted by piRNAs according to the Kaletsky 2020 paper, displays few siRNAs that change in response to PA14. The authors conclude that the P11 ncRNA of PA14, which was proposed to promote interkingdom RNA communication by the Murphy group, may not affect maco-1 expression in C. elegans, although they did not formally demonstrate this. The authors define 8 genes based on their analysis of sRNAs and mRNAs that might promote resistance to PA14, but they do not further characterize these genes' role in pathogen avoidance. Others might wish to consider following up on these genes and their possible relationship with P11.

      Weaknesses:

      This very thorough and interesting manuscript is at times pugnacious.

      Please explain more clearly what is High Growth media for E. coli in the text and methods, conveying why it was used by the Murphy lab, and if Normal Growth or High Growth is better for intergenerational heritability assays.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have done a reasonable job cordially revising this manuscript, and the authors have addressed most reviewer concerns. It is likely that the P11 gene was in some of the PA14 Pseudomonas strains tested, as one was kindly provided by the Murphy group.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This paper examines the reproducibility of results reported by the Murphy lab regarding transgenerational inheritance of a learned avoidance behavior in C. elegans. It has been well established by multiple labs that worms can learn to avoid the pathogen pseudomonas aeruginosa (PA14) after a single exposure. The Murphy lab has reported that learned avoidance is transmittable to 4 generations and dependent on a small RNA expressed by PA14 that elicits the transgenerational silencing of a gene in C. elegans. The Hunter lab now reports that although they can reproduce inheritance of the learned behavior by the first generation (F1), they cannot reproduce inheritance in subsequent generations.

      This is an important study that will be useful for the community. Although they fail to identify a "smoking gun", the study examine several possible sources for the discrepancy, and their findings will be useful to others interested in using these assays. The preference assay appears to work in their hands in as much as they are able to detect the learned behavior in the P0 and F1 generations, suggesting that the failure to reproduce the transgenerational effect is not due to trivial mistakes in the protocol. The authors provide a full protocol and highlight key deviations from the Murphy lab protocol. The authors provide good evidence that no single protocol modification was sufficient on its own to explain the divergent results. It remains possible that protocol differences affected the assay cumulatively or that other uncontrolled factors were responsible. Nevertheless, the authors provide good evidence that the trans-generational effect reported by the Murphy lab lacks experimental robustness, calling into question its ecological relevance in the wild.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It has been previously reported in many high-profile papers, that C. elegans can learn to avoid pathogens. Moreover, this learned pathogen avoidance can be passed on to future generations - up to the F5 generation in some reports. In this paper, Gainey et al. set out to replicate these findings. They successfully replicated pathogen avoidance in the exposed animals, as well as a strong increase in daf-7 expression in ASI neurons in F1 animals, as determined by a daf-7::GFP reporter construct. However, they failed to see strong evidence for pathogen avoidance or daf-7 overexpression in the F2 generation. The failure of replication is the major focus of this work.<br /> Given their failure to replicate these findings, the authors embark on a thorough test of various experimental confounders that may have impacted their results. They also re-analyze the small RNA sequencing and mRNA sequencing data from one of the previously published papers and draw some new conclusions, extending this analysis.

      Strengths:

      • The authors provide a thorough description of their methods, and a marked-up version of a published protocol that describes how they adapted the protocol to their lab conditions. It should be easy to replicate the experiments.

      • The authors test source of bacteria, growth temperature (of both C. elegans and bacteria), and light/dark husbandry conditions. They also supply all their raw data, so that sample size for each testing plate can be easily seen (in the supplementary data). None of these variations appears to have a measurable effect on pathogen avoidance in the F2 generation, with all but one of the experiments failing to exhibit learned pathogen avoidance.

      • The small RNA seq and mRNA seq analysis is well performed and extends the results shown in the original paper. The original paper did not give many details of the small RNA analysis, which was an oversight. Although not a major focus of this paper, it is a worthwhile extension on the previous work.

      • It is rare that negative results such as these are accessible. Although the authors were unable to determine the reason that their results differ from those previously published, it is important to document these attempts in detail, as has been done here. Behavioral assays are notoriously difficult to perform and public discourse around these attempts may give clarity to the difficulties faced by a controversial field.

      Weaknesses:

      • Although the "standard" conditions have been tested over multiple biological replicates, many of the potential confounders that may have altered the results have been tested only once or twice. For example, changing the incubation temperature to 25{degree sign}C was tested in only two biological replicates (Exp 5.1 and 5.2) - and one of these experiments actually resulted in apparent pathogen avoidance inheritance in the F2 generation (but not in the F1). An alternative pathogen source was tested in only one biological replicate (Exp 3). Given the variability observed in the F2 generation, increasing biological replicates would have added to the strengths of the report.

      • A key difference between the methods used here and those published previously, is an increase in the age of the animals used for training - from mostly L4 to mostly young adults. I was unable to find a clear example of an experiment when these two conditions were compared, although the authors state that it made no difference to their results.

      • The original paper reports a transgenerational avoidance effect up to the F5 generation. Although in this work the authors failed to see avoidance in the F2 generation, it would have been prudent to extend their tests for more generations in at least a couple of their experiments to ensure that the F2 generation was not an aberration (although this reviewer acknowledges that this seems unlikely to be the case).

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors reported that mutations were identified in the ZC3H11A gene in four adolescents from 1015 high myopia subjects in their myopia cohort. They further generated Zc3h11a knockout mice utilizing the CRISPR/Cas9 technology.

      Comments on revisions:

      Chong Chen and colleagues revised the manuscript; however, none of my suggestions from the initial review have been sufficiently addressed.

      (1) I indicated that the pathogenicity and novelty of the mutation need to be determined according to established guidelines and databases. However, the conclusion was still drawn without sufficient justification.<br /> (2) The phenotype of heterozygous mutant mice is too weak to support the gene's contribution to high myopia. The revised manuscript does not adequately address these discrepancies. Furthermore, no explanation was provided for why conditional gene deletion was not used to avoid embryonic lethality, nor was there any discussion on tissue- or cell-specific mechanistic investigations.<br /> (3) The title, abstract, and main text continue to misrepresent the role of the inflammatory intracellular PI3K-AKT and NF-κB signaling cascade in inducing high myopia. No specific cell types have been identified as contributors to the phenotype. The mice did not develop high myopia, and no relationship between intracellular signaling and myopia progression has been demonstrated in this study.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Chen et al have identified a new candidate gene for high myopia, ZC3H11A, and using a knock-out mouse model, have attempted to validate it as a myopia gene and explain a potential mechanism. They identified 4 heterozygous missense variants in highly myopic teenagers. These variants are in conserved regions of the protein, and predicted to be damaging, but the only evidence the authors provide that these specific variants affect protein function is a supplement figure showing decreased levels of IκBα after transfection with overexpression plasmids (not specified what type of cells were transfected). This does not prove that these mutations cause loss of function, in fact it implies they have a gain-of-function mechanism. They then created a knock-out mouse. Heterozygotes show myopia at all ages examined but increased axial length only at very early ages. Unfortunately, the authors do not address this point or examine corneal structure in these animals. They show that the mice have decreased B-wave amplitude on electroretinogram (a sign of retinal dysfunction associated with bipolar cells), and decreased expression of a bipolar cell marker, PKCα. On electron microscopy, there are morphologic differences in the outer nuclear layer (where bipolar, amacrine, and horizontal cell bodies reside). Transcriptome analysis identified over 700 differentially expressed genes. The authors chose to focus on the PI3K-AKT and NF-κB signaling pathways and show changes in expression of genes and proteins in those pathways, including PI3K, AKT, IκBα, NF-κB, TGF-β1, MMP-2 and IL-6, although there is very high variability between animals. They propose that myopia may develop in these animals either as a result of visual abnormality (decreased bipolar cell function in the retina) or by alteration of NF-κB signaling. These data provide an interesting new candidate variant for development of high myopia, and provide additional data that MMP2 and IL6 have a role in myopia development. For this revision, none of my previous suggestions have been addressed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Arimura et al describe MagIC-Cryo-EM, an innovative method for immune-selective concentrating of native molecules and macromolecular complexes for Cryo-EM imaging and single-particle analysis. Typically, Cryo-EM imaging requires much larger concentrations of biomolecules than those that are feasible to achieve by conventional biochemical fractionation. This manuscript is meticulously and clearly written and the new technique is likely to become a great asset to other electron microscopists and chromatin researchers.

      Strengths:

      Previously, Arimura et al. (Mol. Cell 2021) isolated from Xenopus extract and resolved by Cryo-EM a sub-class of native nucleosomes conjugated containing histone H1.8 at the on-dyad position, similar to that previously observed by other researchers with reconstituted nucleosomes. Here they sought to analyze immuno-selected nucleosomes aiming to observe specific modes of H1.8 positioning (e.g. on-dyad and off-dyad) and potentially reveal structural motifs responsible for the decreased affinity of H1.8 for the interphase chromatin compared to metaphase chromosomes. The main strength of this work is a clever and novel methodological design, in particular the engineered protein spacers to separate captured nucleosomes from streptavidin beads for clear imaging. The authors provide a detailed step-by-step description of MagIC-Cryo-EM procedure including nucleosome isolation, preparation of GFP nanobody attached magnetic beads, optimization of the spacer length, concentration of the nucleosomes on graphene grids, data collection and analysis, including their new DUSTER method to filter-out low signal particles. This tour de force methodology should facilitate the consideration of MagIC-Cryo-EM by other electron microscopists, especially for analysis of native nucleosome complexes.<br /> In pursuit of biologically important new structures, the immune-selected H1.8-containing nucleosomes were solved at about 4A resolution; their structure appears to be very similar to the previously determined structure of H1.8-reconstituted nucleosomes. There were no apparent differences between the metaphase and interphase complexes suggesting that the on-dyad and off-dyad positioning does not explain the differences in H1.8 - nucleosome binding. However, they were able to identify and solve complexes of H1.8-GFP with histone chaperone NPM2 in a closed and open conformation providing mechanistic insights for H1-NPM2 binding and the reduced affinity of H1.8 to interphase chromatin as compared to metaphase chromosomes.

      MagIC technique still has certain limitations resulting from formaldehyde fixation, use of bacterial-expressed recombinant H1.8-GFP, and potential effects of magnetic beads and/or spacer on protein structure, which are explicitly discussed in the text. Notwithstanding these limitations, MagIC-Cryo-EM is expected to become a great asset to other electron microscopists and biochemists studying native macromolecular complexes.

      Comments on revisions:

      In the revision, Arimura et al. have constructively addressed the reviewer's concerns, by discussing possible limitations and including additional information on proteomic analysis and H1.8-NPM2 structures.<br /> The revised manuscript and rebuttal letter strengthen my initial opinion that this paper describes an innovative method for immune-selective concentrating of native molecules and macromolecular complexes thus enabling Cryo-EM imaging and structural analysis of native nucleosome complexes at low concentration. This manuscript is meticulously and clearly written and may become a great asset to other electron microscopists and chromatin researchers

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a straightforward and convincing demonstration of a reagent and workflow that they collectively term "MagIC-cryo-EM", in which magnetic nanobeads combined with affinity linkers are used to specifically immobilize and locally concentrate complexes that contain a protein-of-interest. As a proof of concept, they localize, image, and reconstruct H1.8-bound nucleosomes reconstructed from frog egg extracts. The authors additionally devised an image-processing workflow termed "DuSTER", which increases the true positive detections of the partially ordered NPM2 complex. The analysis of the NPM2 complex {plus minus} H1.8 was challenging because only ~60 kDa of protein mass was ordered. Overall, single-particle cryo-EM practitioners should find this study useful.

      Strengths:

      The rationale is very logical and the data are convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      I have seen an earlier version of this study at a conference. The conference presentation was much easier to follow than the current manuscript. It is as if this manuscript had undergone review at another journal and includes additional experiments to satisfy previous reviewers. Specifically, the NPM2 results don't seem to add much to the main story (MagIC-cryo-EM) and read more like an addendum. The authors could probably publish the NPM2 results separately, which would make the core MagIC results (sans DusTER) easier to read.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my concerns. Congratulations!

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The major result in the manuscript is the observation of the higher order structures in a cryoET reconstruction that could be used for understanding the assembly of toroid structures. The cross-linking ability of ZapD dimers result in bending of FtsZ filaments to a constant curvature. Many such short filaments are stitched together to form a toroid like structure. The geometry of assembly of filaments - whether they form straight bundles or toroid like structures - depends on the relative concentrations of FtsZ and ZapD.

      Strengths:

      In addition to a clear picture of the FtsZ assembly into ring-like structures, the authors have carried out basic biochemistry and biophysical techniques to assay the GTPase activity, the kinetics of assembly, and the ZapD to FtsZ ratio.

      Weaknesses:

      The discussion does not provide an overall perspective that correlates the cryoET structural organisation of filaments with the biophysical data. The current version has improved in terms of addressing this weakness and clearly states the lacuna in the model proposed based on the technical limitations.

      Future scope of work includes the molecular basis of curvature generation and how molecular features of FtsZ and ZapD affect the membrane binding of the higher order assembly.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Previous studies have analyzed the binding of ZapD to FtsZ and provided images of negatively stained toroids and straight bundles, where FtsZ filaments are presumably crosslinked by ZapD dimers. Toroids without ZapD have also been previously formed by treating FtsZ with crowding agents. The present study is the first to apply cryoEM tomography, which can resolve the structure of the toroids in 3D. This shows a complex mixture of filaments and sheets irregularly stacked in the Z direction and spaced radially. The most important interpretation would be to distinguish FtsZ filaments from ZapD crosslinks, This is less convincing. The authors seem aware of the ambiguity: "However, we were unable to obtain detailed structural information about the ZapD connectors due to the heterogeneity and density of the toroidal structures, which showed significant variability in the conformations of the connections between the filaments in all directions." Therefore, the reader may assume that the crosslinks identified and colored red are only suggestions, and look for their own structural interpretations. But readers should also note some inconsistencies in stoichiometry and crosslinking arrangements that are detailed under "weaknesses."

      Strengths.

      This is the first cryoEM tomography to image toroids and straight bundles of FtsZ filaments bound to ZapD. A strength is the resolution, which. at least for the straight bundles. is sufficient to resolve the ~4.5 nm spacing of ZapD dimers attached to and projecting subunits of an FtsZ filament. Another strength is the pelleting assay to determine the stoichiometry of ZapD:FtsZ (although this also leads to weaknesses of interpretation).

      Weaknesses

      The stoichiometry presents some problems. Fig. S5 uses pelleting to convincingly establish the stoichiometry of ZapD:FtsZ. Although ZapD is a dimer, the concentration of ZapD is always expressed as that of its subunit monomers. Fig. S5 shows the stoichiometry of ZapD:FtsZ to be 1:1 or 2:1 at equimolar or high concentrations of ZapD. Thus at equimolar ZapD, each ZapD dimer should bridge two FtsZ's, likely forming crosslinks between filaments. At high ZapD, each FtsZ should have it's own ZapD dimer. However, this seems contradicted by later statements in Discussion and Results. (1) "At lower concentrations of ZapD, .. toroids are the most prominent structures, containing one ZapD dimer for every four to six FtsZ molecules." Shouldn't it be one ZapD dimer for every two FtsZ? (2) "at the high ZapD concentration...a ZapD dimer binds two FtsZ molecules connecting two filaments." Doesn't Fig. S5 show that each FtsZ subunit has its own ZapD dimer? And wouldn't this saturate the CTD sites with dimers and thus minimize crosslinking?

      A major weakness is the interpretation of the cryoEM tomograms, specifically distinguishing ZapD from FtsZ. The distinction of crosslinks seems based primarily on structure: long continuous filaments (which often appear as sheets) are FtsZ, and small masses between filaments are ZapD. The density of crosslinks seems to vary substantially over different parts of the figures. More important, the density of ZapD's identified and colored red seem much lower than the stoichiometry detailed above. Since the mass of the ZapD monomer is half that of FtsZ, the 1:1 stoichiometry in toroids means that 1/3 of the mass should be ZapD and 2/3 FtsZ. However, the connections identified as ZapD seem much fewer than the expected 1/3 of the mass. The authors conclude that connections run horizontally, diagonally and vertically, which implies no regularity. This seems likely, but as I would suggest that readers need to consider for themselves what they would identify as a crosslink.

      In contrast to the toroids formed at equimolar FtsZ and ZapD, thin bundles of straight filaments are assembled in excess ZapD. Here the stoichiometry is 2:1, which would mean that every FtsZ should have a bound ZapD DIMER. The segmentation of a single filament in Fig. 5e seems to agree with this, showing an FtsZ filament with spikes emanating like a picket fence, with a 4.5 nm periodicity. This is consistent with each spike being a ZapD dimer, and every FtsZ subunit along the filament having a bound ZapD dimer. But if each FtsZ has its own dimer, this would seem to eliminate crosslinking. The interpretative diagram in Fig. 6, far right, which shows almost all ZapD dimers bridging two FtsZs on opposite filaments, would be inconsistent with this 2:1 stoichiometry.

      In the original review I suggested a control that might help identify the structures of ZapD in the toroids. Popp et al (Biopolymers 2009) generated FtsZ toroids that were identical in size and shape to those here, but lacking ZapD. These toroids of pure FtsZ were generated by adding 8% polyvinyl chloride, a crowding agent. The filamentous substructure of these toroids in negative stain seemed very similar to that of the ZapD toroids here. CryoET of these toroids lacking ZapD might have been helpful in confirming the identification of ZapD crosslinks in the present toroids. However, the authors declined to explore this control.

      Finally, it should be noted that the CTD binding sites for ZapD should be on the outside of curved filaments, the side facing the membrane in the cell. All bound ZapD should project radially outward, and if it contacted the back side of the next filament, it should not bind (because the CTD is on the front side). The diagram second to right in Fig. 6 seems to incorporate this abortive contact.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study the authors use an elegant set of single-molecule experiments to assess the transcriptional and post-transcriptional regulation of RecB. The question stems from a previous observation from the same lab, that RecB protein levels are low and not induced under DNA damage. The authors first show that recB transcript levels are low and have a short half-live. They further show that RecB levels are likely regulated via translational control. They provide evidence for low noise in RecB protein levels across cells and show that the translation of the mRNA increases under double-strand break conditions. Authors identify Hfq binding sites in the recbcd operon and show that Hfq regulates the levels of RecB protein without changing the mRNA levels. They suggest that RecB translation is directly controlled by Hfq binding to mRNA, as mutating one of the binding sites has a direct effect on RecB protein levels.

      The implication of Hfq in regulation of RecB translation is important, and suggests mechanisms of cellular response to DNA damage that are beyond the canonically studied mechanisms (such as transcriptional regulation by LexA). Data are clearly presented and the writing is direct and easy to follow. Overall, the study is well-designed and provides novel insights into the regulation of RecB, that is part of the complex required to process break ends.

      Comments on revisions:

      All my comments are addressed - I congratulate the authors on this excellent work.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors carry out a careful and rigorous quantitative analysis of RecB transcript and protein levels at baseline and in response to DNA damage. Using single-molecule FISH and Halo-tagging in order to achieve sensitive measurements, they provide evidence that enhanced RecB protein levels in response to DNA damage are achieved through a post-transcriptional mechanism mediated by the La-like RNA binding protein, Hfq. In terms of biological relevance, the authors suggest that this mechanism provides a way to control the optimum level of RecB expression as both deletion and over-expression are deleterious. In addition, the proposed mechanism provides a new framework for understanding how transcriptional noise can be suppressed at the protein level.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the manuscript include the rigorous approaches and orthogonal evidence to support the core conclusions, for example, the evidence that altering either Hfq or its recognition sequence on the RNA similarly enhance the protein to RNA ratio of RecB. The writing is clear and the experiments are well-controlled. The modeling approaches provide essential context to interpret the data, particularly given the small numbers of molecules per cell. The interpretations are careful and well supported. The findings

      Weaknesses:

      Future studies (and possibly new experimental tools) will be needed to provide further insight into the relevance of the findings to more subtle changes in RecB levels than that occurring in response to extensive DNA damage.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work by Kalita et al. reports regulation of RecB expression by Hfq protein in E.coli cell. RecBCD is an essential complex for DNA repair and chromosome maintenance. The expression level needs to be regulated at low level under regular growth conditions but upregulated upon DNA damage. Through quantitative imaging, the authors demonstrate that recB mRNAs and proteins are expressed at low level under regular conditions. While the mRNA copy number demonstrates high noise level due to stochastic gene expression, the protein level is maintained at a lower noise level compared to expected value. Upon DNA damage, the authors claim that the recB mRNA concentration is decreased, however RecB protein level is compensated by higher translation efficiency. Through analyzing CLASH data on Hfq, they identified two Hfq binding sites on RecB polycistronic mRNA, one of which is localized at the ribosome binding site (RBS). Through measuring RecB mRNA and protein level in the ∆hfq cell, the authors conclude that binding of Hfq to the RBS region of recB mRNA suppresses translation of recB mRNA. This conclusion is further supported by the same measurement in the presence of Hfq sequestrator, the sRNA ChiX, and the deletion of the Hfq binding region on the mRNA.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is well-written and easy to understand.<br /> (2) While there are reported cases of Hfq regulating translation of bound mRNAs, its effect on reducing translation noise is relatively new.<br /> (3) The imaging and analysis are carefully performed with necessary controls.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my previous concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this detailed study, Cohen and Ben-Shaul characterized the AOB cell responses to various conspecific urine samples in female mice across the estrous cycle. The authors found that AOB cell responses vary with the strains and sexes of the samples. Between estrous and non-estrous females, no clear or consistent difference in responses was found. The cell response patterns, as measured by the distance between pairs of stimuli, are largely stable. When some changes do occur, they are not consistent across strains or male status. The authors concluded that AOB detects the signals without interpreting them. Overall, this study will provide useful information for scientists in the field of olfaction.

      Strengths:

      The study uses electrophysiological recording to characterize the responses of AOB cells to various urines in female mice. AOB recording is not trivial as it requires activation of VNO pump. The team uses a unique preparation to activate the VNO pump with electric stimulation, allowing them to record AOB cell responses to urines in anesthetized animals. The study comprehensively described the AOB cell responses to social stimuli and how the responses vary (or not) with features of the urine source and the reproductive state of the recording females. The dataset could be a valuable resource for scientists in the field of olfaction.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The figures could be better labeled.

      (2) For Figure 2E, please plot the error bar. Are there any statistics performed to compare the mean responses?

      (3) For Figure 2D, it will be more informative to plot the percentage of responsive units.

      (4) Could the similarity in response be explained by the similarity in urine composition? The study will be significantly strengthened by understanding the "distance" of chemical composition in different urine.

      (5) If it is not possible for the authors to obtain these data first-hand, published data on MUPs and chemicals found in these urines may provide some clues.

      (6) It is not very clear to me whether the female overrepresentation is because there are truly more AOB cells that respond to females than males or because there are only two female samples but 9 male samples.

      (7) If the authors only select two male samples, let's say ICR Naïve and ICR DOM, combine them with responses to two female samples, and do the same analysis as in Figure 3, will the female response still be overrepresented?

      (8) In Figure 4B and 4C, the pairwise distance during non-estrus is generally higher than that during estrus, although they are highly correlated. Does it mean that the cells respond to different urines more distinctively during diestrus than in estrus?

      (9) The correlation analysis is not entirely intuitive when just looking at the figures. Some sample heatmaps showing the response differences between estrous states will be helpful.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Many aspects of the study are carefully done, and in the grand scheme this is a solid contribution. I have no "big-picture" concerns about the approach or methodology. However, in numerous places the manuscript is unnecessarily vague, ambiguous, or confusing. Tightening up the presentation will magnify their impact.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study includes urine donors from males of three strains each with three social states, as well as females in two states. This diversity significantly enhances their ability to interpret their results.

      (2) Several distinct analyses are used to explore the question of whether AOB MCs are biased towards specific states or different between estrus and non-estrus females. The results of these different analyses are self-reinforcing about the main conclusions of the study.

      (3) The presentation maintains a neutral perspective throughout while touching on topics of widespread interest.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction:<br /> The discussion of the role of the VNS and preferences for different male stimuli should perhaps include Wysocki and Lepri 1991

      (2) Results:<br /> a) Given the 20s gap between them, the distinction between sample application and sympathetic nerve trunk stimulation needs to be made crystal clear; in many places, "stimulus application" is used in places where this reviewer suspects they actually mean sympathetic nerve trunk stimulation.<br /> b) There appears to be a mismatch between the discussion of Figure 3 and its contents. Specifically, there is an example of an "adjusted" pattern in 3A, not 3B.<br /> c) The discussion of patterns neglects to mention whether it's possible for a neuron to belong to more than one pattern. For example, it would seem possible for a neuron to simultaneously fit the "ICR pattern" and the "dominant adjusted pattern" if, e.g., all ICR responses are stronger than all others, but if simultaneously within each strain the dominant male causes the largest response.

      (3) Discussion:<br /> a) The discussion of chemical specificity in urine focuses on volatiles and MUPs (citation #47), but many important molecules for the VNS are small, nonvolatile ligands. For such molecules, the corresponding study is Fu et al 2015.<br /> b) "Following our line of reasoning, this scarcity may represent an optimal allocation of resources to separate dominant from naïve males": 1 unit out of 215 is roughly consistent with a single receptor. Surely little would be lost if there could be more computational capacity devoted to this important axis than that? It seems more likely that dominance is computed from multiple neuronal types with mixed encoding.

      (4) Methods:<br /> a) Male status, "were unambiguous in most cases": is it possible to put numerical estimates on this? 55% and 99% are both "most," yet they differ substantially in interpretive uncertainty.<br /> b) Surgical procedures and electrode positioning: important details of probes are missing (electrode recording area, spacing, etc).<br /> c) Stimulus presentation procedure: Are stimuli manually pipetted or delivered by apparatus with precise timing?<br /> d) Data analysis, "we applied more permissive criteria involving response magnitude": it's not clear whether this is what's spelled out in the next paragraph, or whether that's left unspecified. In either case, the next paragraph appears to be about establishing a noise floor on pattern membership, not a "permissive criterion."<br /> e) Data analysis, method for assessing significance: there's a lot to like about the use of pooling to estimate the baseline and the use of an ANOVA-like test to assess unit responsiveness.<br /> But:<br /> i) for a specific stimulus, at 4 trials (the minimum specified in "Stimulus presentation procedure") kruskalwallis is questionable. They state that most trials use 5, however, and that should be okay.<br /> ii) the methods statement suggests they are running kruskalwallis individually for each neuron/stimulus, rather than once per neuron across all stimuli. With 11 stimuli, there is a substantial chance of a false-positive if they used p < 0.05 to assess significance. (The actual threshold was unstated.) Were there any multiple comparison corrections performed? Or did they run kruskalwallis on the neuron, and then if significant assess individual stimuli? (Which is a form of multiple-comparisons correction.)

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Pinho et al. presents a novel behavioral paradigm for investigating higher-order conditioning in mice. The authors developed a task that creates associations between light and tone sensory cues, driving mediated learning. They observed sex differences in task acquisition, with females demonstrating faster-mediated learning compared to males. Using fiber photometry and chemogenetic tools, the study reveals that the dorsal hippocampus (dHPC) plays a central role in encoding mediated learning. These findings are crucial for understanding how environmental cues, which are not directly linked to positive/negative outcomes, contribute to associative learning. Overall, the study is well-designed, with robust results, and the experimental approach aligns with the study's objectives.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors develop a robust behavioral paradigm to examine higher-order associative learning in mice.

      (2) They discover a sex-specific component influencing mediated learning, with females exhibiting enhanced learning abilities.

      (3) Using fiber photometry and chemogenetic techniques, the authors identify the dorsal hippocampus but not the ventral hippocampus, which plays a crucial for encoding mediated learning.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study would be strengthened by further elaboration on the rationale for investigating specific cell types within the hippocampus.

      (2) The analysis of photometry data could be improved by distinguishing between early and late responses, as well as enhancing the overall presentation of the data.

      (3) The manuscript would benefit from revisions to improve clarity and readability.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Pinho et al. developed a new auditory-visual sensory preconditioning procedure in mice and examined the contribution of the dorsal and ventral hippocampus to learning in this task. Using photometry they observed activation of the dorsal and ventral hippocampus during sensory preconditioning and conditioning. Finally, the authors combined their sensory preconditioning task with DREADDs to examine the effect of inhibiting specific cell populations (CaMKII and PV) in the DH on the formation and retrieval/expression of mediated learning.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide one of the first demonstrations of auditory-visual sensory preconditioning in male mice. Research on the neurobiology of sensory preconditioning has primarily used rats as subjects. The development of a robust protocol in mice will be beneficial to the field, allowing researchers to take advantage of the many transgenic mouse lines. Indeed, in this study, the authors take advantage of a PV-Cre mouse line to examine the role of hippocampal PV cells in sensory preconditioning.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors report that sensory preconditioning was observed in both male and female mice. However, their data only supports sensory preconditioning in male mice. In female mice, both paired and unpaired presentations of the light and tone in stage 1 led to increased freezing to the tone at test. In this case, fear to the tone could be attributed to factors other than sensory preconditioning, for example, generalization of fear between the auditory and visual stimulus.

      (2) In the photometry experiment, the authors report an increase in neural activity in the hippocampus during both phase 1 (sensory preconditioning) and phase 2 (conditioning). In the subsequent experiment, they inhibit neural activity in the DH during phase 1 (sensory preconditioning) and the probe test, but do not include inhibition during phase 2 (conditioning). It was not clear why they didn't carry forward investigating the role of the hippocampus during phase 2 conditioning. Sensory preconditioning could occur due to the integration of the tone and shock during phase two, or retrieval and chaining of the tone-light-shock memories at test. These two possibilities cannot be differentiated based on the data. Given that we do not know at which stage the mediate learning is occurring, it would have been beneficial to additionally include inhibition of the DH during phase 2.

      (3) In the final experiment, the authors report that inhibition of the dorsal hippocampus during the sensory preconditioning phase blocked mediated learning. While this may be the case, the failure to observe sensory preconditioning at test appears to be due more to an increase in baseline freezing (during the stimulus off period), rather than a decrease in freezing to the conditioned stimulus. Given the small effect, this study would benefit from an experiment validating that administration of J60 inhibited DH cells. Further, given that the authors did not observe any effect of DREADD inhibition in PV cells, it would also be important to validate successful cellular silencing in this protocol.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Pinho et al. investigated the role of the dorsal vs ventral hippocampus and the gender differences in mediated learning. While previous studies already established the engagement of the hippocampus in sensory preconditioning, the authors here took advantage of freely-moving fiber photometry recording and chemogenetics to observe and manipulate sub-regions of the hippocampus (dorsal vs. ventral) in a cell-specific manner. The authors first found sex differences in the preconditioning phase of a sensory preconditioning procedure, where males required more preconditioning training than females for mediating learning to manifest, and where females displayed evidence of mediated learning even when neutral stimuli were never presented together within the session.

      After validation of a sensory preconditioning procedure in mice using light and tone neutral stimuli and a mild foot shock as the unconditioned stimulus, the authors used fiber photometry to record from all neurons vs. parvalbumin_positive_only neurons in the dorsal hippocampus or ventral hippocampus of male mice during both preconditioning and conditioning phases. They found increased activity of all neurons, as well as PV+_only neurons in both sub-regions of the hippocampus during both preconditioning and conditioning phases. Finally, the authors found that chemogenetic inhibition of CaMKII+ neurons in the dorsal, but not ventral, hippocampus specifically prevented the formation of an association between the two neutral stimuli (i.e., light and tone cues), but not the direct association between the light cue and the mild foot shock. This set of data: (1) validates the mediated learning in mice using a sensory preconditioning protocol, and stresses the importance of taking sex effect into account; (2) validates the recruitment of dorsal and ventral hippocampi during preconditioning and conditioning phases; and (3) further establishes the specific role of CaMKII+ neurons in the dorsal but not ventral hippocampus in the formation of an association between two neutral stimuli, but not between a neutral-stimulus and a mild foot shock.

      Strengths:

      The authors developed a sensory preconditioning procedure in mice to investigate mediated learning using light and tone cues as neutral stimuli, and a mild foot shock as the unconditioned stimulus. They provide evidence of a sex effect in the formation of light-cue association. The authors took advantage of fiber-photometry and chemogenetics to target sub-regions of the hippocampus, in a cell-specific manner and investigate their role during different phases of a sensory conditioning procedure.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors went further than previous studies by investigating the role of sub-regions of the hippocampus in mediated learning, however, there are several weaknesses that should be noted:

      (1) This work first validates mediated learning in a sensory preconditioning procedure using light and tone cues as neutral stimuli and a mild foot shock as the unconditioned stimulus, in both males and females. They found interesting sex differences at the behavioral level, but then only focused on male mice when recording and manipulating the hippocampus. The authors do not address sex differences at the neural level.

      (2) As expected in fear conditioning, the range of inter-individual differences is quite high. Mice that didn't develop a strong light-->shock association, as evidenced by a lower percentage of freezing during the Probe Test Light phase, should manifest a low percentage of freezing during the Probe Test Tone phase. It would interesting to test for a correlation between the level of freezing during mediated vs test phases.

      (3) The use of a synapsin promoter to transfect neurons in a non-specific manner does not bring much information. The authors applied a more specific approach to target PV+ neurons only, and it would have been more informative to keep with this cell-specific approach, for example by looking also at somatostatin+ inter-neurons.

      (4) The authors observed event-related Ca2+ transients on hippocampal pan-neurons and PV+ inter-neurons using fiber photometry. They then used chemogenetics to inhibit CaMKII+ hippocampal neurons, which does not logically follow. It does not undermine the main finding of CaMKII+ neurons of the dorsal, but not ventral, hippocampus being involved in the preconditioning, but not conditioning, phase. However, observing CaMKII+ neurons (using fiber photometry) in mice running the same task would be more informative, as it would indicate when these neurons are recruited during different phases of sensory preconditioning. Applying then optogenetics to cancel the observed event-related transients (e.g., during the presentation of light and tone cues, or during the foot shock presentation) would be more appropriate.

      (5) Probe tests always start with the "Probe Test Tone", followed by the "Probe Test Light". "Probe Test Tone" consists of an extinction session, which could affect the freezing response during "Probe Test Light" (e.g., Polack et al. (http://dx.doi.org/10.3758/s13420-013-0119-5)). Preferably, adding a group of mice with a Probe Test Light with no Probe Test Tone could help clarify this potential issue. The authors should at least discuss the possibility that the tone extinction session prior to the "Probe Test Light" could have affected the freezing response to the light cue.

    4. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary

      Pinho et al use in vivo calcium imaging and chemogenetic approaches to examine the involvement of hippocampal sub-regions across the different stages of a sensory preconditioning task in mice. They find clear evidence for sensory preconditioning in male but not female mice. They also find that, in the male mice, CaMKII-positive neurons in the dorsal hippocampus: (1) encode the audio-visual association that forms in stage 1 of the task, and (2) retrieve/express sensory preconditioned fear to the auditory stimulus at test. These findings are supported by evidence that ranges from incomplete to convincing. They will be valuable to researchers in the field of learning and memory.

      Abstract

      Please note that sensory preconditioning doesn't require the stage 1 stimuli to be presented repeatedly or simultaneously.

      "Finally, we combined our sensory preconditioning task with chemogenetic approaches to assess the role of these two hippocampal subregions in mediated learning."<br /> This implies some form of inhibition of hippocampal neurons in stage 2 of the protocol, as this is the only stage of the protocol that permits one to make statements about mediated learning. However, it is clear from what follows that the authors interrogate the involvement of hippocampal sub-regions in stages 1 and 3 of the protocol - not stage 2. As such, most statements about mediated learning throughout the paper are potentially misleading (see below for a further elaboration of this point). If the authors persist in using the term mediated learning to describe the response to a sensory preconditioned stimulus, they should clarify what they mean by mediated learning at some point in the introduction. Alternatively, they might consider using a different phrase such as "sensory preconditioned responding".

      Introduction

      "Low-salience" is used to describe stimuli such as tone, light, or odour that do not typically elicit responses that are of interest to experimenters. However, a tone, light, or odour can be very salient even though they don't elicit these particular responses. As such, it would be worth redescribing the "low-salience" stimuli in some other terms.

      "These higher-order conditioning processes, also known as mediated learning, can be captured in laboratory settings through sensory preconditioning procedures2,6-11."<br /> Higher-order conditioning and mediated learning are not interchangeable terms: e.g., some forms of second-order conditioning are not due to mediated learning. More generally, the use of mediated learning is not necessary for the story that the authors develop in the paper and could be replaced for accuracy and clarity. E.g., "These higher-order conditioning processes can be studied in the laboratory using sensory preconditioning procedures2,6-11."

      In reference to Experiment 2, it is stated that: "However, when light and tone were separated on time (Unpaired group), male mice were not able to exhibit mediated learning response (Figure 2B) whereas their response to the light (direct learning) was not affected (Figure 2D). On the other hand, female mice still present a lower but significant mediated learning response (Figure 2C) and normal direct learning (Figure 2E). Finally, in the No-Shock group, both male (Figure 2B and 2D) and female mice (Figure 2C and 2E) did not present either mediated or direct learning, which also confirmed that the exposure to the tone or light during Probe Tests do not elicit any behavioral change by themselves as the presence of the electric footshock is required to obtain a reliable mediated and direct learning responses."<br /> The absence of a difference between the paired and unpaired female mice should not be described as "significant mediated learning" in the latter. It should be taken to indicate that performance in the females is due to generalization between the tone and light. That is, there is no sensory preconditioning in the female mice. The description of performance in the No-shock group really shouldn't be in terms of mediated or direct learning: that is, this group is another control for assessing the presence of sensory preconditioning in the group of interest. As a control, there is no potential for them to exhibit sensory preconditioning, so their performance should not be described in a way that suggests this potential.

      Methods - Behavior

      I appreciate the reasons for testing the animals in a new context. This does, however, raise other issues that complicate the interpretation of any hippocampal engagement: e.g., exposure to a novel context may engage the hippocampus for exploration/encoding of its features - hence, it is engaged for retrieving/expressing sensory preconditioned fear to the tone. This should be noted somewhere in the paper given that one of its aims is to shed light on the broader functioning of the hippocampus in associative processes.

      This general issue - that the conditions of testing were such as to force engagement of the hippocampus - is amplified by two further features of testing with the tone. The first is the presence of background noise in the training context and its absence in the test context. The second is the fact that the tone was presented for 30 s in stage 1 and then continuously for 180s at test. Both changes could have contributed to the engagement of the hippocampus as they introduce the potential for discrimination between the tone that was trained and tested.

      Results - Behavior

      The suggestion of sex differences based on differences in the parameters needed to generate sensory preconditioning is interesting. Perhaps it could be supported through some set of formal analyses. That is, the data in supplementary materials may well show that the parameters needed to generate sensory preconditioning in males and females are not the same. However, there needs to be some form of statistical comparison to support this point. As part of this comparison, it would be neat if the authors included body weight as a covariate to determine whether any interactions with sex are moderated by body weight.

      What is the value of the data shown in Figure 1 given that there are no controls for unpaired presentations of the sound and light? In the absence of these controls, the experiment cannot have shown that "Female and male mice show mediated learning using an auditory-visual sensory preconditioning task" as implied by its title. Minimally, this experiment should be relabelled.

      "Altogether, this data confirmed that we successfully set up an LTSPC protocol in mice and that this behavioral paradigm can be used to further study the brain circuits involved in higher-order conditioning."<br /> Please insert the qualifier that LTSPC was successfully established in male mice. There is no evidence of LTSPC in female mice.

      Results - Brain

      "Notably, the inhibition of CaMKII-positive neurons in the dHPC (i.e. J60 administration in DREADD-Gi mice) during preconditioning (Figure 4B), but not before the Probe Test 1 (Figure 4B), fully blocked mediated, but not direct learning (Figure 4D)."<br /> The right panel of Figure 4B indicates no difference between the controls and Group DPC in the percent change in freezing from OFF to ON periods of the tone. How does this fit with the claim that CaMKII-positive neurons in the dorsal hippocampus regulate associative formation during the session of tone-light exposures in stage 1 of sensory preconditioning?

      Discussion

      "When low salience stimuli were presented separated on time or when the electric footshock was absent, mediated and direct learning were abolished in male mice. In female mice, although light and tone were presented separately during the preconditioning phase, mediated learning was reduced but still present, which implies that female mice are still able to associate the two low-salience stimuli."<br /> This doesn't quite follow from the results. The failure of the female unpaired mice to withhold their freezing to the tone should not be taken to indicate the formation of a light-tone association across the very long interval that was interpolated between these stimulus presentations. It could and should be taken to indicate that, in female mice, freezing conditioned to the light simply generalized to the tone (i.e., these mice could not discriminate well between the tone and light).

      "Indeed, our data suggests that when hippocampal activity is modulated by the specific manipulation of hippocampal subregions, this brain region is not involved during retrieval."<br /> Does this relate to the results that are shown in the right panel of Figure 4B, where there is no significant difference between the different groups? If so, how does it fit with the results shown in the left panel of this figure, where differences between the groups are observed?

      "In line with this, the inhibition of CaMKII-positive neurons from the dorsal hippocampus, which has been shown to project to the restrosplenial cortex56, blocked the formation of mediated learning."<br /> Is this a reference to the findings shown in Figure 4B and, if so, which of the panels exactly? That is, one panel appears to support the claim made here while the other doesn't. In general, what should the reader make of data showing the percent change in freezing from stimulus OFF to stimulus ON periods?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wojnowska et al. report structural and functional studies of the interaction of Streptococcus pyogenes M3 protein with collagen. They show through X-ray crystallographic studies that the N-terminal hypervariable region of M3 protein forms a T-like structure and that the T-like structure binds a three-stranded collagen-mimetic peptide. They indicate that the T-like structure is predicted by AlphaFold3 (with varying confidence level) in other M proteins that have sequence similarity to M3 protein and M-like proteins from group C and G streptococci. For some, but not all, of these related M and M-like proteins, AlphaFold3 predicts complexes similar to the one observed for M3-collagen. Functionally, the authors show that emm3 strains form biofilms with more mass when surfaces are coated with collagen, and this effect can be blocked by an M3 protein fragment that contains the T-structure. They also show the co-occurrence of emm3 strains and collagen in patient biopsies and a skin tissue organoid.

      Strengths:

      The paper is well-written and the data presented is mostly sound.

      Weaknesses:

      However, a major limitation of the paper is that it is almost entirely observational and fails to draw a causal relationship. This is mainly due to the near-total absence of mutational studies.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Streptococcus pyogenes, or group A streptococci (GAS) can cause diseases ranging from skin and mucosal infections, to plasma invasion, and post-infection autoimmune syndromes. M proteins are essential GAS virulence factors that include an N-terminal hypervariable region (HVR). M proteins are known to bind to numerous human proteins; a small subset of M proteins were reported to bind collagen, which is thought to promote tissue adherence. In this paper, the authors characterize M3 interactions with collagen and its role in biofilm formation. Specifically, they screened different collagen type II and III variants for full-length M3 protein binding using an ELISA-like method, detecting anti-GST antibody signal. By statistical analysis, hydrophobic amino acids and hydroxyproline were found to positively support binding, whereas acidic residues and proline negatively impacted binding (Table 1). The authors applied X-ray crystallography to determine the structure of the N-terminal domain (42-151 amino acids) of M3 protein (M3-NTD). M3-NTD dimmer (PDB 8P6K) forms a T-shaped structure with three helices (H1, H2, H3), which are stabilized by a hydrophobic core, inter-chain salt bridges and hydrogen bonds on H1, H2 helices, and H3 coiled coil. The conserved Gly113 serves as the turning point between H2 and H3 (Figure 5). The M3-NTD is co-crystalized with a 24-residue peptide, JDM238, to determine the structure of M3-collagen binding. The structure (PDB 8P6J) shows that two copies of collagen in parallel bind to H1 and H2 of M3-NTD. Among the residues involved in binding, conserved Try96 is shown to play a critical role supported by structure and isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC). The authors also apply a crystal-violet assay and fluorescence microscopy to determine that M3 is involved in collagen type I binding, but not M1 or M28 (Figure 9). Tissue biopsy staining indicates that M3 strains co-localize with collagen IV-containing tissue, while M1 strains do not. The authors provide generally compelling evidence to show that GAS M3 protein binds to collagen, and plays a critical role in forming biofilms, which contribute to disease pathology. This is a very well-executed study and a well-written report relevant to understanding GAS pathogenesis and approaches to combatting disease; data are also applicable to emerging human pathogen Streptococcus dysgalactiae. One caveat that was not entirely resolved is if/how different collagen types might impact M3 binding and function. Due to the technical constraints, the in vitro structure and other binding assays use type II collagen whereas in vivo, biofilm formation assays and tissue biopsy staining use type I and IV collagen; it was unclear if this difference is significant. One possibility is that M3 has an unbiased binding to all types of collagens, only the distribution of collagens leads to the finding that M3 binds to type IV (basement membrane) and type I (varies of tissue including skin), rather than type II (cartilage).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work considers the biases introduced into pathogen surveillance due to congregation effects, and also models homophily and variants/clades. The results are primarily quantitative assessments of this bias but some qualitative insights are gained e.g. that initial variant transmission tends to be biased upwards due to this effect, which is closely related to classical founder effects.

      Strengths:

      The model considered involves a simplification of the process of congregation using multinomial sampling that allows for a simpler and more easily interpretable analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      This simplification removes some realism, for example, detailed temporal transmission dynamics of congregations.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In "Founder effects arising from gathering dynamics systematically bias emerging pathogen surveillance" Bradford and Hang present an extension to the SIR model to account for the role of larger than pairwise interactions in infectious disease dynamics. They explore the impact of accounting for group interactions on the progression of infection through the various sub-populations that make up the population as a whole. Further, they explore the extent to which interaction heterogeneity can bias epidemiological inference from surveillance data in the form of IFR and variant growth rate dynamics. This work advances the theoretical formulation of the SIR model and may allow for more realistic modeling of infectious disease outbreaks in the future.

      Strengths:

      (1) This work addresses an important limitation of standard SIR models. While this limitation has been addressed previously in the form of network-based models, those are, as the authors argue, difficult to parameterize to real-world scenarios. Further, this work highlights critical biases that may appear in real-world epidemiological surveillance data. Particularly, over-estimation of variant growth rates shortly after emergence has led to a number of "false alarms" about new variants over the past five years (although also to some true alarms).

      (2) While the results presented here generally confirm my intuitions on this topic, I think it is really useful for the field to have it presented in such a clear manner with a corresponding mathematical framework. This will be a helpful piece of work to point to to temper concerns about rapid increases in the frequency of rare variants.

      (3) The authors provide a succinct derivation of their model that helps the reader understand how they arrived at their formulation starting from the standard SIR model.

      (4) The visualizations throughout are generally easy to interpret and communicate the key points of the authors' work.

      (5) I thank the authors for providing detailed code to reproduce manuscript figures in the associated GitHub repo.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors argue that network-based SIR models are difficult to parameterize (line 66), however, the model presented here also has a key parameter, mainly P_n, or the distribution of risk groups in the population. I think it is important to explore the extent to which this parameter can be inferred from real-world data to assess whether this model is, in practice, any easier to parameterize.

      (2) The authors explore only up to four different risk groups, accounting for only four-wise interactions. But, clearly, in real-world settings, there can be much larger gatherings that promote transmission. What was the justification for setting such a low limit on the maximum group size? I presume it's due to computational efficiency, which is understandable, but it should be discussed as a limitation.

      (3) Another key limitation that isn't addressed by the authors is that there may be population structure beyond just risk heterogeneity. For example, there may be two separate (or, weakly connected) high-risk sub-groups. This will introduce temporal correlation in interactions that are not (and can not easily be) captured in this model. My instinct is that this would dampen the difference between risk groups shown in Figure 2A. While I appreciate the authors's desire to keep their model relatively simple, I think this limitation should be explicitly discussed as it is, in my opinion, relatively significant.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper describes technically-impressive measurements of calcium signals near synaptic ribbons in goldfish bipolar cells. The data presented provides high spatial and temporal resolution information about calcium concentrations along the ribbon at various distances from the site of entry at the plasma membrane. This is important information. Important gaps in the data presented mean that the evidence for the main conclusions is currently inadequate.

      Strengths

      (1) The technical aspects of the measurements are impressive. The authors use calcium indicators bound to the ribbon and high-speed line scans to resolve changes with a spatial resolution of ~250 nm and a temporal resolution of less than 10 ms. These spatial and temporal scales are much closer to those relevant for vesicle release than previous measurements.

      (2) The use of calcium indicators with very different affinities and different intracellular calcium buffers helps provide confirmation of key results.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Multiple key points of the paper lack statistical tests or summary data from populations of cells. For example, the text states that the proximal and distal calcium kinetics in Figure 2A differ. This is not clear from the inset to Figure 2A - where the traces look like scaled versions of each other. Values for time to half-maximal peak fluorescence are given for one example cell but no statistics or summary are provided. Figure 8 shows examples from one cell with no summary data. This issue comes up in other places as well.

      (2) Figure 5 is confusing. The figure caption describes red, green, and blue traces, but the figure itself has only two traces in each panel and none are red, green, or blue. It's not possible currently to evaluate this figure.

      (3) The rise time measurements in Figure 2 are very different for low and high-affinity indicators, but no explanation is given for this difference. Similarly, the measurements of peak calcium concentration in Figure 4 are very different from the two indicators. That might suggest that the high-affinity indicator is strongly saturated, which raises concerns about whether that is impacting the kinetic measurements.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study introduces new tools for measuring intracellular Ca2+ concentration gradients around retinal rod bipolar cell (rbc) synaptic ribbons. This is done by comparing the Ca2+ profiles measured with mobile Ca2+ indicator dyes versus ribbon-tethered (immobile) Ca2+ indicator dyes. The Ca2+ imaging results provide a straightforward demonstration of Ca2+ gradients around the ribbon and validate their experimental strategy. This experimental work is complemented by a coherent, open-source, computational model that successfully describes changes in Ca2+ domains as a function of Ca2+ buffering. In addition, the authors try to demonstrate that there is heterogeneity among synaptic ribbons within an individual rbc terminal.

      Strengths:

      The study introduces a new set of tools for estimating Ca2+ concentration gradients at ribbon AZs, and the experimental results are accompanied by an open-source, computational model that nicely describes Ca2+ buffering at the rbc synaptic ribbon. In addition, the dissociated retinal preparation remains a valuable approach for studying ribbon synapses. Lastly, excellent EM.

      Weaknesses:

      Heterogeneity in the spatiotemporal dynamics of Ca2+ influx was not convincingly related to ribbon size, nor was the functional relevance of Ca2+ dynamics to rod bipolars demonstrated (e.g., exocytosis to different postsynaptic targets). In addition, the study would benefit from the inclusion of the Ca2+ currents that were recorded in parallel with the Ca2+ imaging.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors have developed a new Ca indicator conjugated to the peptide, which likely recognizes synaptic ribbons, and have measured microdomain Ca near synaptic ribbons at retinal bipolar cells. This interesting approach allows one to measure Ca close to transmitter release sites, which may be relevant for synaptic vesicle fusion and replenishment. Though microdomain Ca at the active zone of ribbon synapses has been measured by Hudspeth and Moser, the new study uses the peptide recognizing synaptic ribbons, potentially measuring the Ca concentration relatively proximal to the release sites.

      Strengths:

      The study is in principle technically well done, and the peptide approach is technically interesting, which allows one to image Ca near the particular protein complexes. The approach is potentially applicable to other types of imaging.

      Weaknesses:

      Peptides may not be entirely specific, and the genetic approach tagging particular active zone proteins with fluorescent Ca indicator proteins may well be more specific. I also feel that "Nano-physiology" is overselling, because the measured Ca is most likely the local average surrounding synaptic ribbons. With this approach, nobody knows about the real release site Ca or the Ca relevant for synaptic vesicle replenishment. It is rather "microdomain physiology" which measures the local Ca near synaptic ribbons, relatively large structures responsible for fusion, replenishment, and recycling of synaptic vesicles.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This retrospective study provides new data regarding the prevalence of pain in women with PCOS and its relationship with health outcomes. Using data from electronic health records (EHR), the authors found a significantly higher prevalence of pain among women with PCOS compared to those without the condition: 19.21% of women with PCOS versus 15.8% in non-PCOS women. The highest prevalence of pain was conducted among Black or African American (32.11%) and White (30.75%) populations. Besides, women with PCOS and pain have at least a 2-fold increased prevalence of obesity (34.68%) at baseline compared to women with PCOS in general (16.11%). Also, women with PCOS had the highest risk for infertility and T2D, but women with PCOS and pain had higher risks for ovarian cysts and liver disease. Regarding these results, the authors suggested the critical need to address pain in the diagnosis and management of PCOS due to its significant impact on patient health outcomes.

      Strengths:

      (1) The problem of pain assessment in PCOS patients is well described and the authors provided a clear rationale selection of the retrospective design to investigate this problem.

      (2) A large number of analyzed patient records (76,859,666 women) and their uniformity increases the power of the study. Using the Propensity Score Matching makes it possible to reduce the heterogeneity of the compared cohorts and the influence of comorbid conditions.

      (3) Analysis in different ethnic cohorts provides actual and necessary data regarding the prevalence of pain and its relationship with different health conditions that will be helpful for clinicians to make a diagnosis and manage PCOS in women of different ethnicities.

      (4) Assessment of the risk of different health conditions including PCOS-associated pathology as other common groups of diseases in PCOS women with or without pain allows to differentiate the risk of comorbid conditions depending on the presence of one symptom (pelvic or abdominal pain, dysmenorrhea).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although the paper has strengths in methodology and data analysis, it also has some weaknesses. The lack of a hypothesis doesn't allow us to evaluate the aim and significance of this study.

      (2) The exclusion criteria don't include conditions, that can lead to symptoms similar to PCOS: thyroid diseases, hyperprolactinemia, and congenital adrenal hyperplasia. Thyroid status is not being taken into account in the criteria for matching. All these conditions could occur as on prevalence results as on risk assessment.

      (3) The significant weakness of the study is the absence of a Latin American cohort. Probably the White cohort includes Latin Americans or others, but the results of the study cannot be extrapolated to particular White ethnicities.

      (4) The authors didn't provide sufficient rationale for future health outcomes and this list didn't include diseases of the digestive system or disorders of thyroid glands, which can also cause abdominal pain.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study offers a thorough analysis of the prevalence of pain in women with polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) and its associations with health outcomes across various racial groups. Furthermore, the research investigates the prevalence of PCOS and pain among different racial demographics, as well as the increased risk of developing various conditions in comparison to individuals who have PCOS alone.

      Strengths:

      The study emphasizes pain as a significant comorbidity of PCOS, an area that is critically underexplored in existing literature. The findings regarding the increased prevalence of some of the diseases in the PCOS + pain group provide valuable direction for future research and clinical care. I believe physicians should incorporate pain score assessments into their clinical practice to improve patient's quality of life and raise awareness about pain management. If future research focuses on the mechanisms of pain, it would provide a better understanding of pain and allow for a focus on the underlying causes rather than just symptomatic management. The study also highlights the association between PCOS+pain and various comorbidities, such as obesity, hypertension, and type 2 diabetes, as well as conditions like infertility and ovarian cysts, offering a holistic view of the burden of PCOS.

      Weaknesses:

      Due to the nature of the retrospective study, some data may not be readily available in the system. Instead of simply categorizing participants based on whether they experience pain, it would be more useful to employ a pain scale or questionnaire to better understand the severity and type of patients' pain. This approach would allow for a more thorough analysis of pain improvement following treatment with the three widely used medications for PCOS. Additionally, it would be beneficial for the authors to specify subtypes of the disease rather than generalizing conditions, such as mentioning specific digestive system disorders or mental health disorders. The lack of detailed analysis of specific disorders limits the depth of the findings. This may cause authors to make incorrect conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here, the authors have addressed the recruitment and firing patterns of motor units (MUs) from the long and lateral heads of the triceps in the mouse. They used their newly developed Myomatrix arrays to record from these muscles during treadmill locomotion at different speeds, and they used template-based spike sorting (Kilosort) to extract units. Between MUs from the two heads, the authors observed differences in their firing rates, recruitment probability, phase of activation within the locomotor cycle, and interspike interval patterning. Examining different walking speeds, the authors find increases in both recruitment probability and firing rates as speed increases. The authors also observed differences in the relation between recruitment and the angle of elbow extension between motor units from each head. These differences indicate meaningful variation between motor units within and across motor pools and may reflect the somewhat distinct joint actions of the two heads of triceps.

      Strengths:

      The extraction of MU spike timing for many individual units is an exciting new method that has great promise for exposing the fine detail in muscle activation and its control by the motor system. In particular, the methods developed by the authors for this purpose seem to be the only way to reliably resolve single MUs in the mouse, as the methods used previously in humans and in monkeys (e.g. Marshall et al. Nature Neuroscience, 2022) do not seem readily adaptable for use in rodents.

      The paper provides a number of interesting observations. There are signs of interesting differences in MU activation profiles for individual muscles here, consistent with those shown by Marshall et al. It is also nice to see fine-scale differences in the activation of different muscle heads, which could relate to their partially distinct functions. The mouse offers greater opportunities for understanding the control of these distinct functions, compared to the other organisms in which functional differences between heads have previously been described.

      The Discussion is very thorough, providing a very nice recounting of a great deal of relevant previous results.

      Weaknesses:

      The findings are limited to one pair of muscle heads. While an important initial finding, the lack of confirmation from analysis of other muscles acting at other joints leaves the general relevance of these findings unclear.

      While differences between muscle heads with somewhat distinct functions are interesting and relevant to joint control, differences between MUs for individual muscles, like those in Marshall et al., are more striking because they cannot be attributed potentially to differences in each head's function. The present manuscript does show some signs of differences for MUs within individual heads: in Figure 2C, we see what looks like two clusters of motor units within the long head in terms of their recruitment probability. However, a statistical basis for the existence of two distinct subpopulations is not provided, and no subsequent analysis is done to explore the potential for differences among MUs for individual heads.

      The statistical foundation for some claims is lacking. In addition, the description of key statistical analysis in the Methods is too brief and very hard to understand. This leaves several claims hard to validate.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The present study, led by Thomas and collaborators, aims to describe the firing activity of individual motor units in mice during locomotion. To achieve this, they implanted small arrays of eight electrodes in two heads of the triceps and performed spike sorting using a custom implementation of Kilosort. Simultaneously, they tracked the positions of the shoulder, elbow, and wrist using a single camera and a markerless motion capture algorithm (DeepLabCut). Repeated one-minute recordings were conducted in six mice at five different speeds, ranging from 10 to 27.5 cm·s⁻¹.

      From these data, the authors reported that:

      (1) a significant portion of the identified motor units was not consistently recruited across strides,<br /> (2) motor units identified from the lateral head of the triceps tended to be recruited later than those from the long head,<br /> (3) the number of spikes per stride and peak firing rates were correlated in both muscles, and<br /> (4) the probability of motor unit recruitment and firing rates increased with walking speed.

      The authors conclude that these differences can be attributed to the distinct functions of the muscles and the constraints of the task (i.e., speed).

      Strengths:

      The combination of novel electrode arrays to record intramuscular electromyographic signals from a larger muscle volume with an advanced spike sorting pipeline capable of identifying populations of motor units.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is a lack of information on the number of identified motor units per muscle and per animal.

      (2) All identified motor units are pooled in the analyses, whereas per-animal analyses would have been valuable, as motor units within an individual likely receive common synaptic inputs. Such analyses would fully leverage the potential of identifying populations of motor units.

      (3) The current data do not allow for determining which motor units were sampled from each pool. It remains unclear whether the sample is biased toward high-threshold motor units or representative of the full pool.

      (4) The behavioural analysis of the animals relies solely on kinematics (2D estimates of elbow angle and stride timing). Without ground reaction forces or shoulder angle data, drawing functional conclusions from the results is challenging.

      Major comments:

      (1) Spike sorting

      The conclusions of the study rely on the accuracy and robustness of the spike sorting algorithm during a highly dynamic task. Although the pipeline was presented in a previous publication (Chung et al., 2023, eLife), a proper validation of the algorithm for identifying motor unit spikes is still lacking. This is particularly important in the present study, as the experimental conditions involve significant dynamic changes. Under such conditions, muscle geometry is altered due to variations in both fibre pennation angles and lengths.

      This issue differs from electrode drift, and it is unclear whether the original implementation of Kilosort includes functions to address it. Could the authors provide more details on the various steps of their pipeline, the strategies they employed to ensure consistent tracking of motor unit action potentials despite potential changes in action potential waveforms, and the methods used for manual inspection of the spike sorting algorithm's output?

      (2) Yield of the spike sorting pipeline and analyses per animal/muscle

      A total of 33 motor units were identified from two heads of the triceps in six mice (17 from the long head and 16 from the lateral head). However, precise information on the yield per muscle per animal is not provided. This information is crucial to support the novelty of the study, as the authors claim in the introduction that their electrode arrays enable the identification of populations of motor units.

      Beyond reporting the number of identified motor units, another way to demonstrate the effectiveness of the spike sorting algorithm would be to compare the recorded EMG signals with the residual signal obtained after subtracting the action potentials of the identified motor units, using a signal-to-residual ratio.

      Furthermore, motor units identified from the same muscle and the same animal are likely not independent due to common synaptic inputs. This dependence should be accounted for in the statistical analyses when comparing changes in motor unit properties across speeds and between muscles.

      (3) Representativeness of the sample of identified motor units

      However, to draw such conclusions, the authors should exclusively compare motor units from the same pool and systematically track violations of the recruitment order. Alternatively, they could demonstrate that the motor units that are intermittently active across strides correspond to the smallest motor units, based on the assumption that these units should always be recruited due to their low activation thresholds.

      One way to estimate the size of motor units identified within the same muscle would be to compare the amplitude of their action potentials, assuming that all motor units are relatively close to the electrodes (given the selectivity of the recordings) and that motoneurons innervating more muscle fibres generate larger motor unit action potentials.

      Currently, the data seem to support the idea that motor units that are alternately recruited across strides have recruitment thresholds close to the level of activation or force produced during slow walking. The fact that recruitment probability monotonically increases with speed suggests that the force required to propel the mouse forward exceeds the recruitment threshold of these "large" motor units. This pattern would primarily reflect spatial recruitment following the size principle rather than flexible motor unit control.

      (4) Analysis of recruitment and firing rates

      The authors currently report active duration and peak firing rates based on spike trains convolved with a Gaussian kernel. Why not report the peak of the instantaneous firing rates estimated from the inverse of the inter-spike interval? This approach appears to be more aligned with previous studies conducted to describe motor unit behaviour during fast movements (e.g., Desmedt & Godaux, 1977, J Physiol; Van Cutsem et al., 1998, J Physiol; Del Vecchio et al., 2019, J Physiol).

      (5) Additional analyses on behaviour

      The authors currently analyse motor unit recruitment in relation to elbow angle. It would be valuable to include a similar analysis using the angular velocity observed during each stride, as higher velocity would place each muscle in a less favourable position on the force-velocity relationship for generating the required force. More broadly, comparing stride-by-stride changes in firing rates with changes in elbow angular velocity would further strengthen the final analyses presented in the results section.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using the approach of Myomatrix recording, the authors report that:

      (1) Motor units are recruited differently in the two types of muscles.<br /> (2) Individual units are probabilistically recruited during the locomotion strides, whereas the population bulk EMG has a more reliable representation of the muscle.<br /> (3) The recruitment of units was proportional to walking speed.

      Strengths:

      The new technique provides a unique data set, and the data analysis is convincing and well-performed.

      Weaknesses:

      The implications of "probabilistical recruitment" should be explored, addressed, and analyzed further.

      Comments:

      One of the study's main findings (perhaps the main finding) is that the motor units are "probabilistically" recruited. The authors do not define what they mean by probabilistically recruited, nor do they present an alternative scenario to such recruitment or discuss why this would be interesting or surprising. However, on page 4, they do indicate that the recruitment of units from both muscles was only active in a subset of strides, i.e., they are not reliably active in every step.

      If probabilistic means irregular spiking, this is not new. Variability in spiking has been seen numerous times, for instance in human biceps brachii motor units during isometric contractions (Pascoe, Enoka, Exp physiology 2014) and elsewhere. Perhaps the distinction the authors are seeking is between fluctuation-driven and mean-driven spiking of motor units as previously identified in spinal motor networks (see Petersen and Berg, eLife 2016, and Berg, Frontiers 2017). Here, it was shown that a prominent regime of irregular spiking is present during rhythmic motor activity, which also manifests as a positive skewness in the spike count distribution (i.e., log-normal).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this article, Kawanabe-Kobayashi et al., aim to examine the mechanisms by which stress can modulate pain in mice. They focus on the contribution of noradrenergic neurons (NA) of the locus coeruleus (LC). The authors use acute restraint stress as a stress paradigm and found that following one hour of restraint stress mice display mechanical hypersensitivity. They show that restraint stress causes the activation of LC NA neurons and the release of NA in the spinal cord dorsal horn (SDH). They then examine the spinal mechanisms by which LC→SDH NA produces mechanical hypersensitivity. The authors provide evidence that NA can act on alphaA1Rs expressed by a class of astrocytes defined by the expression of Hes (Hes+). Furthermore, they found that NA, presumably through astrocytic release of ATP following NA action on alphaA1Rs Hes+ astrocytes, can cause an adenosine-mediated inhibition of SDH inhibitory interneurons. They propose that this disinhibition mechanism could explain how restraint stress can cause the mechanical hypersensitivity they measured in their behavioral experiments.

      Strengths:

      (1) Significance. Stress profoundly influences pain perception; resolving the mechanisms by which stress alters nociception in rodents may explain the well-known phenomenon of stress-induced analgesia and/or facilitate the development of therapies to mitigate the negative consequences of chronic stress on chronic pain.

      (2) Novelty. The authors' findings reveal a crucial contribution of Hes+ spinal astrocytes in the modulation of pain thresholds during stress.

      (3) Techniques. This study combines multiple approaches to dissect circuit, cellular, and molecular mechanisms including optical recordings of neural and astrocytic Ca2+ activity in behaving mice, intersectional genetic strategies, cell ablation, optogenetics, chemogenetics, CRISPR-based gene knockdown, slice electrophysiology, and behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Mouse model of stress. Although chronic stress can increase sensitivity to somatosensory stimuli and contribute to hyperalgesia and anhedonia, particularly in the context of chronic pain states, acute stress is well known to produce analgesia in humans and rodents. The experimental design used by the authors consists of a single one-hour session of restraint stress followed by 30 min to one hour of habituation and measurement of cutaneous mechanical sensitivity with von Frey filaments. This acute stress behavioral paradigm corresponds to the conditions in which the clinical phenomenon of stress-induced analgesia is observed in humans, as well as in animal models. Surprisingly, however, the authors measured that this acute stressor produced hypersensitivity rather than antinociception. This discrepancy is significant and requires further investigation.

      (2) Specifically, is the hypersensitivity to mechanical stimulation also observed in response to heat or cold on a hotplate or coldplate?

      (3) Using other stress models, such as a forced swim, do the authors also observe acute stress-induced hypersensitivity instead of stress-induced antinociception?

      (4) Measurement of stress hormones in blood would provide an objective measure of the stress of the animals.

      (5) Results:

      a) Optical recordings of Ca2+ activity in behaving rodents are particularly useful to investigate the relationship between Ca2+ dynamics and the behaviors displayed by rodents.

      b) The authors report an increase in Ca2+ events in LC NA neurons during restraint stress: Did mice display specific behaviors at the time these Ca2+ events were observed such as movements to escape or orofacial behaviors including head movements or whisking?

      c) Additionally, are similar increases in Ca2+ events in LC NA neurons observed during other stressful behavioral paradigms versus non-stressful paradigms?

      d) Neuronal ablation to reveal the function of a cell population.

      e) The proportion of LC NA neurons and LC→SDH NA neurons expressing DTR-GFP and ablated should be quantified (Figures 1G and J) to validate the methods and permit interpretation of the behavioral data (Figures 1H and K). Importantly, the nocifensive responses and behavior of these mice in other pain assays in the absence of stress (e.g., hotplate) and a few standard assays (open field, rotarod, elevated plus maze) would help determine the consequences of cell ablation on processing of nociceptive information and general behavior.

      f) Confirmation of LC NA neuron function with other methods that alter neuronal excitability or neurotransmission instead of destroying the circuit investigated, such as chemogenetics or chemogenetics, would greatly strengthen the findings. Optogenetics is used in Figure 1M, N but excitation of LC→SDH NA neuron terminals is tested instead of inhibition (to mimic ablation), and in naïve mice instead of stressed mice.

      g) Alpha1Ars. The authors noted that "Adra1a mRNA is also expressed in INs in the SDH".

      h) The authors should comprehensively indicate what other cell types present in the spinal cord and neurons projecting to the spinal cord express alpha1Ars and what is the relative expression level of alpha1Ars in these different cell types.

      i) The conditional KO of alpha1Ars specifically in Hes5+ astrocytes and not in other cell types expressing alpha1Ars should be quantified and validated (Figure 2H).

      j) Depolarization of SDH inhibitory interneurons by NA (Figure 3). The authors' bath applied NA, which presumably activates all NA receptors present in the preparation.

      k) The authors' model (Figure 4H) implies that NA released by LC→SDH NA neurons leads to the inhibition of SDH inhibitory interneurons by NA. In other experiments (Figure 1L, Figure 2A), the authors used optogenetics to promote the release of endogenous NA in SDH by LC→SDH NA neurons. This approach would investigate the function of NA endogenously released by LC NA neurons at presynaptic terminals in the SDH and at physiological concentrations and would test the model more convincingly compared to the bath application of NA.

      l) As for other experiments, the proportion of Hes+ astrocytes that express hM3Dq, and the absence of expression in other cells, should be quantified and validated to interpret behavioral data.

      m) Showing that the effect of CNO is dose-dependent would strengthen the authors' findings.

      n) The proportion of SG neurons for which CNO bath application resulted in a reduction in recorded sIPSCs is not clear.

      o) A1Rs. The specific expression of Cas9 and guide RNAs, and the specific KD of A1Rs, in inhibitory interneurons but not in other cell types expressing A1Rs should be quantified and validated.

      (6) Methods:

      It is unclear how fiber photometry is performed using "optic cannula" during restraint stress while mice are in a 50ml falcon tube (as shown in Figure 1A).

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the role of spinal astrocytes in mediating stress-induced pain hypersensitivity, focusing on the LC (locus coeruleus)-to-SDH (spinal dorsal horn) circuit and its mechanisms. The authors aimed to delineate how LC activity contributes to spinal astrocytic activation under stress conditions, explore the role of noradrenaline (NA) signaling in this process, and identify the downstream astrocytic mechanisms that influence pain hypersensitivity.

      The authors provide strong evidence that 1-hour restraint stress-induced pain hypersensitivity involves the LC-to-SDH circuit, where NA triggers astrocytic calcium activity via alpha1a adrenoceptors (alpha1aRs). Blockade of alpha1aRs on astrocytes - but not on Vgat-positive SDH neurons - reduced stress-induced pain hypersensitivity. These findings are rigorously supported by well-established behavioral models and advanced genetic techniques, uncovering the critical role of spinal astrocytes in modulating stress-induced pain.

      However, the study's third aim - to establish a pathway from astrocyte alpha1aRs to adenosine-mediated inhibition of SDH-Vgat neurons - is less compelling. While pharmacological and behavioral evidence is intriguing, the ex vivo findings are indirect and lack a clear connection to the stress-induced pain model. Despite these limitations, the study advances our understanding of astrocyte-neuron interactions in stress-pain contexts and provides a strong foundation for future research into glial mechanisms in pain hypersensitivity.

      Strengths:

      The study is built on a robust experimental design using a validated 1-hour restraint stress model, providing a reliable framework to investigate stress-induced pain hypersensitivity. The authors utilized advanced genetic tools, including retrograde AAVs, optogenetics, chemogenetics, and subpopulation-specific knockouts, allowing precise manipulation and interrogation of the LC-SDH circuit and astrocytic roles in pain modulation. Clear evidence demonstrates that NA triggers astrocytic calcium activity via alpha1aRs, and blocking these receptors effectively reduces stress-induced pain hypersensitivity.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite its strengths, the study presents indirect evidence for the proposed NA-to-astrocyte(alpha1aRs)-to-adenosine-to-SDH-Vgat neurons pathway, as the link between astrocytic adenosine release and stress-induced pain remains unclear. The ex vivo experiments, including NA-induced depolarization of Vgat neurons and chemogenetic stimulation of astrocytes, are challenging to interpret in the stress context, with the high CNO concentration raising concerns about specificity. Additionally, the role of astrocyte-derived D-serine is tangential and lacks clarity regarding its effects on SDH Vgat neurons. The astrocyte calcium signal "dip" after LC optostimulation-induced elevation are presented without any interpretation.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      This is an exciting and timely study addressing the role of descending noradrenergic systems in nocifensive responses. While it is well-established that spinally released noradrenaline (aka norepinephrine) generally acts as an inhibitory factor in spinal sensory processing, this system is highly complex. Descending projections from the A6 (locus coeruleus, LC) and the A5 regions typically modulate spinal sensory processing and reduce pain behaviours, but certain subpopulations of LC neurons have been shown to mediate pronociceptive effects, such as those projecting to the prefrontal cortex (Hirshberg et al., PMID: 29027903).

      The study proposes that descending cerulean noradrenergic neurons potentiate touch sensation via alpha-1 adrenoceptors on Hes5+ spinal astrocytes, contributing to mechanical hyperalgesia. This finding is consistent with prior work from the same group (dd et al., PMID:). However, caution is needed when generalising about LC projections, as the locus coeruleus is functionally diverse, with differences in targets, neurotransmitter co-release, and behavioural effects. Specifying the subpopulations of LC neurons involved would significantly enhance the impact and interpretability of the findings.

      Strengths

      The study employs state-of-the-art molecular, genetic, and neurophysiological methods, including precise CRISPR and optogenetic targeting, to investigate the role of Hes5+ astrocytes. This approach is elegant and highlights the often-overlooked contribution of astrocytes in spinal sensory gating. The data convincingly support the role of Hes5+ astrocytes as regulators of touch sensation, coordinated by brain-derived noradrenaline in the spinal dorsal horn, opening new avenues for research into pain and touch modulation.

      Furthermore, the data support a model in which superficial dorsal horn (SDH) Hes5+ astrocytes act as non-neuronal gating cells for brain-derived noradrenergic (NA) signalling through their interaction with substantia gelatinosa inhibitory interneurons. Locally released adenosine from NA-stimulated Hes5+ astrocytes, following acute restraint stress, may suppress the function of SDH-Vgat+ inhibitory interneurons, resulting in mechanical pain hypersensitivity. However, the spatially restricted neuron-astrocyte communication underlying this mechanism requires further investigation in future studies.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Specificity of the LC Pathway targeting

      The main concern lies with how definitively the LC pathway was targeted. Were other descending noradrenergic nuclei, such as A5 or A7, also labelled in the experiments? The authors must convincingly demonstrate that the observed effects are mediated exclusively by LC noradrenergic terminals to substantiate their claims (i.e. "we identified a circuit, the descending LC→SDH-NA neurons").

      a) For instance, the direct vector injection into the LC likely results in unspecific effects due to the extreme heterogeneity of this nucleus and retrograde labelling of the A5 and A7 nuclei from the LC (i.e., Li et al., PMID: 26903420).

      b) It is difficult to believe that the intersectional approach described in the study successfully targeted LC→SDH-NA neurons using AAVrg vectors. Previous studies (e.g., PMID: 34344259 or PMID: 36625030) demonstrated that similar strategies were ineffective for spinal-LC projections. The authors should provide detailed quantification of the efficiency of retrograde labelling and specificity of transgene expression in LC neurons projecting to the SDH.

      c) Furthermore, it is striking that the authors observed a comparably strong phenotypical change in Figure 1K despite fewer neurons being labelled, compared to Figure 1H and 1N with substantially more neurons being targeted. Interestingly, the effect in Figure 1K appears more pronounced but shorter-lasting than in the comparable experiment shown in Figure 1H. This discrepancy requires further explanation.

      d) A valuable addition would be staining for noradrenergic terminals in the spinal cord for the intersectional approach (Figure 1J), as done in Figures 1F/G. LC projections terminate preferentially in the SDH, whereas A5 projections terminate in the deep dorsal horn (DDH). Staining could clarify whether circuits beyond the LC are being ablated.

      e) Furthermore, different LC neurons often mediate opposite physiological outcomes depending on their projection targets-for example, dorsal LC neurons projecting to the prefrontal cortex PFCx are pronociceptive, while ventral LC neurons projecting to the SC are antinociceptive (PMIDs: 29027903, 34344259, 36625030). Given this functional diversity, direct injection into the LC is likely to result in nonspecific effects.

      Conclusion on Specificity: The authors are strongly encouraged to address these limitations directly, as they significantly affect the validity of the conclusions regarding the LC pathway. Providing more robust evidence, acknowledging experimental limitations, and incorporating complementary analyses would greatly strengthen the manuscript.

      (2) Discrepancies in Data

      a) Figures 1B and 1E: The behavioural effect of stress on PWT (Figure 1E) persists for 120 minutes, whereas Ca²⁺ imaging changes (Figure 1B) are only observed in the first 20 minutes, with signal attenuation starting at 30 minutes. This discrepancy requires clarification, as it impacts the proposed mechanism.

      b) Figure 4E: The effect is barely visible, and the tissue resembles "Swiss cheese," suggesting poor staining quality. This is insufficient for such an important conclusion. Improved staining and/or complementary staining (e.g., cFOS) are needed. Additionally, no clear difference is observed between Stress+Ab stim. and Stress+Ab stim.+CPT, raising doubts about the robustness of the data.

      c) Discrepancy with Existing Evidence: The claim regarding the pronociceptive effect of LC→SDH-NAergic signalling on mechanical hypersensitivity contrasts with findings by Kucharczyk et al. (PMID: 35245374), who reported no facilitation of spinal convergent (wide-dynamic range) neuron responses to tactile mechanical stimuli, but potent inhibition to noxious mechanical von Frey stimulation. This discrepancy suggests alternative mechanisms may be at play and raises the question of why noxious stimuli were not tested.

      (3) Sole reliance on Von Frey testing

      The exclusive use of von Frey as a behavioural readout for mechanical sensitisation is a significant limitation. This assay is highly variable, and without additional supporting measures, the conclusions lack robustness. Incorporating other behavioural measures, such as the adhesive tape removal test to evaluate tactile discomfort, the needle floor walk corridor to assess sensitivity to uneven or noxious surfaces, or the kinetic weight-bearing test to measure changes in limb loading during movement, could provide complementary insights. Physiological tests, such as the Randall-Selitto test for noxious pressure thresholds or CatWalk gait analysis to evaluate changes in weight distribution and gait dynamics, would further strengthen the findings and allow for a more comprehensive assessment of mechanical sensitisation.

      Overall Conclusion

      This study addresses an important and complex topic with innovative methods and compelling data. However, the conclusions rely on several assumptions that require more robust evidence. Specificity of the LC pathway, experimental discrepancies, and methodological limitations (e.g., sole reliance on von Frey) must be addressed to substantiate the claims. With these issues resolved, this work could significantly advance our understanding of astrocytic and noradrenergic contributions to pain modulation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The structure of a heterohexameric 3:3 LGI1-ADAM22 complex is resolved by Yamaguchi et al. It reveals the intermolecular LGI1 interactions and their role in bringing three ADAM22 molecules together. This may be relevant for the clustering of axonal Kv1 channels and control over their density. While it is currently not clear if the heterohexameric 3:3 LGI1-ADAM22 complex has a physiological role, the detailed structural information, presented here, allows us to pinpoint mutations or other strategies to probe the relevance of the 3:3 complex in future work.

      The experimental work is done to a high standard, and I have no comments on that part. I do have several recommendations that I hope will be considered.

      (1) A previously determined 2:2 heterodimeric complex of LGI1-ADAM22 was suggested to play a role in trans interactions. Could the authors discuss if the heterohexameric 3:3 LGI1-ADAM22 is more likely to represent a cis complex or a trans complex, or if both are possible?

      (2) It is not entirely clear to me if the LGI1-ADAM22 complex is also crosslinked in the HS-AFM experiments. Could this be more clearly indicated? In addition, if this is the case, could an explanation be given about how the complex can still dissociate?

      (3) The LGI1 and ADAM22 are of similar size. To me, this complicates the interpretation of dissociation of the complex in the HS-AFM data. How is the overinterpretation of this data prevented? In other words, what confidence do the authors have in the dissociation steps in the HS-AFM data?

      (4) What is the "LGI1 collapse" mentioned in Figure 4c?

      (5) Am I correct that the structure indicates that the trimerization is entirely organized by LGI1? This would suggest LGI1 trimerizes on its own. Can this be discussed? Has this been observed?

      (6) C3 symmetry was not applied in the cryo-EM reconstruction of the heterohexameric 3:3 LGI1-ADAM22 complex. How much is the complex deviating from C3 symmetry? What interactions stabilize the specific trimeric conformation reconstructed here, compared to other trimeric conformations?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Yamaguchi et al. provides compelling evidence for the formation of a 3:3 complex between the ectodomain of ADAM22 and LGI1, as demonstrated using single-particle cryo-EM and HS-AFM. This represents the first instance in which the 3:3 complex has been resolved sufficiently to enable molecular modeling, allowing the authors to identify key interfaces mediating ADAM22-LGI1 interactions. HS-AFM revealed weak interactions within the 3:3 complexes, suggesting the dynamic nature of ADAM22-LGI1 interactions, which may play a role in modulating synaptic activity.

      Strength:

      A strength of this study lies in the novel identification of the 3:3 complexes, captured at an unprecedented level of resolution and validated by HS-AFM. This discovery, together with the authors' previous findings demonstrating a 2:2 stoichiometry, gives rise to an intriguing hypothesis regarding the dynamic nature of the ADAM22-LGI1 complex in regulating both cis- and trans-synaptic interactions.

      Weakness:

      The functional significance of these two complexes in the context of synapse remains speculative. Additionally, the structural presentations in Figures 1-3 (especially Figures 2-3) lack the clarity needed for general readers to fully understand the authors' key points. Enhancing the quality of these visual representations would greatly improve accessibility and comprehension.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      During early Drosophila pupal development, a subset of larval abdominal muscles (DIOMs) is remodelled using an autophagy-dependent mechanism.

      To better understand this not very well studied process, the authors have generated a transcriptomics time course using dissected abdominal muscles of various stages from wild-type and autophagy-deficient mutants. The authors have further identified a function for BNIP3 in muscle mitophagy using this system.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper does provide a detailed mRNA time course resource for DIOM remodelling.

      (2) The paper does find an interesting BNIP3 loss of function phenotype, a block of mitophagy during muscle remodelling, and hence identifies a specific linker between mitochondria and the core autophagy machinery. This adds to the mechanism of how mitochondria are degraded.

      (3) Sophisticated fly genetics demonstrates that the larval muscle mitochondria are, to a large extent, degraded by autophagy during DIOM remodelling.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Mitophagy during DIOM remodelling is not novel (earlier papers from Fujita et al.).

      (2) The transcriptomics time course data are not well connected to the autophagy part. Both could be separated into 2 independent manuscripts.

      (3) The muscle phenotypes need better quantifications, both for the EM and light microscopy data in various figures.

      (4)The transcriptomics data are hard to browse in the provided PDF format.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Autophagy (macroautophagy) is known to be essential for muscle function in flies and mammals. To date, many mitophagy (selective mitochondrial autophagy) receptors have been identified in mammals and other species. While the loss of mitophagy receptors has been shown to impair mitochondrial degradation (e.g., OPTN and NDP52 in Parkin-mediated mitophagy and NIX and BNIP3 in hypoxia-induced mitophagy) at the level of cultured cells, it remains unclear, especially under physiological conditions in vivo. In this study, the authors revealed that one of the receptors BNIP3 plays a critical role in mitochondrial degradation during muscle remodeling in vivo.

      Overall, the manuscript provides solid evidence that BNIP3 is involved in mitophagy during muscle remodeling with in vivo analyses performed. In particular, all experiments in this study are well-designed. The text is well written and the figures are very clear.

      Strengths:

      (1) In each experiment, appropriate positive and negative controls are used to indicate what is responsible for the phenomenon observed by the authors: e.g. FIP200, Atg18, Stx17 siRNAs during DIOM remodeling in Figure 2 and Full, del-LIR, del-MER in Figure 5.

      (2) Although the transcriptional dynamics of DIOM remodeling during metamorphosis is autophagy-independent, the transcriptome data obtained by the authors would be valuable for future studies.

      (3) In addition to the simple observation that loss of BNIP3 causes mitochondrial accumulation, the authors further observed that, by combining siRNA against STX17, which is required for fusion of autophagosomes with lysosomes, BNIP3 KO abolishes mitophagosome formation, which will provide solid evidence for BNIP3-mediated mitophagy. Furthermore, using a Gal80 temperature-sensitive approach, the authors showed that mitochondria derived from larval muscle, but not those synthesized during hypertrophy, remain in BNIP3 KO fly muscles.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Because BNIP3 KO causes mitochondrial accumulation, it is expected that adult flies will have some physiological defects, but this has not been fully analyzed or sufficiently mentioned in the manuscript.

      (2) In Figure 5, the authors showed that BNIP3 binds to Atg18a by co-IP, but no data are provided on whether MER-mut or del-MER attenuates the affinity for Atg18a.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fujita et al build on their earlier, 2017 eLife paper that showed the role of autophagy in the developmental remodeling of a group of muscles (DIOM) in the abdomen of Drosophila. Most larval muscles undergo histolysis during metamorphosis, while DIOMs are programmed to regrow after initial atrophy to give rise to temporary adult muscles, which survive for only 1 day after eclosion of the adult flies (J Neurosci. 1990;10:403-1. and BMC Dev Biol 16, 12, 2016). The authors carry out transcriptomics profiling of these muscles during metamorphosis, which is in agreement with the atrophy and regrowth phases of these muscles. Expression of the known mitophagy receptor BNIP3/NIX is high during atrophy, so the authors have started to delve more into the role of this protein/mitophagy in their model. BNIP3 KO indeed impairs mitophagy and muscle atrophy, which they convincingly demonstrate via nice microscopy images. They also show that the already known Atg8a-binding LIR and Atg18a-binding MER motifs of human NIX are conserved in the Drosophila protein, although the LIR turned out to be less critical for in vivo protein function than the MER motif.

      Strengths:

      Established methodology, convincing data, in vivo model.

      Weaknesses:

      The significance for Drosophila physiology and for human muscles remains to be established.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Compelling and clearly described work that combines two elegant cell fate reporter strains with mathematical modelling to describe the kinetics of CD4+ TRM in mice. The aim is to investigate the cell dynamics underlying the maintenance of CD4+TRM.

      The main conclusions are that:<br /> (1) CD4+ TRM are not intrinsically long-lived.<br /> (2) Even clonal half-lives are short: 1 month for TRM in skin, and even shorter (12 days) for TRM in lamina propria.<br /> (3) TRM are maintained by self-renewal and circulating precursors.

      Strengths:

      (1) Very clearly and succinctly written. Though in some places too succinctly! See suggestions below for areas I think could benefit from more detail.

      (2) Powerful combination of mouse strains and modelling to address questions that are hard to answer with other approaches.

      (3) The modelling of different modes of recruitment (quiescent, neutral, division linked) is extremely interesting and often neglected (for simpler neutral recruitment).

      Weaknesses/scope for improvement:

      (1) The authors use the same data set that they later fit for generating their priors. This double use of the same dataset always makes me a bit squeamish as I worry it could lead to an underestimate of errors on the parameters. Could the authors show plots of their priors and posteriors to check that the priors are not overly-influential? Also, how do differences in priors ultimately influence the degree of support a model gets (if at all)? Could differences in priors lead to one model gaining more support than another?

      (2) The authors state (line 81) that cells were "identified as tissue-localised by virtue of their protection from short-term in vivo labelling (Methods; Fig. S1B)". I would like to see more information on this. How short is short term? How long after labelling do cells need to remain unlabelled in order to be designated tissue-localised (presumably label will get to tissue pretty quickly -within hours?). Can the authors provide citations to defend the assumption that all label-negative cells are tissue-localised (no false negatives)? And conversely that no label-positive cells can be found in the tissue (no false positives)? I couldn't actually find the relevant section in the methods and Figure S1B didn't contain this information.

      (3) Are the target and precursor populations from the same mice? If so is there any way to reflect the between-individual variation in the precursor population (not captured by the simple empirical fit)? I am thinking particularly of the skin and LP CD4+CD69- populations where the fraction of cells that are mTOM+ (and to a lesser extent YFP+) spans virtually the whole range. Would it be nice to capture this information in downstream predictions if possible?

      (4) In Figure 3, estimates of kinetics for cells in LP appear to be more dependent on the input model (quiescent/neutral/division-linked) than the same parameters in the skin. Can the authors explain intuitively why this is the case?

      (5) Can the authors include plots of the model fits to data associated with the different strengths of support shown in Figure 4? That is, I would like to know what a difference in the strength of say 0.43 compared with 0.3 looks like in "real terms". I feel strongly that this is important. Are all the fits fantastic, and some marginally better than others? Are they all dreadful and some are just less dreadful? Or are there meaningful differences?

      (6) Figure 4 left me unclear about exactly which combinations of precursors and targets were considered. Figure 3 implies there are 5 precursors but in Figure 4A at most 4 are considered. Also, Figure 4B suggests skin CD69- were considered a target. This doesn't seem to be specified anywhere.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript addresses a fundamental problem of immunology - the persistence mechanisms of tissue-resident memory T cells (TRMs). It introduces a novel quantitative methodology, combining the in vivo tracing of T-cell cohorts with rigorous mathematical modeling and inference. Interestingly, the authors show that immigration plays a key role in maintaining CD4+ TRM populations in both skin and lamina propria (LP), with LP TRMs being more dependent on immigration than skin TRMs. This is an original and potentially impactful manuscript. However, several aspects were not clear and would benefit from being explained better or worked out in more detail.

      (1) The key observations are as follows:

      a) When heritably labeling cells due to CD4 expression, CD4+ TRM labeling frequency declines with time. This implies that CD4+ TRMs are ultimately replenished from a source not labeled, hence not expressing CD4. Most likely, this would be DN thymocytes.

      b) After labeling by Ki67 expression, labeled CD4+ TRMs also decline - This is what Figure 1B suggests. Hence they would be replaced by a source that was not in the cell cycle at the time of labeling. However, is this really borne out by the experimental data (Figure 2C, middle row)? Please clarify.

      (2) For potential source populations (Figure 2D): Please discuss these data critically. For example, CD4+ CD69- cells in skin and LP start with a much lower initial labeling frequency than the respective TRM populations. Could the former then be precursors of the latter? A similar question applies to LN YFP+ cells. Moreover, is the increase in YFP labeling in naïve T cells a result of their production from proliferative thymocytes? How well does the quantitative interpretation of YFP labeling kinetics in a target population work when populations upstream show opposite trends (e.g., naïve T cells increasing in YFP+ frequency but memory cells in effect decreasing, as, at the time of labeling, non-activated = non-proliferative T cells (and hence YFP-) might later become activated and contribute to memory)?

      (3) Please add a measure of variation (e.g., suitable credible intervals) to the "best fits" (solid lines in Figure 2).

      (4) Could the authors better explain the motivation for basing their model comparisons on the Leave-One-Out (LOO) cross-validation method? Why not use Bayesian evidence instead?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to use state-of-the art behaviour, imaging, and connectome techniques to identify the neural interaction between sleep and long-term memory consolidation in the PAM-DPM circuits, a well-known dopaminergic pathway within Drosophila Mushroom Body.

      Strengths:

      From a Drosophila sleep researcher's perspective, the investigation follows a clear and logical strategy to collect a huge dataset of sleep, appetitive memory, and live imaging. The authors clearly identified and showed that activation of a PAM subset: alpha-1 reduces sleep quality and memory consolidation in a starvation-dependent manner. The authors also convincingly demonstrated the corresponding neuronal responses of DPM neurons following PAM alpha-1 activation, and the positive role of DPM neural activity in sleep and memory consolidation. Moreover, the authors applied a new way of sleep statistics to demonstrate hour-by-hour changes between treatment and genotypes. Importantly, the authors demonstrated that memory loss derived from PAM alpha 1 activation can be partly restored by ectopic sleep enhancement via feeding THIP during the memory consolidation period after training.

      Weaknesses:

      Two investigatory gaps relate to the misalignment between circuital activity and behaviours, due to the nature of large circuital functional analysis like this. Firstly, the central observation of the study indicates that PAM alpha1 activation causes DPM inhibition which disrupts sleep and memory consolidation. Therefore one would expect a reduced PAMalpha1 and increased DPM activities after memory training, but the authors found that the endogenous CRTC::GFP reported neuronal activity for PAMalpha1 and DPM are both increased after memory training (Figure 9). This can be due to the difficult functional demarcation among the 14 PAMalpha1 projections. Secondly, the authors acknowledged the contradicting finding that memory defect is detected in PAMalpha1 inactivation (Figure 7C), yet suggested a tight link between sleep and memory consolidation; it is clear loss of PAM subset activity can disrupt memory consolidation without affecting sleep (cf Figure 7C and 7I).

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sleep plays a critical role in memory consolidation, but the neural mechanisms underlying this relationship remain poorly understood. The authors present novel findings implicating two small neuronal groups with inhibitory connections, PAM-a1 to DPM, in sleep regulation and LTM consolidation. However, whether the PAM-a1 to DPM microcircuit promotes LTM consolidation through sleep regulation requires further investigation.

      Strengths:

      The authors report several novel findings. Brief activation or inhibition of PAM-a1 neurons, or brief inhibition of DPM neurons during the first few hours after training, impairs 24-hour LTM. Notably, these brief manipulations disrupt sleep for many hours afterward, particularly at night. Interestingly, disruption of PAM-a1 and DPM neurons impairs sleep and appetitive memory consolidation only under starvation conditions, and pharmacological induction of sleep during the night rescues the LTM defects. These findings suggest that PAM-a1 and DPM neurons are involved in sleep regulation and LTM consolidation under starvation. These are important findings that advance our understanding of the link between sleep and memory consolidation.

      Weaknesses:

      Some claims lack sufficient evidence or clarity:

      (1) All sleep experiments are conducted under the "training" (temperature-change) condition. While genotypic controls are helpful, additional no-training controls are required to confirm that the observed differences are due to training rather than unknown genotype-related factors. The fact that experimental genotypes exhibit significantly altered sleep even before "training" (e.g., Figs. 7H, J, K, 8A, B, D) highlights the necessity of these controls.

      (2) Previous studies on disrupted memory due to sleep reduction have primarily examined conditions with severe sleep deprivation. In contrast, this report claims that relatively small decreases in total sleep accompanied by sleep fragmentation are responsible for impaired memory consolidation. It remains unclear whether sleep fragmentation at this level is truly critical for memory consolidation. The authors should cause sleep loss and fragmentation of similar magnitude through other means and determine whether it can impair LTM.

      (3) The authors employed a neural activity reporter to show that starvation increases the basal activity of PAM-a1 but not DPM neurons in untrained flies (Figures 9C-E). They observed small increases in the activity of both neuron groups immediately after training but not one hour later. Given the inhibitory connection from PAM-a1 to DPM, it is unclear why both neuron groups show increased activity after training. Additionally, as the authors acknowledge, it is puzzling how the inactivation of PAM-a1 produces similar effects on sleep and memory as DPM inhibition and PAM-a1 activation. Further experiments are needed to clarify these findings, such as manipulating PAM-a1 activity during the one-hour post-training period and evaluating the effect on DPM activity. Including data from training under fed conditions would provide a more comprehensive understanding of state-dependent neural activity. Even if certain experiments are not feasible, these issues warrant further discussion. It is also important to clarify that the term "synchronized" does not imply single-spike-level synchrony.

      (4) The authors considered that PAM-a1 and DPM might function in parallel, independent pathways for sleep and LTM. They rejected this possibility based on the lack of additive effects when both neuronal groups were simultaneously inactivated. However, they found that MB299B-labelled neurons exert stronger memory effects than MB043B-labelled neurons, while MB043B neurons have stronger sleep effects. If sleep is a primary driver of memory consolidation, a stronger correlation between memory and sleep effects would be expected. This observation merits further discussion.

      (5) Given prior knowledge that PAM neurons are heterogeneous and that the R58E02 driver is broadly expressed, data in Figures 1-5 concerning PAM are outdated. The use of more restricted PAM-a1 drivers from the outset would make the manuscript easier to read and interpret.

      (6) Some figures lack relevant data, certain experiments are missing necessary controls, and anomalies are present in some data sets.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Understanding the neural circuits that link sleep and memory remains a fundamental challenge in neuroscience. In this study, Lin Yan and colleagues investigate how dopamine signaling in Drosophila regulates long-term memory (LTM) formation in the context of sleep. They identify a specific microcircuit between protocerebral anterior medial dopamine neurons (PAM-DANs) and dorsal paired medial (GABAergic DPM) neurons that modulates memory consolidation. Their findings suggest that disrupting the basal activity of PAM-α1 neurons during early consolidation impairs LTM, with particularly pronounced effects under starvation conditions. Notably, sleep fragmentation caused by this disruption can be pharmacologically rescued, restoring LTM. These results provide compelling evidence that dopamine signaling plays a crucial role in linking sleep and memory, offering new insights into the underlying mechanisms.

      Strengths:

      This study presents a well-executed investigation into sleep-memory interactions, utilizing a combination of connectomics, behavioral assays, functional imaging, and pharmacological manipulations. The authors convincingly demonstrate that the PAM-α1 and DPM circuits interact, highlighting a potential mechanism by which sleep influences memory consolidation. The anatomical and functional dissection of this circuit is of high interest to the field, and the study's integration of sleep and memory processes contributes significantly to our understanding of dopamine's role in cognitive functions.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study is well-designed and presents compelling findings, some aspects require further clarification. The interpretation of dopamine receptor signaling remains incomplete, particularly regarding inhibitory pathways. The role of DPM in memory consolidation is not entirely conclusive, as different genetic approaches yield variable results. Additionally, some inconsistencies in neuronal activity patterns and experimental variability, especially regarding sleep patterns or pharmacological rescue, should be addressed to strengthen the mechanistic framework.

      Conclusion:

      Overall, this study provides valuable new insights into how sleep and dopamine circuits interact to regulate memory consolidation. While the findings are compelling, addressing the points above-particularly receptor signaling and the specific role of DPM and its activity patterns within the microcircuit would further solidify the study's conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The planarian flatworm Schmidtea mediterranea is widely used as a model system for regeneration because of its remarkable ability to regenerate its entire body plan from very small fragments of tissue, including the complete and rapid regeneration of the CNS. Prior to this study, analysis of CNS regeneration in planaria has mostly been performed on a gross anatomical level. Lu et al. describe a careful and detailed analysis of the planarian neuroanatomy and musculature in both the homeostatic and regenerating contexts. To improve the effective resolution of their imaging, the authors optimized a tissue expansion protocol for planaria. Imaging was performed by light sheet microscopy, and the resulting optical sections were tiled to reconstruct whole worms. Labelled tissues and cells were then segmented to allow quantification of neurons, muscle fibers, and all cells in individual worms.

      Strengths:

      The resulting workflow can produce highly detailed and quantifiable 3D reconstructions at a rate that is fast enough to allow the analysis of large numbers of whole animals.

      Weaknesses:

      While Lu et al. have shown how their methodology and workflow can be used to image and quantify features from whole animals, it is unclear how well their technique as described will perform at sub-cellular resolutions based upon the data that they show.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors apply tissue expansion and tiling light sheet microscopy to study allometric growth and regeneration in planaria. They developed image analysis pipelines to help them quantify different neuronal subtypes and muscles in planaria of different sizes and during regeneration. Among the strengths of this work, the authors provide beautiful images that show the potential of the approaches they are taking and their ability to quantify specific cell types in relatively large numbers of whole animal samples. Many of their findings confirm previous results in the literature, which helps validate the techniques and pipelines they have applied here. Among their new observations, they find that the body wall muscles at the anterior and posterior poles of the worm are organized differently and show that the muscle pattern in the posterior head of beta-catenin RNAi worms resembles the anterior muscle pattern. They also show that glial cell processes appear to be altered in beta-catenin or insulin receptor-1 RNAi worms. Weaknesses include some over-interpretation of the data and lack of consideration or citation of relevant previous literature, as discussed below.

      Strengths:

      This method of tissue expansion will be useful for researchers interested in studying this experimental animal. The authors provide high-quality images that show the utility of this technique. Their analysis pipeline permits them to quantify cell types in relatively large numbers of whole animal samples.

      The authors provide convincing data on changes in total neurons and neuronal sub-types in different-sized planaria. They report differences in body wall muscle pattern between the anterior and posterior poles of the planaria, and that these differences are lost when a posterior head forms in beta-catenin RNAi planaria. They also find that glial cell projections are reduced in insulin receptor-1 RNAi planaria.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed the major concerns of the previous reviewers.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The chromophore molecule of animal and microbial rhodopsins is retinal which forms a Schiff base linkage with a lysine in the 7-th transmembrane helix. In most cases, the chromophore is positively charged by protonation of the Schiff base, which is stabilized by a negatively charged counterion. In animal opsins, three sites have been experimentally identified, Glu94 in helix 2, Glu113 in helix 3, and Glu181 in extracellular loop 2, where a glutamate acts as the counterion by deprotonation. In this paper, Sakai et al. investigated molecular properties of anthozoan-specific opsin II (ASO-II opsins), as they lack these glutamates. They found an alternative candidate, Glu292 in helix 7, from the sequences. Interestingly, the experimental data suggested that Glu292 is not the direct counterion in ASO-II opsins. Instead, they found that ASO-II opsins employ a chloride ion as the counterion. In the case of microbial rhodopsin, a chloride ion serves as the counterion of light-driven chloride pumps. This paper reports the first observation of a chloride ion as the counterion in animal rhodopsin. Theoretical calculation using a QM/MM method supports their experimental data. The authors also revealed the role of Glu292, which serves as the counterion in the photoproduct, and is involved in G protein activation.

      The conclusions of this paper are well supported by data, while the following aspects should be considered for the improvement of the manuscript.

      (1) Information on sequence alignment only appears in Figure S2, not in the main figures. Figure S2 is too complicated by so many opsins and residue positions. It will be difficult for general readers to follow the manuscript because of such an organization. I recommend the authors show key residues in Figure 1 by picking up from Figure S2.

      (2) Halide size dependence. The authors observed spectral red-shift for larger halides. Their observation is fully coincident with the chromophore molecule in solution (Blatz et al. Biochemistry 1972), though the isomeric states are different (11-cis vs all-trans). This suggests that a halide ion is the hydrogen-bonding acceptor of the Schiff base N-H group in solution and ASO-II opsins. A halide ion is not the hydrogen-bonding acceptor in the structure of halorhodopsin, whose halide size dependence is not clearly correlated with absorption maxima (Scharf and Engelhard, Biochemistry 1994). These results support their model structure (Figure 4), and help QM/MM calculations.

      (3) QM/MM calculations. According to Materials and Methods, the authors added water molecules to the structure and performed their calculations. However, Figure 4 does not include such water molecules, and no information was given in the manuscript. In addition, no information was given for the chloride binding site (contact residues) in Figure 4. More detailed information should be shown with additional figures in Figure SX.

      (4) Figure 5 clearly shows much lower activity of E292A than that of WT, whose expression levels are unclear. How did the authors normalize (or not normalize) expression levels in this experiment?

      (5) The authors propose the counterion switching from a chloride ion to E292 upon light activation. A schematic drawing on the chromophore, a chloride ion, and E292 (and possible surroundings) in Antho2a and the photoproduct will aid readers' understanding.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work reports the discovery of a new rhodopsin from reef-building corals that is characterized experimentally, spectroscopically, and by simulation. This rhodopsin lacks a carboxylate-based counterion, which is typical for this family of proteins. Instead, the authors find that a chloride ion stabilizes the protonated Schiff base and thus serves as a counterion.

      Strengths:

      This work focuses on the rhodopsin Antho2a, which absorbs in the visible spectrum with a maximum at 503 nm. Spectroscopic studies under different pH conditions, including the mutant E292A and different chloride concentrations, indicate that chloride acts as a counterion in the dark. In the photoproduct, however, the counterion is identified as E292.

      These results lead to a computational model of Antho2a in which the chloride is modeled in addition to the Schiff base. This model is improved using the hybrid QM/MM simulations. As a validation, the absorption maximum is calculated using the QM/MM approach for the protonated and deprotonated E292 residue as well as the E292A mutant. The results are in good agreement with the experiment. However, there is a larger deviation for ADC(2) than for sTD-DFT. Nevertheless, the trend is robust since the wt and E292A mutant models have similar excitation energies. The calculations are performed at a high level of theory that includes a large QM region.

      Weaknesses:

      I have a couple of questions about this study:

      (1) I find it suspicious that the absorption maximum is so close to that of rhodopsin when the counterion is very different. Is it possible that the chloride creates an environment for the deprotonated E292, which is the actual counterion?

      (2) The computational protocol states that water molecules have been added to the predicted protein structure. Are there water molecules next to the Schiff base, E292, and Cl-? If so, where are they located in the QM region?

      (3) If the E292 residue is the counterion in the photoproduct state, I would expect the retinal Schiff base to rotate toward this side chain upon isomerization. Can this be modeled based on the recent XFEL results on rhodopsin?

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Saito et al. studies the properties of anthozoan-specific opsins (ASO-II) from organisms found in reef-building coral. Their goal was to test if ASO-II opsins can absorb visible light, and if so, what the key factors involved are.

      The most exciting aspect of this work is their discovery that ASO-II opsins do not have a counterion residue (Asp or Glu) located at any of the previously known sites found in other animal opsins.

      This is very surprising. Opsins are only able to absorb visible (long wavelength light) if the retinal Schiff base is protonated, and the latter requires (as the name implies) a "counter ion". However, the authors clearly show that some ASO-II opsins do absorb visible light.

      To address this conundrum, they tested if the counterion could be provided by exogenous chloride ions (Cl-). Their results find compelling evidence supporting this idea, and their studies of ASO-II mutant E292A suggest E292 also plays a role in G protein activation and is a counterion for a protonated Schiff base in the light-activated form.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the methods are well-described and carefully executed, and the results are very compelling.

      Their analysis of seven ASO-II opsin sequences undoubtedly shows they all lack a Glu or Asp residue at "normal" (previously established) counter-ion sites in mammalian opsins (typically found at positions 94, 113, or 181). The experimental studies clearly demonstrate the necessity of Cl- for visible light absorbance, as do their studies of the effect of altering the pH.

      Importantly, the authors also carried out careful QM/MM computational analysis (and corresponding calculation of the expected absorbance effects), thus providing compelling support for the Cl- acting directly as a counterion to the protonated retinal Schiff base, and thus limiting the possibility that the Cl- is simply altering the absorbance of ASO-II opsins through some indirect effect on the protein.

      Altogether, the authors achieved their aims, and the results support their conclusions. The manuscript is carefully written, and refreshingly, the results and conclusions are not overstated.

      This study is impactful for several reasons. There is increasing interest in optogenetic tools, especially those that leverage G protein-coupled receptor systems. Thus, the authors' demonstration that ASO-II opsins could be useful for such studies is of interest.

      Moreover, the finding that visible light absorbance by an opsin does not absolutely require a negatively charged amino acid to be placed at one of the expected sites (94, 113, or 181) typically found in animal opsins is very intriguing and will help future protein engineering efforts. The argument that the Cl- counterion system they discover here might have been a preliminary step in the evolution of amino acid based counterions used in animal opsins is also interesting.

      Finally, given the ongoing degradation of coral reefs worldwide, the focus on these curious opsins is very timely, as is the authors' proposal that the lower Schiff base pKa they discovered here for ASO-II opsins may cause them to change their spectral sensitivity and G protein activation due to changes in their environmental pH.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Torro et al. presented CellDetective, an open-source software designed for a user-friendly execution of single-cell segmentation, tracking, and analysis of time-lapse microscopy data. The authors demonstrated the applications of the software by measuring NK cell spreading events acquired with reflection interference contrast microscopy (RICM), as well as detecting target cell death events and their interaction with neighboring NK cells in a multichannel widefield microscopy dataset.

      Strengths:

      The segmentation (StarDist, Cellpose) and tracking (bTrack) modules implemented were based on existing and published software packages. The authors added the event detection, classification, and analysis modules to enable an end-to-end time-lapse microscopy data processing and analysis pipeline, complete with a graphical user interface (GUI). This minimizes the coding experience required from the user. The documentation that accompanies CellDetective is also adequate.

      Weaknesses:

      Given that the software was designed to improve user experience, such an approach also limits its scope and functionality and is currently capable of handling very specific types of experiments. Additionally, this reviewer has also encountered many technical difficulties (see documented bugs/crashes below) that have prevented an extensive exploration of all the functionality of CellDetective.

      Specifics:

      (1) The software can only handle 2D 'widefield' time-lapse imaging datasets. It should be noted that many studies that examine cell-cell interactions in vitro also used confocal microscopy and acquired the time-lapse images in 3D z-stacks to enable the reconstruction of entire cell volumes from multiple optical sections along the z-axis.

      Given that almost all of the implemented segmentation (StarDist, Cellpose) and tracking (bTrack) packages already support the handling of 3D datasets, it is unclear why CellDetective was designed to only work with 2D datasets.

      As noted above, extending the support for 3D images would allow the scope and utility of this software to be further extended for imaging studies acquired in z-stacks. As an example, the dense clustering of effector cells in Figure 4 had prevented accurate segmentation due to the 2D nature of the experimental dataset. More importantly, support for a 3D dataset could also allow for the tracking of fluorescent protein-based sub-cellular as well as membrane protein localization during cell-cell interactions.

      Furthermore, it also widens the potential applicability for analyzing datasets from 3D organoid imaging and perhaps even intravital two-photon microscopy.

      (2) The software in its current form only allows the broad demarcation of the cells examined into two populations: targets and effectors. This limits the number of cell populations that can be examined for their interactions. It might be more useful to just allow multiple user-defined populations instead of restricting the populations to target and effector cells only.

      (3) Similarly, subsetting of each of the populations could be made more intuitive. Although it is possible to define subsets of cells using the "Custom classification" function under the "Measure" module with user-defined parameters, visualization of multiple groups remains unintuitive and it appears that only one custom classified group can be selected and visualized at any given time in the Signal Annotator under Measurement instead of allowing visualization of multiple (custom defined) groups of cells in different colors. It is also unclear how, if possible at all, to visualize a custom group of cells in the Signal Annotator under the Detect Events module.

      Software issues:

      (4) When initially tested on v1.3.9, the Segment module could not be initiated (with the error message AttributeError: 'WindowsPath' object has no attribute 'endswith' when attempting to run segmentation).<br /> Update: this has been fixed in v1.3.9.post4 dated February 7th, 2025.

      (5) Further testing was then performed by downgrading the software to v1.3.1. While testing the ADCC demo experiment (https://celldetective.readthedocs.io/en/latest/adcc-example.html), the workflow was stuck at attempts to initiate the Detect Events step:

      AssertionError: No signal matches with the requirements of the model ['dead_nuclei_channel_mean', 'area']. Please pass the signals manually with the argument selected_signals or add measurements. Abort.

      (Update: fixed in the latest v1.3.9.post4 version dated February 7th, 2025)

      (6) Random bugs causing the software to crash. Example: switching characteristic to 'status_color' in the Signal Annotator under Measurement caused the software to crash (v1.3.9.post4):

      TypeError: ufunc 'isnan' is not supported for the input types, and the inputs could not be safely coerced to any supported types according to the casting rule 'safe'

      (7) Overall, when exploring the functionality of the software, there have been multiple instances of software crashes when clicking/switching around to show different parameters, etc.

      This reviewer understands the difficulties and time involved in bug fixing and hopes that the experience could have been much smoother and that the software behaves much more stably in order to maximize its useability.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Immune assays enable the analysis of immune responses in vitro. These assays generate time series image data across several experimental conditions. The imaging parameters such as the imaging modality and the number of channels can vary across experiments. A challenge in the field is the lack of (open source) tools to process and analyze these data. R. Torro, et. al. developed an open source end-to-end pipeline for the analysis of image data from these immune assays. The pipeline is designed with a GUI and is suited for experimental biologists with no coding experience. The authors have incorporated several existing methods and tools for individual tasks such as for segmentation and cell tracking, and incorporated them with custom methods where necessary such as for tracking cell state transitions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The tool is extremely well-documented and easy to install.

      (2) Applicable to a wide variety of imaging modalities and analysis.

      (3) There are several different options for each step, such as segmentation using traditional methods or deep learning methods, and all the analysis steps are integrated in one place with a GUI. The no-coding requirement makes this a very powerful tool for biologists and has the potential to enable a wide variety of analyses.

      Weakness:

      (1) It would be good to provide documentation on how to make the tool applicable for applications and analysis other than for immune profiling since most methods integrated here are applicable well beyond immune profiling. For example, a user might want to use the tool just for the segmentation of their IF microscopy-images.

      (2) They applied Celldetective to two immune assays. The authors present the results from these assays and use the results to validate their assay. However, they have not included data that demonstrates results obtained via this pipeline are comparable to results obtained with other pipelines and/or if these results are consistent with what is expected in the literature.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary

      This manuscript uses single-molecule fluorescence resonance energy transfer (smFRET) to identify differences in the molecular mechanisms of CXCR4 and ACKR3, two 7-transmembrane receptors that both respond to the chemokine CXCL12 but otherwise have very different signaling profiles. CXCR4 is highly selective for CXCL12 and activates heterotrimeric G proteins. In contrast, ACKR3 is quite promiscuous and does not couple to G proteins, but like most G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs), it is phosphorylated by GPCR kinases and recruits arrestins. By monitoring FRET between two positions on the intracellular face of the receptor (which highlight the movement of transmembrane helix 6 [TM6], a key hallmark of GPCR activation), the authors show that CXCR4 remains mostly in an inactive-like state until CXCL12 binds and stabilizes a single active-like state. ACKR3 rapidly exchanges among four different conformations even in the absence of ligand, and agonists stabilize multiple activated states.

      Strengths

      The core method employed in this paper, smFRET, can reveal dynamic aspects of these receptors (the breadth of conformations explored and the rate of exchange among them) that are not evident from static structures or many other biophysical methods. smFRET has not been broadly employed in studies of GPCRs. Therefore, this manuscript makes important conceptual advances in our understanding of how related GPCRs can vary in their conformational dynamics.

      Weaknesses

      The probes used cannot reveal conformational changes in other positions besides transmembrane helix 6 (TM6). GPCRs are known to exhibit loose allosteric coupling, so the conformational distribution observed at TM6 may not fully reflect the global conformational distribution of receptors. This could mask important differences that determine the ability of intracellular transducers to couple to specific receptor conformations.

      While it is clear that CXCR4 and ACKR3 have very different conformational dynamics, the data do not definitely show that this is the main or only mechanism that contributes to their functional differences.

      The extent to which conformational heterogeneity is a characteristic feature of ACKRs that contributes to their promiscuity and arrestin bias is unclear. The key residue the authors find promotes ACKR3 conformational heterogeneity is not conserved in most other ACKRs, but alternative mechanisms could generate similar heterogeneity.

      An inherent limitation of the approach is that mutagenesis, purification, and labeling of the receptors could affect their conformational distributions. The cysteine mutations in ACKR3 required to site-specifically install fluorophores substantially increase its ligand-induced activity (Fig. S1D). There are no data to confirm that the two receptors retain the same functional profiles observed in cell-based systems following in vitro manipulations (purification, labeling, nanodisc reconstitution).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The investigation delves into allosteric modulation within the glycosylated SARS-CoV-2 spike protein, focusing on the fatty acid binding site. This study uncovers intricate networks connecting the fatty acid site to crucial functional regions, potentially paving the way for developing innovative therapeutic strategies.

      Strengths:

      This article's key strength lies in its rigorous use of dynamic nonequilibrium molecular dynamics (D-NEMD) simulations. This approach provides a dynamic perspective on how the fatty acid binding site influences various functional regions of the spike. A comprehensive understanding of these interactions is crucial in deciphering the virus's behavior and identifying potential targets for therapeutic intervention.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This is a nice paper illustrating the use of equilibrium/non-equilibrium MD simulations to explore allosteric communication in the Spike protein. The results are described in detail and suggest a complex network of signal transmission patterns. The topic is not completely novel as it has been studied before by the same authors and the impact of glycosylation is moderated and localized at the furin site, so not many new conclusions emerge here. It is suggested that mutations are commonly found in the communication pathway which is interesting, but the authors fail to provide evidence that this is related to a positive selection and not simply to a random effect related to mutations at points that are not crucial for stability or function. One interesting point is the connection of the FA site with an additional site binding heme group. It will be interesting to see reversibility, i.e. removal of the ligand at this site is producing perturbation at the FA site?, does it produce other effects suggesting a cascade of allosteric effects? Finally, the paper lacks details to help reproducibility, in particular, I do not see details on D-NEMD calculations. One interesting point is the connection of the FA site with an additional site binding heme group.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In a previous study, the authors analyzed the dynamics of the SARS-CoV2 spike protein through lengthy MD simulations and an out-of-equilibrium sampling scheme. They identified an allosteric interaction network linking a lipid-binding site to other structurally important regions of the spike. However, this study was conducted without considering the impact of glycans. It is now known that glycans play a crucial role in modulating spike dynamics. This new manuscript investigates how the presence of glycans affects the allosteric network connecting the lipid binding site to the rest of the spike. The authors conducted atomistic equilibrium and out-of-equilibrium MD simulations and found that while the presence of glycans influences the structural responses, it does not fundamentally alter the connectivity between the fatty acid site and the rest of the spike.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript's findings are based on an impressive amount of sampling. The methods and results are clearly outlined, and the analysis is conducted meticulously.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      A central question in the thermal system is which thermally responsive ion channels are responsible for warm evoked behaviors and DRG afferent neuron responses to warming. Recent work has shown evidence for TRPV1, TRPM2 and TRPM8. Here Abd El Hay and colleagues investigate the role of TRPM2 and TRPV1 in a novel warm preference behavior and in the thermal responses of cultured DRG neurons.

      They develop a new thermal preference task, where both the floor and air temperature are controlled, which shows differences to the classic two-plate preference task. This is a central strength of the paper, as it will allow a new method to investigate how animals integrating floor and air temperature. They go on to use knockout mice and confirm a clear role for TRPM2 in warm preference behavior.

      Using a new approach for culturing DRG neurons they investigate the involvement of both channels in warm responsiveness and dynamics. In apparent contrast to the role of TRPM2 on thermal behavior, it does not have a major effect on the responses of cultured DRG neurons to warm stimuli. Eliminating TRPV1 however has a stronger impact on DRG responses, particularly at low stimulus amplitudes. It will be important to discover how TRPM2 influences warm driven behaviors, if it is not via changes in afferent response properties.

      Thanks to the authors for addressing my remaining questions in this updated version of the manuscript.

      This is an interesting study with novel approaches that generates new information on the differing roles of TRPV1 and TRPM2 on thermal behavior.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Authors of this article have previously shown the involvement of the transcription factor Zinc finger homeobox-3 (ZFHX3) in the function of the circadian clock and the development/differentiation of the central circadian clock in the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) of the hypothalamus. Here, they show that ZFHX3 plays a critical role in the transcriptional regulation of numerous genes in the SCN. Using inducible knockout mice, they further demonstrate that the deletion Of Zfhx3 induces a phase advance of the circadian clock, both at the molecular and behavioral levels.

      Strengths:

      - Inducible deletion of Zfhx3 in adults<br /> - Behavioral analysis<br /> - Properly designed and analyzed ChIP-Seq and RNA-Seq supporting the conclusion of the behavioral analysis

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have properly addressed reviewers' issues.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      ZFHX3 is a transcription factor expressed in discrete populations of adult SCN and was shown by the authors previously to control circadian behavioral rhythms using either a dominant missense mutation in Zfhx3 or conditional null Zfhx3 mutation using the Ubc-Cre line (Wilcox et al., 2017). In the current manuscript, the authors assess the function of ZFHX3 by using a multi-omics approach including ChIPSeq in wildtype SCNs and RNAseq of SCN tissues from both wildtype and conditional null mice. RNAseq analysis showed a loss of oscillation in Bmal1 and changes in expression levels of other clock output genes. Moreover, a phase advance gene transcriptional profile using the TimeTeller algorithm suggests the presence of a regulatory network that could underlie the observed pattern of advanced activity onset in locomotor behavior in knockout mice.

      In Figure 1, the authors identified the ZFHX3 bound sites using ChIPseq and compared the loci with other histone marks that occur at promoters, TSS, enhancers and intergenic regions. And the analysis broadly points to a role for ZFHX3 in transcriptional regulation. The vast majority of nearly 40000 peaks overlapped H3K4me3 and K27ac marks, active promoters which also included genes falling under the GO category circadian rhythms. However, no significant differential ZFHX3 bound peaks were detected between ZT3 and ZT15. In these experiments, it is not clear if and how the different ChIP samples (ZFHX3 and histone PTM ChIPs) were normalized/downsampled for analysis. Moreover, it seems that ZFHX3 binding or recruitment has little to do with whether the promoters are active.

      Based on an enrichment of ARNT domains next to K4Me3 and K27ac PTMs, the authors propose a model where the core-clock TFs and ZFHX3 interact. If the authors develop other assays beyond just predictions to test their hypothesis, it would strengthen the argument for a role in circadian transcription in the SCN. It would be important in this context to perform a ChIP-seq experiment for ZFHX3 in the knockout animal (described from Figure 2 onwards) to eliminate the possibility of non-specific enrichment of signal from "open chromatin'. Alternatively, a ChIPseq analysis for BMAL1 or CLOCK could also strengthen this argument to identify the sites co-occupied by ZFHX3 and core-clock TFs.

      Next, they compared locomotor activity rhythms in floxed mice with or without tamoxifen treatment. As reported before in Wilcox et al 2017, the loss of ZFHX3 led to a shorter free running period and reduced amplitude and earlier onset of activity. Overall, the behavioral data in Figure 2 and supplementary figure 2 has been reported before and are not novel.

      Next, the authors performed RNAseq at 4hr intervals on wildtype and knockout animals maintained in light/dark cycles to determine the impact of loss of ZFHX3. Overall transcriptomic analysis indicated changes in gene expression in nearly 36% of expressed genes, with nearly half being upregulated while an equal fraction was downregulated. Pathways affected included mostly neureopeptide neurotransmitter pathways. Surprisingly, there was no correlation between the direction in change in expression and TF binding since nearly all the sites were bound by ZFHX3 and the active histone PTMs. The ChIP-seq experiment for ZFHX3 in the UBC-Cre+Tam mice again could help resolve the real targets of ZFHX3 and the transcriptional state in knockout animals.

      To determine the fraction of rhythmic transcripts, Using dryR, the authors categorise the rhythmic transcriptome (about 7% in all) into modules that include genes that lose rhythmicity in the KO, gain rhythmicity in the KO or remain unaffected or partially affected. The analysis indicates that a large fraction of the rhythmic transcriptome is affected in the KO model. However, among core-clock genes only Bmal1 expression is affected showing a complete loss of rhythm. The authors state a decrease in Clock mRNA expression (line 294) but the panel figure 4A does not show this data. Instead it depicts the loss in Avp expression - {{ misstated in line 321 ( we noted severe loss in 24-h rhythm for crucial SCN neuropeptides such as Avp (Fig. 3a).}}

      However, core-clock genes such as Pers and Crys show minor or no change in expression patterns while Per2 and Per3 show a ~2hr phase advance. While these could only weakly account for the behavioral phase advance, the authors used TimeTeller to assess circadian phase in wildtype and ZFHX3 deficient mice. This approach clearly indicated that while the clock is not disrupted in the knockout animals, the phase advance can be correctly predicted from a network of gene expression patterns.

      Strengths

      The authors use a multiomic strategy in order to reveal the role of the ZFHX3 transcription factor with a combination of TF and histone PTM ChIPseq, time-resolved RNAseq from wildtype and knockout mice and modeling the transcriptomic data using TimeTeller. The RNAseq experiments are nicely controlled and the analysis of the data indicates a clear impact on gene-expression levels in the knockout mice and the presence of a regulatory network that could underlie the advanced activity onset behavior.

      Weaknesses

      It is not clear whether ZFHX3 has a direct role in any of the processes and seems to be a general factor that marks H3K4me3 and K27ac marked chromatin. Why it would specifically impact the core-clock TTFL clock gene expression or indeed daily gene expression rhythms is not clear either. Details for treatment of different ChIP samples (ZFHX3 and histone PTM ChIPs) on data normalization for analysis are needed. The loss of complete rhythmicity of Avp and other neuropeptides or indeed other TFs could instead account for the transcriptional deregulation noted in the knockout mice.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors addressed the majority of my criticisms. They also explained that some requested experiments are beyond the scope of the current manuscript, while others are technically not feasible. I do not have any further concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors conducted a spatial analysis of dysplastic colon tissue using the Slide-seq method. Their main objective is to build a detailed spatial atlas that identifies distinct cellular programs and microenvironments within dysplastic lesions. Next, they correlated this observation with clinical outcomes in human colorectal cancer.

      Strengths:

      The work is a good example of utilising spatial methods to study different tumour models. The authors identified a unique stem cell program to understand tumours gently and improve patient stratification strategies.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the study's predominantly descriptive nature is a significant limitation. Although the spatial maps and correlations between cell states are interesting observations, the lack of functional validation-primarily through experiments in mouse models-weakens the causal inferences regarding the roles these cellular programs play in tumour progression and therapy resistance.

      The authors also missed an opportunity to link the mutational status of malignant cells with the cellular neighbourhoods.

      Overall, the study contributes to profiling the dysplastic colon landscape. The methodologies and data will benefit the research community, but further functional validation is crucial to validate the biological and clinical implications of the described cellular interactions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In their study, Avraham-Davidi et al. combined scRNA-seq and spatial mapping studies to profile two preclinical mouse models of colorectal cancer: Apcfl/fl VilincreERT2 (AV) and Apcfl/fl LSL-KrasG12D Trp53fl/fl Rosa26LSL-tdTomato/+ VillinCreERT2 (AKPV). In the first part of the manuscript, the authors describe the analysis of the normal colon and dysplastic lesions induced in these models following tamoxifen injection. They highlight broad variations in immune and stromal cell composition within dysplastic lesions, emphasizing the infiltration of monocytes and granulocytes, the accumulation of IL-17+gdT cells, and the presence of a distinct group of endothelial cells. A major focus of the study is the remodeling of the epithelial compartment, where the most significant changes are observed. Using non-negative matrix factorization, the authors identify molecular programs of epithelial cell functions, emphasizing stemness, Wnt signaling, angiogenesis, and inflammation as major features associated with dysplastic cells. They conclude that findings from scRNA-seq analyses in mouse models are transposable to human CRC. In the second part of the manuscript, the authors aim to provide the spatial context for their scRNA-seq findings using Slide-seq and TACCO. They demonstrate that dysplastic lesions are disorganized and contain tumor-specific regions, which contextualize the spatial proximity between specific cell states and gene programs. Finally, they claim that these spatial organizations are conserved in human tumors and associate region-based gene signatures with patient outcomes in public datasets. Overall, the data were collected and analyzed using solid and validated methodology to offer a useful resource to the community.

      Main comments:

      (1) Clarity<br /> The manuscript would benefit from a substantial reorganization to improve clarity and accessibility for a broad readership. The text could be shortened and the number of figure panels reduced to emphasize the novel contributions of this work while minimizing extensive discussions on general and expected findings, such as tissue disorganization in dysplastic lesions. Additionally, figure panels are not consistently introduced in the correct order, and some are not discussed at all (e.g., Figure S1D; Figure 3C is introduced before Figure 3A; several panels in Figure 4 are not discussed). The annotation of scRNA-seq cell states is insufficiently explained, with no corresponding information about associated genes provided in the figures or tables. Multiple annotations are used to describe cell groups (e.g., TKN01 = γδ T and CD8 T, TKN05 = γδT_IL17+), but these are not jointly accessible in the figures, making the manuscript challenging to follow. It is also not clear what is the respective value of the two mouse models and time points of tissue collection in the analysis.

      (2) Novelty<br /> While the study is of interest, it does not present major findings that significantly advance the field or motivate new directions and hypotheses. Many conclusions related to tissue composition and patient outcomes, such as the epithelial programs of Wnt signaling, angiogenesis, and stem cells, are well-established and not particularly novel. Greater exploration of the scRNA-seq data beyond cell type composition could enhance the novelty of the findings. For instance, several tumor microenvironment clusters uniquely detected in dysplastic lesions (e.g., Mono2, Mono3, Gran01, Gran02) are identified, but no further investigation is conducted to understand their biological programs, such as applying nNMF as was done for epithelial cells. Additional efforts to explore precise tissue localization and cellular interactions within tissue niches would provide deeper insights and go beyond the limited analyses currently displayed in the manuscript.

      (3) Validation<br /> Several statements made by the authors are insufficiently supported by the data presented in the manuscript and should be nuanced in the absence of proper validation. For example:<br /> (a) RNA velocity analyses: The conclusions drawn from these analyses are speculative and need further support.<br /> (b) Annotations of epithelial clusters as dysplastic: These annotations could have been validated through morphological analyses and staining on FFPE slides.<br /> (c) Conservation of mouse epithelial programs in human tumors: The data in Figure S5B does not convincingly demonstrate the enrichment of stem cell program 16 in human samples. This should be more explicitly stated in the text, given the emphasis placed on this program by the authors.<br /> (d) Figure S6E: Cluster Epi06 is significantly overrepresented in spatial data compared to scRNA-seq, yet the authors claim that cell type composition is largely recapitulated without further discussion, which reduces confidence in other conclusions drawn.<br /> Furthermore, stronger validation of key dysplastic regions (regions 6, 8, and 11) in mouse and human tissues using antibody-based imaging with markers identified in the analyses would have considerably strengthened the study. Such validation would better contextualize the distribution, composition, and relative abundance of these regions within human tumors, increasing the significance of the findings and aiding the generation of new pathophysiological hypotheses.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Sterrett et al. assess whether and how the olfactory system may integrate odor-driven activity with contextual, egocentric variables such as instantaneous location in space and active odor sampling. To address this, they co-record respiration and the spiking activity of principal output neurons of the mouse olfactory bulb (OB), while mice explore a small arena in the absence of any explicit reward or task structure. The authors find that mice exploring the arena breathe in bouts, switching between discrete states of particular breathing rates that persist over varying time scales (seconds to minutes). This state-like activity is also apparent in the OB population activity. Zooming into the activity of individual OB neurons, the authors show that OB activity in this setting is primarily modulated by respiration. In general, while the response times of individual neurons remain tightly locked to the inhalation onset, the overall response amplitude is modulated by the instantaneous sniff frequency. The authors further suggest that a subset of OB neurons appear to show place-selectivity, in a manner that is not explained simply by respiratory or olfactory variables.

      Overall this work addresses an important question regarding the basic temporal structuring of odor sampling behavior and activity patterns in the mouse OB. A good understanding of these features is essential to further investigate how stimulus and/or task-driven activity may add on top of this already ongoing modulation. The authors do a commendable job of analyzing the behavior and neuronal activity using a variety of analysis methods. However, in its current form, the results presented are high-level summary figures that are largely comparative (role of parameter A vs B) and hard to assess quantitatively (how well does a given parameter/model explain the responses to begin with). This makes it hard to build a clear model of the underlying mechanisms and to evaluate alternative hypotheses. These concerns can largely be addressed by some additional analyses and by presenting more intermediate-stage output of their existing analyses. In addition, the authors report that a small fraction of OB neurons show spatially selective firing patterns, akin to those observed in the Hippocampus. While this is a very exciting possibility, in my opinion, the data and analysis presented currently are not sufficient to conclude this and additional experiments would be required to test this rigorously.

      Major concerns:

      A) Regarding the claim about Spatial selectivity in OB neuron responses:

      i) From the data presented, it is very hard to assess whether a simple modulation of sniff rate, selectively in some parts of the arena can explain apparent spatial selectivity. The authors attempt to address this concern with Figure 8 - Figure Supplement 1, but the presented combinatorial color maps are hard to interpret. A simpler format would be to show the sniff-aligned raster of the given unit in question along with a heatmap (location distribution) of the actual sniff rates in the arena (not the behavioral states).

      If the authors allow the mice to explore the arena over large periods, such that the sniff rates are relatively uniform in space, are the place fields still apparent? A complementary control is to compare responses in the 'place field' with other parts in the arena with comparable sniff rate distributions.

      ii) The analysis shown in Figure 8 suggests that sniff parameters are the main predictors of individual neuron responses. The authors point out that there is however a small, but significant fraction of cells that are better predicted by place than by the sniff parameters. It would be useful to provide more raw data to get a better sense of what distinguishes these cells from the rest. Are spatially selective cells typically less sniff-aligned on average? Do they tend to be less or more frequency-modulated?

      iii) The authors compare the decoding performance of OB and hippocampal neurons. While it appears space can indeed be decoded from OB neurons, it would be useful to know how the performance scales with the number of neurons and number of traversals in the arena in the two brain regions. Further, the authors should provide some analysis of the robustness of these apparent 'place fields' within a session.

      iv) The floor rotation control is underwhelming. First, the arena is quite small and one would generally expect this to impact much more so the 'place fields' that are biased towards the corners than in the center. Second, olfactory cues on the walls may be as important - why did the authors not rotate the entire arena?

      Considering the possibility that floor rotation rules out trivial olfactory explanations, what would happen if the authors rotated the entire arena? If these are truly place fields, then one should expect that while they are robust to floor rotation, they should reformat if the distal cues change. Without these additional analyses, I find it hard to conclude the presence of spatial selectivity in the OB.

      Moderate concerns:

      B) Regarding the lack of state-like structure during head-fixation:

      While it is clear that overall sniff rates are lower and that mice do not typically sniff at peak rates during head-fixation, it is unclear if the transitions in breathing rhythm are necessarily less structured, and further whether this can be attributed to head-fixation alone. For example, if the mice are head-fixed but in a floating-platform arena or VR that is non-static - the sniffing distributions may change dramatically.

      i) The breathing patterns shown in Figure 1E, in particular during the second head-fixation phase do not appear fundamentally different from the freely moving stretch (20-30 minute window). If one subsamples the free-moving data to match overall sniff distributions, will the long-timescale autocorrelation still be more apparent in freely moving stretches than in the head-fixation periods?

      ii) Are the mice on a running wheel? How does the overall distribution of sniff rates and temporal structure change if the mice are head-fixed but simply allowed to run?

      Minor concerns:

      C) Regarding the parsing of breathing and movement into 3 distinct behavioral states:<br /> The authors show breathing patterns of freely exploring mice are temporally structured with extended bouts of sniffing at select rates. They use a HMM model to show that this structure can be captured by a 3 state-model wherein each state can be thought of as a joint distribution of movement and sniff rate. While the approach is interesting and the data are well presented, I have some minor concerns regarding the exact interpretation.

      i) While the relationship between movement and sniffing is indeed non-trivial, it is unclear if the statelike partitioning requires the incorporation of the movement variable at all in the HMM model. The state-like patterns are also apparent if one focuses exclusively on the instantaneous sniff rate while ignoring movement velocities (Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1) or the inferred HMM states (Figure 1E). Have the authors tried modeling the breathing activity alone using an HMM with each state just being a biased distribution of sniff rates, from which the instantaneous sniff rate is drawn? Will the authors' conclusions be fundamentally different from such a model?

      ii) While it is clear that there are at least 2 distinct states a) resting (mice are generally uninterested and sniff at 2-3 Hz) and b) exploration (mice are interested in their local environment and sniff rapidly). It is hard to assess whether there is indeed a third distinct and behaviorally interpretable state that the authors call grooming or are there simply intervening periods where it is unclear what's driving the variability in sniff rates - change in movement speed, moderate curiosity, boredom, etc. From the movement velocities shown in the supplement (Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1), it appears that the movement speed during this 'grooming' state is significantly higher than at rest. It is not obvious why a mouse should move around more while grooming. It would help if the authors provide supporting data, perhaps from behavioral pose analysis to better justify the classification of this state as grooming or alternatively choose a different name to avoid confusion.

      iii) Insufficient analysis of state transition matrices: The authors do not show the transition matrices for individual sessions and/or mice. This limits what one can learn about the behavior from the 3 state modeling of breathing states. Do individual mice have stereotypical transition patterns across sessions? How well does the model perform: can one predict the expected sniff rate in one part of the session from knowing sniff patterns in another part of the session?

      D) Regarding the dependence of individual neuron responses on sniff and movement parameters:

      i) Could the authors report the relative proportions of sniff frequency insensitive vs. frequency sensitive neurons in their data?

      ii) Could some of the striking frequency modulation the authors show in Figure 3A result from the fact that mice selectively sniffed at high or low rates in different parts of the arena? While it is unlikely that all of the modulation the authors see results from the location/presence of trace odors in different parts of the arena, it would be informative to perform the same analysis on the data recorded during head-fixation where its external environment is less variable.

      iii) Comparison of SnF latency profiles between head-fixed and freely moving conditions:<br /> The SnF latency profiles of a given OB neuron appear strikingly similar during head-fixed and freely moving conditions. It would be useful if the authors could explicitly quantify this.

      iv) Comparison of SnF frequency profiles between head-fixed and freely moving conditions: The authors comment that SnF frequency profiles are different across the head-fixed versus freely moving conditions and that they do not observe the 3 distinct clusters present in the freely moving state in their head-fixed data. If true, this is an interesting observation. Together with the observation of relatively similar SnF latency profiles in both head-fixed and freely moving conditions, this implies that sniff frequency dependence is selectively enhanced during free-moving behavior perhaps through a top-down signal.

      However, this is hard to conclude from the current data as the overall distribution of sniff rates is very different in the two conditions, with a clear underrepresentation of high-frequency sniffs in the head-fixed periods. To enable a fair comparison, the authors should undersample the sniffs in the freely moving period and compare sniff fields constructed from frequency-matched distributions.

      v) The authors suggest that the 2 types of SnF latency profiles may putatively map onto tufted and mitral cells. While this is an interesting possibility, it would be nice to support the claim with auxiliary analysis of other features such as recording depth, baseline firing rates, spike shapes, etc that indicate that these are indeed two different cell types.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors investigate the structure of breathing rhythms in freely moving mice during exploratory behaviour in the absence of explicit cues or tasks. Additionally, they link behavioural states, derived from sniffing frequency and speed movement data, to the neural activity recorded in the olfactory bulb (OB). To further characterize OB neuronal responses, the authors introduce the concept of "sniff fields" which consider the joint distribution of sniff frequency and the latency from inhalation. Lastly, they explore how OB neurons encode spatial information, and they compare this finding with previously known spatially encoding cells in the hippocampus.

      The authors successfully establish that breathing in freely moving mice is structured even in the absence of explicit olfactory cues. By simultaneously recording sniffing and movement data, they find that this structure is associated with movement in a non-linear manner and can be modelled using a Hidden Markov Model (HMM). Interestingly, they demonstrate that neuronal activity in the OB tracks this behavioural structure by showing that HMM states can effectively cluster the neural data. Additionally, they describe OB activity using sniff fields, advancing our understanding of how individual neurons encode sniffing properties such as frequency and phase. Furthermore, they report unprecedented findings showing that some OB neurons encode place independently of the sniffing field contribution. Overall, the authors provide valuable insights regarding the contribution of different behavioural variables to OB activity.

      However, some of the conclusions presented by the authors are not fully supported by the data provided. Quantitative analysis and statistical tests are missing from the description of the breathing structure. Regarding spatial encoding, the authors claim in the abstract that "at the population level, a mouse's location can be decoded from olfactory bulb with similar accuracy to hippocampus". However, they show that place was significantly decoded in only 18/31 sessions from OB activity, and in 12/13 sessions from hippocampal activity. No further comparison of decoding accuracy between OB and HPC is provided. Moreover, it is unclear whether place contributes independently of movement, which was previously shown in this study to influence neuronal activity.

      Additionally, there is a lack of methodological detail regarding the experimental procedures, which could affect the interpretation of the data. Specifically, information is missing on aspects such as head-fixed conditions, the number of mice used per experiment, and the number of sessions per mouse.

      Studying mice behaviour in more naturalistic conditions, without explicit tasks, is a very interesting approach that provides new insights into the structure of sniffing and its neuronal representation. The fact that some OB neurons encode spatial information is highly relevant beyond the field of olfaction, even though this information was not as accessible as in the hippocampus. I believe the manuscript would benefit from a revision to ensure the text aligns more closely with the data presented in the figures.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Yang et al. presents a potentially novel mechanism by which Plscr1 defends against influenza virus infection. Using a global knockout (KO) and a tissue-specific overexpression mouse model, the authors demonstrate that Plscr1-KO mice exhibit increased susceptibility and inflammation following IAV infection. In contrast, overexpression of Plscr1 in ciliated epithelial cells protects mice from infection. Through transcriptomic analysis in mice and mechanistic studies in cell culture models, the authors reveal that Plscr1 transcriptionally upregulates Ifnlr1 expression and physically interacts with this receptor on the plasma membrane, thereby enhancing IFN-λ-mediated viral clearance.

      Overall, it's a well-performed study, however, causality between Plscr1 and Ifnlr1 expression needs to be more firmly established. This is because two recent studies of PLSCR1 KO cells infected with different viruses found no major differences in gene expression levels compared with their WT controls (Xu et al. Nature, 2023; LePen et al. PLoS Biol, 2024). There were also defects in the expression of other cytokines (type I and II IFNs plus TNF-alpha) so a clear explanation of why Ifnlr1 was chosen should also be given.

      While Plscr1 has long been recognized as a cell-intrinsic antiviral restriction factor, few studies have explored its broader physiological role. This study thus provides interesting insights into a specific function of Plscr1 in IAV-permissive airway epithelial cells and its contribution to whole-body anti-viral immunity. There are three important issues that should be addressed, and several minor points should also be considered.

      (1) The authors propose that Plscr1 restricts IAV infection by regulating the type III IFN signaling pathway. While the data show a positive correlation between Ifnlr1 and Plscr1 levels in both mouse and cell culture models, additional evidence is needed to establish causality between the impaired type III IFN pathway, and the increased susceptibility observed in Plscr1-KO mice. To strengthen this conclusion, the following experiments could be undertaken: (i) Measure IAV titers in WT, Plscr1-KO, Ifnlr1-KO, and Plscr1/ Ifnlr1-double KO cells. If the antiviral activity of Plscr1 is highly dependent on Ifnlr1, there should be no further increase in IAV titers in double KO cells compared to single KO cells; (ii) over-express Plscr1 in Ifnlr1-KO cells to determine if it still inhibits IAV infection. If Plscr1's main action is to upregulate Ifnlr1, then it should not be able to rescue susceptibility since Ifnlr1 cannot be expressed in the KO background. If Plscr1 over-expression rescues viral susceptibility, then there are Ifnlr1-independent mechanisms involved. These experiments should help clarify the relative contribution of the type III IFN pathway to Plscr1-mediated antiviral immunity.

      (2) Transcriptional activation of IFNLR1 by Plscr1 is a central mechanistic conclusion of this manuscript. A ChIP assay was used to demonstrate direct binding between Plscr1 and the Ifnrl1 promoter region. This single evidence does not sufficiently prove the role of Plscr1 in transcriptional activation. Other forms of evidence would help make this mechanistic explanation more compelling. For example, nuclear un-on experiments would demonstrate Ifnrl1 mRNA synthesis in addition to promoter binding.

      (3) In Figure 4, the authors demonstrate the interaction between Plscr1 and Ifnlr1. They suggest that this interaction modulates IFN-λ signaling. However, Figures 5C-E show that the 5CA mutant, which lacks surface localization and the ability to bind Ifnlr1, exhibits similar anti-flu activity to WT Plscr1. Does this mean the interaction between Plscr1 and Ifnlr1 is dispensable for Plscr1-mediated antiviral function? Can the authors compare the activation of IFN-λ signaling pathway in Plscr1-KO cells expressing empty vector, WT Plscr1, and 5CA mutant? This could be done by measuring downstream ISG expression or using an ISRE-luciferase reporter assay upon IFN-λ treatment.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This nice study explores the role of phospholipid scramblase 1 (PLSCR1) in regulating antiviral immunity and host morbidity during influenza A virus (IAV) infection. The authors identify PLSCR1 as a critical regulator of interferon-lambda receptor 1 (IFNLR1) expression, acting through enzymatic-independent mechanisms. Using PLSCR1-deficient and conditional overexpression mouse models, the study demonstrates that PLSCR1 enhances antiviral responses and mitigates inflammation, potentially through modulating type III interferon (IFN-λ) signaling. While the findings underline the importance of PLSCR1 in early viral control and tissue homeostasis, they also highlight its cell-specific functions, particularly in ciliated airway epithelial cells. This work contributes to understanding the interplay between host factors and antiviral pathways, paving the way for novel therapeutic strategies targeting host proteins.

      Specific Comments:

      (1) The statement that type I interferons are expressed by "almost all cells" is inaccurate (line 61). Type I IFN production is also context-dependent and often restricted to specific cell types upon infection or stimulation.

      (2) The antiviral response is assessed solely through flu M gene expression. Incorporating infectious virus titers (e.g., TCID50 or plaque assay) would provide a more robust and direct measure of antiviral activity.

      (3) While mRNA expression of interferons is measured, protein levels (e.g., through ELISA) should also be quantified to establish the functional relevance of IFN expression changes.

      (4) It is unclear whether reduced IFNLR1 expression translates to defective downstream signaling or antiviral responses after IFN-λ treatment in PLSCR1-deficient cells. This is particularly pertinent given the increase in IFN-λ ligand in vivo, which might compensate for receptor downregulation.

      (5) Detailed gating strategies for immune cell subsets are absent and should be included for clarity and reproducibility.

      (6) The study does not definitively establish that reduced IFN-λ signaling causes the observed in vivo phenotype. Increased morbidity and mortality in PLSCR1-deficient mice could also stem from elevated TNF-α levels and lung damage, as proinflammatory cytokines and/or enhanced lung damage are known contributors to influenza morbidity and mortality. This point warrants detailed discussions.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Yang et al. have investigated the role of PLSCR1, an antiviral interferon-stimulated gene (ISG), in host protection against IAV infection. Although some antiviral effects of PLSCR1 have been described, its full activity remains incompletely understood.

      This study now shows that Plscr1 expression is induced by IAV infection in the respiratory epithelium, and Plscr1 acts to increase Ifn-λr1 expression and enhance IFN-λ signaling possibly through protein-protein interactions on the cell membrane.

      Strengths:

      The study sheds light on the way Ifnlr1 expression is regulated, an area of research where little is known. The study is extensive and well-performed with relevant genetically modified mouse models and tools.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some issues that need to be clarified/corrected in the results and figures as presented.

      Also, the study does not provide much information about the role of PLSCR1 in the regulation of Ifn-λr1 expression and function in immune cells. This would have been a plus.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the effects of the explicit recognition of statistical structure and sleep consolidation on the transfer of learned structure to novel stimuli. The results show a striking dissociation in transfer ability between explicit and implicit learning of structure, finding that only explicit learners transfer structure immediately. Implicit learners, on the other hand, show an intriguing immediate structural interference effect (better learning of novel structure) followed by successful transfer only after a period of sleep.

      Strengths:

      This paper is very well written and motivated, and the data are presented clearly with a logical flow. There are several replications and control experiments and analyses that make the pattern of results very compelling. The results are novel and intriguing, providing important constraints on theories of consolidation. The discussion of relevant literature is thorough. In sum, this work makes an exciting and important contribution to the literature.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sleep has not only been shown to support the strengthening of memory traces but also their transformation. A special form of such transformation is the abstraction of general rules from the presentation of individual exemplars. The current work used large online experiments with hundreds of participants to shed further light on this question. In the training phase participants saw composite items (scenes) that were made up of pairs of spatially coupled (i.e., they were next to each other) abstract shapes. In the initial training, they saw scenes made up of six horizontally structured pairs and in the second training phase, which took place after a retention phase (2 min awake, 12 hour incl. sleep, 12 h only wake, 24 h incl. sleep), they saw pairs that were horizontally or vertically coupled. After the second training phase, a two-alternatives-forced-choice (2-AFC) paradigm, where participants had to identify true pairs versus randomly assembled foils, was used to measure performance on all pairs. Finally, participants were asked five questions to identify, if they had insight into the pair structure and post-hoc groups were assigned based on this. Mainly the authors find that participants in the 2 minute retention experiment without explicit knowledge of the task structure were at chance level performance for the same structure in the second training phase, but had above chance performance for the vertical structure. The opposite was true for both sleep conditions. In the 12 h wake condition these participants showed no ability to discriminate the pairs from the second training phase at all.

      Strengths:

      All in all, the study was performed to a high standard and the sample size in the implicit condition was large enough to draw robust conclusions. The authors make several important statistical comparisons and also report an interesting resampling approach. There is also a lot of supplemental data regarding robustness.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concern regards the small sample size in the explicit group and the lack of experimental control.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this project, Garber and Fiser examined how the structure of incidentally learned regularities influences subsequent learning of regularities, that either have the same structure or a different one. Over a series of six online experiments, it was found that the structure (spatial arrangement) of the first set of regularities affected learning of the second set, indicating that it has indeed been abstracted away from the specific items that have been learned. The effect was found to depend on the explicitness of the original learning: Participants who noticed regularities in the stimuli were better at learning subsequent regularities of the same structure than of a different one. On the other hand, participants whose learning was only implicit had an opposite pattern: they were better in learning regularities of a novel structure than of the same one. However, when an overnight sleep separated the first and second learning phases, this opposite effect was reversed and came to match the pattern of the explicit group, suggesting that the abstraction and transfer in the implicit case were aided by memory consolidation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Multiple compounds that inhibit ATP-sensitive potassium (KATP) channels also chaperone channels to the surface membrane. The authors used an artificial intelligence (AI)-based virtual screening (AtomNet) to identify novel compounds that exhibit chaperoning effects on trafficking-deficient disease-causing mutant channels. One compound, which they named Aekatperone, acts as a low affinity, reversible inhibitor and effective chaperone. A cryoEM structure of KATP bound to Aekatperone showed that the molecule binds at the canonical inhibitory site.

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      The details of the AI screening itself are inevitably opaque, but appear to differ from classical virtual screening in not involving any physical docking of test compounds into the target site. The authors mention criteria that were used to limit the number of compounds, so that those with high similarity to known binders and 'sequence identity' (does this mean structural identity) were excluded. The identified molecules contain sulfonylurea-like moieties. How different are they from other sulfonylureas?

      The experimental work confirming that Aekatperone acts to traffic mutant KATP channels to the surface and acts as a low affinity, reversible, inhibitor is comprehensive and clear, with very convincing cell biological and patch-clamp data, as is the cryoEM structural analysis, for which the group are leading experts. In addition to the three positive chaperone-effective molecules, the authors identified a large number of compounds that are predicted binders but apparently have no chaperoning effect.

      The authors suggest that the novel compound may be a promising therapeutic for treatment of congenital hyperinsulinism due to trafficking defective KATP mutations. Because they are low affinity, reversible, inhibitors. This is a very interesting concept, and perhaps a pulsed dosing regimen would allow trafficking without constant channel inhibition (which otherwise defeats the therapeutic purpose), although it is unclear whether the new compound will offer advantages over earlier low-affinity sulfonylurea inhibitor chaperones. These include tolbutamide which has very similar affinity and effect to Aekatperone. As the authors point out this (as well as other sulfonlyureas) are currently out of favor because of potential adverse cardiovascular effects, but again, it is unclear why Aekatperone should not have the same concerns.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have been very responsive to the first reviews. No further comments.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their study 'AI-Based Discovery and CryoEM Structural Elucidation of a KATP Channel Pharmacochaperone', ElSheikh and colleagues undertake a computational screening approach to identify candidate drugs that may bind to an identified binding pocket in the SUR1 subunit of KATP channels. Other KATP channel inhibitors such as glibenclamide have been previously shown to bind in this pocket, and in addition to inhibition KATP channel function, these inhibitors can very effectively rescue cell surface expression of trafficking deficient KATP mutations that cause excessive insulin secretion (Congenital Hyperinsulinism). However, a challenge for their utility for treatment of hyperinsulinism has been that they are powerful inhibitors of the channels that are rescued to the channel surface. In contrast, successful therapeutic pharmacochaperones (eg. CFTR chaperones) permit function of the channels rescued to the cell membrane. Thus, a key criteria for the authors' approach in this case was to identify relatively low affinity compounds that target the glibenclamide binding site (and be washed off) - these could potentially rescue KATP surface expression, but also permit KATP function.

      Strengths:

      The main findings of the manuscript include:

      (1) Computational screening of a large virtual compound library, followed by functional screening of cell surface expression, which identified several potential candidate pharmacochaperones that target the glibenclamide binding site.

      (2) Prioritization and functional characterization of Aekatperone as a low affinity KATP inhibitor which can be readily 'washed off' in patch clamp, and cell based efflux assays. Thus the drug clearly rescues cell surface expression, but can be manipulated experimentally to permit function of rescued channels.

      (3) Determination of the binding site and dynamics of this candidate drug by cryo-EM, and functional validation of several residues involved in drug sensitivity using mutagenesis and patch clamp.

      The experiments are well-conceived and executed, and the study is clearly described. The results of the experiments are very straightforward and clearly support the conclusions drawn by the authors. I found the study to provide important new information about KATP chaperone effects of certain drugs, with interesting considerations in terms of ion channel biology and human disease.

      Context and remaining challenges:

      (1) The chaperones can effectively rescue KATP trafficking mutants, but clearly not as strongly as the higher affinity inhibitor glibenclamide. There is likely a challenging relationship between efficacy of trafficking rescue and channel inhibition (ie. rescued channels are inhibited and therefore non-functional) that will need to be overcome in terms of applying drugs of this class. This is recognized and clarified appropriately by the authors both in their experimental approaches and discussion. In experiments it is straightforward to wash off the chaperone, but this would not be the case in an organism.

      (2) Recent developments with ion channel trafficking correctors in the CFTR field illustrate the importance of investigating underlying mechanisms. Development of pharmacological tools and approaches in other channel types (such as KATP or other transporters and channels) will build our understanding of pathways involved in regulating maturation of membrane proteins, and ways to manipulate them.

      Comments on revised version:

      I have no further suggestions, thank you for the detailed response.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      As reported above, this paper by Xu et al reports on a new method to combine the analysis of coevolutionary patterns with dynamic profiles to identify functionally important residues and reveal correlations between binding sites.

      Strengths:

      In general, coevolutionary analysis and MD analysis are carried out separately and while there have been attempts to compare the information provided by the two, no unified framework exists. Here, the authors convincingly demonstrate that integrating signals from Dynamics and coevolution gives information that substantially overcomes the one provided by either method in isolation. While other methods are useful, they do not capture how dynamics is fundamental to define function and thus sculpts coevolution, via the 3D structure of the protein. At the same time, the authors demonstrate how coevolution in turn also influences internal dynamics. The Networks they rebuild unveil information at an even higher level: the model starts pairwise but through network representation the authors arrive to community analysis, reporting on interaction patterns that are larger than simple couples.

      Comments on latest version:

      I have nothing to add to this revision. The paper looks excellent and very interesting.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors introduced a computational framework, DyNoPy, that integrates residue coevolution analysis with molecular dynamics (MD) simulations to identify functionally important residues in proteins. DyNoPy identifies key residues and residue-residue coupling to generate an interaction graph and attempts to validate using two clinically relevant β-lactamases (SHV-1 and PDC-3).

      Strengths:

      DyNoPy could not only show clinically relevance of mutations but also predict new potential evolutionary mutations. Authors have provided biologically relevant insights into protein dynamics which can have potential applications in drug discovery and understanding molecular evolution.

      Comments on latest version:

      I appreciate the efforts of the authors to address my comments.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Xu, Dantu and coworkers report a protocol for analyzing coevolutionary and dynamical information to identify a subset of communities that capture functionally relevant sites in beta-lactamases.

      Strengths:

      The combination of coevolutionary information and metrics from MD simulations is interesting for capturing functionally relevant sites, which can have implications in the fields of drug discovery but also in protein design.

      Comments on latest version:

      The authors have successfully addressed all my previous comments/concerns. I am happy with the current version of the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Hammond et al. study robustness of the vertebrate segmentation clock against morphogenetic processes such as cell ingression, cell movement and cell division to ask whether the segmentation clock and morphogenesis are modular or not. The modularity of these two would be important for evolvability of the segmenting system. The authors adopt a previously proposed 3D model of the presomitic mesoderm (Uriu et al. 2021 eLife) and include new elements; different types of cell ingression, tissue compaction and cell cycles. Based on the results of numerical simulations that synchrony of the segmentation clock is robust, the authors conclude that there is a modularity in the segmentation clock and morphogenetic processes.

      The presented results support the conclusion. The manuscript is clearly written.

      Major comments from the original round of review:

      [Optional] In both the current model and Uriu et al. 2021, coupling delay in phase oscillator model is not considered. Given that several previous studies (e.g. Lewis 2003, Herrgen et al. 2010, Yoshioka-Kobayashi et al. 2020) suggested the presence of coupling delays in Delta-Notch signaling, could the authors analyze the effect of coupling delay on robustness of the segmentation clock against morphogenetic processes?

      Significance:

      Synchronization of the segmentation clock has been studied by mathematical modeling, but most previous studies considered cells in a static tissue without morphogenesis. In the previous study by Uriu et al. 2021, morphogenetic processes such as cell advection due to tissue elongation, tissue shortening, and cell mobility were considered in synchronization. The current manuscript provides methodological advances in this aspect by newly including cell ingression, tissue compaction and cell cycle. In addition, the authors bring a concept of modularity and evolvability to the field of the vertebrate segmentation clock, which is new. On the other hand, the manuscript confirms that the synchronization of the segmentation clock is robust by careful simulations, but it does not propose or reveal new mechanisms for making it robust or modular. The main targets of the manuscript will be researchers working on somitogenesis and evolutionary biologists who are interested in evolution of developmental systems. The manuscript will also be interested by broader audiences, like developmental biologists, biophysicists, and physicists and computer scientists who are working on dynamical systems.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Hammond et al., investigates the modularity of the segmentation clock and morphogenesis in early vertebrate development, focusing on how these processes might independently evolve to influence the diversity of segment numbers across vertebrates.

      Methodology: The study uses a previously published computational model, parameterized for zebrafish, to simulate and analyse the interactions between the segmentation clock and the morphogenesis of the pre-somitic mesoderm (PSM). Their model integrates cell advection, motility, compaction, cell division, and the synchronization of the embryo clock. Three alternative scenarios of PSM morphogenesis were modeled to examine how these changes affect the segmentation clock.

      Model System: The computational model system combines a representation of cell movements and the phase oscillator dynamics of the segmentation clock within a three-dimensional horseshoe-shaped domain mimicking the geometry of the vertebrate embryo PSM. The parameters used for the mathematical model are mostly estimated from previously published experimental findings.

      Key Findings and Conclusions: (1) The segmentation clock was found to be broadly robust against variations in morphogenetic processes such as cell ingression and motility; (2) Changes in the length of the PSM and the strength of phase coupling within the clock significantly influenced the system's robustness; (3) The authors conclude that the segmentation clock and PSM morphogenesis exhibited developmental modularity (i.e. relative independence), allowing these two phenomena to evolve independently, and therefore possibly contributing to the diverse segment numbers observed in vertebrates.

      Major comments from the original round of review:

      (1) The key conclusion drawn by the authors (that there is robustness, and therefore modularity, between the morphogenetic cellular processes modeled and the embryo clock synchronization) stems directly from the modeling results appropriately presented and discussed in the manuscript.

      The model comprises some strong assumptions, however all have been clearly explained and the parameterization choices are supported by experimental findings, providing biological meaning to the model. Estimated parameters are well explained, and seem reasonable assumptions (from the embryology perspective).

      (2) This study, as is, achieves its proposed goal of evaluating the potential robustness of the embryo clock to changes in (some) morphogenetic processes. The authors do not claim that the model used is complete, and they properly identify some limitations, including the lack of cell-cell interactions. Given the recognized importance of cellular physical interactions for successful embryo development, including them in the model would be a significant addition in future studies.

      (3) The authors have deposited all the code used for analysis in a public GitHub repository that is updated and available for the research community.

      (4) In page 6, the authors justify their choice of clock parameters for cells ingressing the PSM: "As ingressing cells do not appear to express segmentation clock genes (Mara et al. (2007)), the position at which cells ingress into the PSM can create challenges for clock patterning, as only in the 'off' phase of the clock will ingressing cells be in-phase with their neighbors."

      However, there are several lines of evidence (in chick and mouse), that some oscillatory clock genes are already being expressed as early as in the gastrulation phase (so prior to PSM ingression) (Feitas et al, 2001 [10.1242/dev.128.24.5139]; Jouve et al, 2002 [10.1242/dev.129.5.1107]; Maia-Fernandes at al, 2024 [10.1371/journal.pone.0297853]).

      Question: Is this also true in zebrafish? (I.e. is there any recent experimental evidence that the clock genes are not expressed at ingression, since the paper cited to support this assumption is from 2007).

      If they are expressed in zebrafish (as they are in mouse and chick), then the cell addition should have random clock gene periods when they enter the PSM and not start all with a constant initial phase of zero. Probably this will not impact the results since the cells will also be out of phase with their neighbors when they "ingress", however, it will model more closely the biological scenario (and avoid such criticism).

      Significance:

      GENERAL ASSESSMENT

      This study uses a previously published model to simulate alternative scenarios of morphogenetic parameters to infer the potential independence (termed here modularity) between the segmentation clock and a set of morphogenetic processes, arguing that such modularity could allow the evolution of more flexible body plans, therefore partially explaining the variability in the number of segments observed in the vertebrates. This question is fundamental and relevant, yet still poorly researched. This work provides a comprehensive simulation with a model that tries to simplify the many morphogenetic processes described in the literature, reducing it to a few core fundamental processes that allow drawing the conclusions sought. It provides theoretical insight to support a conceptual advance in the field of evolutionary vertebrate embryology.

      ADVANCE

      This study builds on a model recently published by Uriu et al. (eLife, 2021) that incorporates quantitative experimental data within a modeling framework including cell and tissue-level parameters, allowing the study of multiscale phenomena active during zebrafish embryo segmentation. Uriu's publication reports many relevant and often non-intuitive insights uncovered by the model, most notably the description of phase vortices formed by the synchronizing genetic oscillators interfering with the traveling-wave front pattern.

      However, this model can be further explored to ask additional questions beyond those described in the original paper. A good example is the present study, which uses this mathematical framework to investigate the potential independence between two of the modeled processes, thereby extracting extra knowledge from it. Accordingly, the present study represents a step forward in the direction of using relevant theoretical frameworks to quantitatively explore the landscape of complex molecular hypotheses in silico, and with it shed some light on fundamental open questions or inform the design of future experiments in the lab.

      The study incorporates a wide range of existing literature on the developmental biology of vertebrates. It comprehensively cites prior work, such as the foundational studies by Cooke and Zeeman on the segmentation clock and the role of FGF signaling in PSM development as discussed by Gomez et al. The literature properly covers the breadth of knowledge in this field.

      AUDIENCE

      Target audience: This study is relevant for fundamental research in developmental biology, specifically targeting researchers who focus on early embryo development and morphogenesis from both experimental and theoretical perspectives. It is also relevant for evolutionary biologists investigating the genetic factors that influence vertebrate evolution, as well as to computational biologists and bioinformatics researchers studying developmental processes and embryology.

      Developmental researchers studying the segmentation clock in other vertebrate model organisms (namely mouse and chick), will find this publication especially valuable since it provides insights that can help them formulate new hypotheses to elucidate the molecular mechanisms of the clock (for example finding a set of evolutionarily divergent genes that might interfere with PSM length).<br /> Additionally, this study provides a set of cellular parameters that have yet to be measured in mouse and chick, therefore guiding the design of future experiments to measure them, allowing the simulation of the same model with sets of parameters from different vertebrate model organisms, therefore testing the robustness of the findings reported for zebrafish.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Verd and colleagues explored how various biologically relevant factors influence the robustness of clock dynamics synchronization among neighboring cells within the context of somatogenesis, adapting a mathematical model presented by Urio et. al in 2021 in a similar context. Specifically they show that clock dynamics is robust to different biological mechanisms such as cell infusion, cellular motility, compaction-extension and cell-division. On the other hand , the length of Presomitic Mesoderm (PSM) and density of cells in it has a significant role in the robustness of clock dynamics. While the manuscript is well-written and provides clear descriptions of methods and technical details, it tends to be somewhat lengthy.

      Major comments from original round of review:

      (1) The authors mention that "...the model is three dimensional and so can quantitatively recapture the rates of cell mixing that we observe in the PSM". I am not convinced with this justification of using a 3D model. None of the effects the authors explore in this manuscript requires a three dimensional model or full physical description of the cellular mechanics such as excluded volume interaction etc. A one-dimensional model characterized by cell position along the arclength of PSM and somatic region and segmentation clock phase θ can incorporate all the physics authors described in this manuscript as well as significantly computationally cheap allowing the authors to explore the effect of different parameters in greater detail.

      (2) I am not sure about the justification for limiting the quantification of phase synchrony in a very limited (one cell diameter wide) region at one end of the somatic part (Page 33 below Fig. 9). From my understanding of the manuscript, the segments appear in significant length anterior to this region. Wouldn't an ensemble average of multiple such one cell diameter wide regions in the somatic region be a more accurate metric for quantifying synchrony?

      (3) While studying the effect of cellular ingression, the authors study three discrete modes-random, DP and DP+LV and show that in the DP+LV mode the clock synchrony becomes affected. I would like the authors to explore this in a continuous fashion from a pure DP ingression to Pure LV ingression and intermediates.

      (4) While studying the effect of length and density of cells in PSM on cellular synchrony, the authors restrict to 3 values of density and 6 values of PSM length keeping the other parameter constant. I would be interested to see a phase diagram similar to Fig. 7 in the two dimensional parameter space of L and ρ0. I am curious if a scaling relation exists for the parameter values that partition the parameter space with and without synchrony.

      (5) Both in the abstract and introduction, the authors discuss at a great length about the variability in the number of segments. I am curious how the number and width of the segments observed depend on different parameters related to cellular mechanics and the segmentation clock ?

      (6) The authors assume that the phase dynamics of the chemical network may be described by an oscillator with constant frequency. For the completeness of the manuscript, the author should discuss in detail, for which chemical networks this is a good assumption.

      (7) Figure 3 and the associated text shows no effect of the cellular motility profile in the synchrony of the segmentation clock. This may be moved to the supplementary considering the length of this manuscript.

      Significance:

      The manuscript answers some important questions in the synchrony of segmentation clock in the vertebrates utilizing a model published earlier. However, the presented result is incomplete in some aspects (points 2 to 5 of section A) and that could be overcome by a more detailed analysis using a simpler one dimensional (point 1 of section A). I believe this manuscript could be of interest to an intersecting audience of developmental biologists, systems biologists, and physicists/engineers interested in dynamical systems.

      [Editors' note: the authors have responded comprehensively to the reviews from Review Commons.]

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      Farkas and colleagues conducted a comparative neuroimaging study with domestic dogs and humans to explore whether social perception in both species is underpinned by an analogous distinction between animate and inanimate entities an established functional organizing principle in the primate and human brain. Presenting domestic dogs and humans with clips of three animate classes (dogs, humans, cats) and one inanimate control (cars), the authors also set out to compare how dogs and humans perceive their own vs other species. Both research questions have been previously studied in dogs, but the authors used novel dynamic stimuli and added animate and inanimate classes, which have not been investigated before (i.e., cats and cars). Combining univariate and multivariate analysis approaches, they identified functionally analogous areas in the dog and human occipito-temporal cortex involved in the perception of animate entities, largely replicating previous observations. This further emphasizes a potentially shared functional organizing principle of social perception in the two species. The authors also describe between-species divergencies in the perception of the different animate classes, arguing for a less generalized perception of animate entities in dogs, but this conclusion is not convincingly supported by the applied analyses and reported findings.

      Strengths

      Domestic dogs represent a compelling model species to study the neural bases of social perception and potentially shared functional organizing principles with humans and primates. The field of comparative neuroimaging with dogs is still young, with a growing but still small number of studies, and the present study exemplifies the reproducibility of previous research. Using dynamic instead of static stimuli and adding new stimuli classes, Farkas and colleagues successfully replicated and expanded previous findings, adding to the growing body of evidence that social perception is underpinned by a shared functional organizing principle in the dog and human occipito-temporal cortex.

      Weaknesses

      The study design is imbalanced, with only one category of inanimate objects vs. three animate entities. Moreover, based on the example videos, it appears that the animate stimuli also differed in the complexity of the content from the car stimuli, with often multiple agents interacting or performing goal-directed actions. Moreover, while dogs are familiar with cars, they are definitely of lower relevance and interest to them than the animate stimuli. Thus, to a certain extent, the results might also reflect differences in attention towards/salience of the stimuli.

      The methods section and rationale behind the chosen approaches were often difficult to follow and lacked a lot of information, which makes it difficult to judge the evidence and the drawn conclusions, and it weakens the potential for reproducibility of this work. For example, for many preprocessing and analysis steps, parameters were missing or descriptions of the tools used, no information on anatomical masks and atlas used in humans was provided, and it is often not clear if the authors are referring to the univariate or multivariate analysis.

      In regard to the chosen approaches and rationale, the authors generally binarize a lot of rich information. Instead of directly testing potential differences in the neural representations of the different animate entities, they binarize dissimilarity maps for, e.g. animate entity > inanimate cars and then calculate the overlap between the maps. The comparison of the overlap of these three maps between species is also problematic, considering that the human RSA was constricted to the occipital and temporal cortex (there is now information on how they defined it) vs. whole-brain in dogs. Considering that the stimuli do differ based on low-level visual properties (just not significantly within a run), the RSA would also allow the authors to directly test if some of the (dis)similarities might be driven by low-level visual features like they, e.g. did with the early visual cortex model. I do think RSA is generally an excellent choice to investigate the neural representation of animate (and inanimate) stimuli, but the authors should apply it more appropriately and use its full potential.

      The authors localized some of the "animate areas" also with the early visual cortex model (e.g. ectomarginal gyrus, mid suprasylvian); in humans, it only included the known early visual cortex - what does this mean for the animate areas in dogs?

      The results section also lacks information and statistical evidence; for example, for the univariate region-of-interest (ROI) analysis (called response profiles) comparing activation strength towards each stimulus type, it is not reported if comparisons were significant or not, but the authors state they conducted t-tests. The authors describe that they created spheres on all peaks reported for the contrast animate > inanimate, but they only report results for the mid suprasylvian and occipital gyrus (e.g. caudal suprasylvian gyrus is missing). Furthermore, considering that the ROIs were chosen based on the contrast animate > inanimate stimuli, activation strength should only be compared between animate entities (i.e., dogs, humans, cats), while cars should not be reported (as this would be double dipping, after selecting voxels showing lower activation for that category). The descriptive data in Figure 3B (pending statistical evidence) suggests there were no strong differences in activation for the three species in dog and human animate areas. Thus, the ROI analysis appears to contradict findings from the binary analysis approach to investigate species preference, but the authors only discuss the results of the latter in support of their narrative for conspecific preference in dogs and do not discuss research from other labs investigating own-species preference.

      The authors also unnecessarily exaggerate novelty claims. Animate vs inanimate and own vs other species perceptions have both been investigated before in dogs (and humans), so any claims in that direction seem unsubstantiated - and also not needed, as novelty itself is not a sign of quality; what is novel, and a sign of theoretical advance besides the novelty, are as said the conceptual extension and replication of previous work.

      Overall, more analyses and appropriate tests are needed to support the conclusions drawn by the authors, as well as a more comprehensive discussion of all findings.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript reports an fMRI study looking at whether there is animacy organization in a non-primate, mammal, the domestic dog, that is similar to that observed in humans and non-human primates (NHPs). A simple experiment was carried out with four kinds of stimulus videos (dogs, humans, cats, and cars), and univariate contrasts and RSA searchlight analysis was performed. Previous studies have looked at this question or closely associated questions (e.g. whether there is face selectivity in dogs). The import of the present study is that it looks at multiple types of animate objects, dogs, humans, and cats, and tests whether there was overlapping/similar topography (or magnitude) of responses when these stimuli were compared to the inanimate reference class of cars. The main finding was of some selectivity for animacy though this was primarily driven by the dog stimuli, which did overlap with the other animate stimulus types, but far less so than in humans.

      Strengths:

      I believe that this is an interesting study in so far as it builds on other recent work looking at category-selectivity in the domestic dog. Given the limited number of such studies, I think it is a natural step to consider a number of different animate stimuli and look at their overlap. While some of the results were not wholly surprising (e.g. dog brains respond more selectively for dogs than humans or cats), that does not take away from their novelty, such as it is. The findings of this study are useful as a point of comparison with other recent work on the organization of high-level visual function in the brain of the domestic dog.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) One challenge for all studies like this is a lack of clarity when we say there is organization for "animacy" in the human and NHP brains. The challenge is by no means unique to the present study, but I do think it brings up two more specific topics.

      First, one property associated with animate things is "capable of self-movement". While cognitively we know that cars require a driver, and are otherwise inanimate, can we really assume that dogs think of cars in the same way? After all, just think of some dogs that chase cars. If dogs represent moving cars as another kind of self-moving thing, then it is not clear we can say from this study that we have a contrast between animate vs inanimate. This would not mean that there are no real differences in neural organization being found. It was unclear whether all or some of the car videos showed them moving. But if many/most do, then I think this is a concern.

      Second, there is quite a lot of potential complexity in the human case that is worth considering when interpreting the results of this study. In the human case, some evidence suggests that animacy may be more of a continuum (Sha et al. 2015), which may reflect taxonomy (Connolly et al. 2012, 2016). However moving videos seem to be dominated more by signals relevant to threat or predation relative to taxonomy (Nastase et al. 2017). Some evidence suggests that this purported taxonomic organization might be driven by gradation in representing faces and bodies of animals based on their relative similarity to humans (Ritchie et al. 2021). Also, it may be that animacy organization reflects a number of (partially correlated) dimensions (Thorat et al. 2019, Jozwik et al. 2022). One may wonder whether the regions of (partial) overlap in animate responses in the dog brain might have some of these properties as well (or not).

      (2) It is stated that previous studies provide evidence that the dog brain shows selectivity to "certain aspects of animacy". One of these already looked at selectivity for dog and human faces and bodies and identified similar regions of activity (Boch et al. 2023). An earlier study by Dilks et al. (2015), not cited in the present work (as far as I can tell), also used dynamic stimuli and did not suffer from the above limitations in choosing inanimate stimuli (e.g. using toy and scene objects for inanimate stimuli). But it only included human faces as the dynamic animate stimulus. So, as far as stimulus design, it seems the import of the present study is that it included a *third* animate stimulus (cats) and that the stimuli were dynamic.

      (3) I am concerned that the univariate results, especially those depicted in Figure 3B, include double dipping (Kriegesorte et al. 2009). The analysis uses the response peak for the A > iA contrast to then look at the magnitude of the D, H, C vs iA contrasts. This means the same data is being used for feature selection and then to estimate the responses. So, the estimates are going to be inflated. For example, the high magnitudes for the three animate stimuli above the inanimate stimuli are going to inherently be inflated by this analysis and cannot be taken at face value. I have the same concern with the selectivity preference results in Figure 3E.

      I think the authors have two options here. Either they drop these analyses entirely (so that the total set of analyses really mirrors those in Figure 4), or they modify them to address this concern. I think this could be done in one of two ways. One would be to do a within-subject standard split-half analysis and use one-half of the data for feature selection and the other for magnitude estimation. The other would be to do a between-subject design of some kind, like using one subject for magnitude estimation based on an ROI defined using the data for the other subjects.

      (4) There are two concerns with how the overlap analyses were carried out. First, as typically carried out to look at overlap in humans, the proportion is of overlapping results of the contrasts of interest, e.g, for face and body selectivity overlap (Schwarlose et al. 2006), hand and tool overlap (Bracci et al. 2012), or more recently, tool and food overlap (Ritchie et al. 2024). There are a number of ways of then calculating the overlap, with their own strengths and weaknesses (see Tarr et al. 2007). Of these, I think the Jaccard index is the most intuitive, which is just the intersection of two sets as a proportion of their union. So, for example, the N of overlapping D > iA and H > iA active voxels is divided by the total number of unique active voxels for the two contrasts. Such an overlap analysis is more standard and interpretable relative to previous findings. I would strongly encourage the authors to carry out such an analysis or use a similar metric of overlap, in place of what they have currently performed (to the extent the analysis makes sense to me).

      Second, the results summarized in Figure 3A suggest multiple distinct regions of animacy selectivity. Other studies have also identified similar networks of regions (e.g. Boch et al. 2023). These regions may serve different functions, but the overlap analysis does not tell us whether there is overlap in some of these portions of the cortex and not in others. The overlap is only looked at in a very general sense. There may be more overlap locally in some portions of the cortex and not in others.

      (5) Two comments about the RSA analyses. First, I am not quite sure why the authors used HMAX rather than layers of a standardly trained ImageNet deep convolutional neural network. This strikes me also as a missed opportunity since many labs have looked at whether later layers of DNNs trained on object categorization show similar dissimilarity structures as category-selective regions in humans and NHPs. In so far as cross-species comparisons are the motivation here, it would be genuinely interesting to see what would happen if one did a correlation searchlight with the dog brain and layers of a DNN, a la Cichy et al. (2016).

      Second, from the text is hard to tell what the models for the class- and category-boundary effects were. Are there RDMs that can be depicted here? I am very familiar with RSA searchlight and I found the description of the methods to be rather opaque. The same point about overlap earlier regarding the univariate results also applies to the RSA results. Also, this is again a reason to potentially compare DNN RDMs to both the categorical models and the brains of both species.

      (6) There has been emphasis of late on the role of face and body selective regions and social cognition (Pitcher and Ungerleider, 2021, Puce, 2024), and also on whether these regions are more specialized for representing whole bodies/persons (Hu et al. 2020, Taubert, et al. 2022). It may be that the supposed animacy organization is more about how we socialize and interact with other organisms than anything about animacy as such (see again the earlier comments about animacy, taxonomy, and threat/predation). The result, of a great deal of selectivity for dogs, some for humans, and little for cats, seems to readily make sense if we assume it is driven by the social value of the three animate objects that are presented. This might be something worth reflecting on in relation to the present findings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors analyze electrophysiological data recorded bilaterally from the rat hippocampus to investigate the coupling of ripple oscillations across the hemispheres. Commensurate with the majority of previous research, the authors report that ripples tend to co-occur across both hemispheres. Specifically, the amplitude of ripples across hemispheres is correlated but their phase is not. These data corroborate existing models of ripple generation suggesting that CA3 inputs (coordinated across hemispheres via the commisural fibers) drive the sharp-wave component while the individual ripple waves are the result of local interactions between pyramidal cells and interneurons in CA1.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written, the analyses well-executed and the claims are supported by the data.

      Weaknesses:

      One question left unanswered by this study is whether information encoded by the right and left hippocampi is correlated.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors completed a statistically rigorous analysis of the synchronization of sharp-wave ripples in the hippocampal CA1 across and within hemispheres. They used a publicly available dataset (collected in the Buzsaki lab) from 4 rats (8 sessions) recorded with silicon probes in both hemispheres. Each session contained approximately 8 hours of activity recorded during rest. The authors found that the characteristics of ripples did not differ between hemispheres, and that most ripples occurred almost simultaneously on all probe shanks within a hemisphere as well as across hemispheres. The differences in amplitude and exact timing of ripples between recording sites increased slightly with the distance between recording sites. However, the phase coupling of ripples (in the 100-250 Hz range), changed dramatically with the distance between recording sites. Ripples in opposite hemispheres were about 90% less coupled than ripples on nearby tetrodes in the same hemisphere. Phase coupling also decreased with distance within the hemisphere. Finally, pyramidal cell and interneuron spikes were coupled to the local ripple phase and less so to ripples at distant sites or the opposite hemisphere.

      Strengths:

      The analysis was well-designed and rigorous. The authors used statistical tests well suited to the hypotheses being tested, and clearly explained these tests. The paper is very clearly written, making it easy to understand and reproduce the analysis. The authors included an excellent review of the literature to explain the motivation for their study.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors state that their findings (highly coincident ripples between hemispheres), contradict other findings in the literature (in particular the study by Villalobos, Maldonado, and Valdes, 2017), but fail to explain why this large difference exists. They seem to imply that the previous study was flawed, without examining the differences between the studies.

      The paper fails to mention the context in which the data was collected (the behavior the animals performed before and after the analyzed data), which may in fact have a large impact on the results and explain the differences between the current study and that by Villalobos et al. The Buzsaki lab data includes mice running laps in a novel environment in the middle of two rest sessions. Given that ripple occurrence is influenced by behavior, and that the neurons spiking during ripples are highly related to the prior behavioral task, it is likely that exposure to novelty changed the statistics of ripples. Thus, the authors should analyze the pre-behavior rest and post-behavior rest sessions separately. The Villalobos et al. data, in contrast, was collected without any intervening behavioral task or novelty (to my knowledge). Therefore, I predict that the opposing results are a result of the difference in recent experiences of the studied rats, and can actually give us insight into the memory function of ripples.

      In one figure (5), the authors show data separated by session, rather than pooled. They should do this for other figures as well. There is a wide spread between sessions, which further suggests that the results are not as widely applicable as the authors seem to think. Do the sessions with small differences between phase coupling and amplitude coupling have low inter-hemispheric amplitude coupling, or high phase coupling? What is the difference between the sessions with low and high differences in phase vs. amplitude coupling? I noticed that the Buzsaki dataset contains data from rats running either on linear tracks (back and forth), or on circular tracks (unidirectionally). This could create a difference in inter-hemisphere coupling, because rats running on linear tracks would have the same sensory inputs to both hemispheres (when running in opposite directions), while rats running on a circular track would have different sensory inputs coming from the right and left (one side would include stimuli in the middle of the track, and the other would include closer views of the walls of the room). The synchronization between hemispheres might be impacted by how much overlap there was in sensory stimuli processed during the behavior epoch.

      The paper would be a lot stronger if the authors analyzed some of the differences between datasets, sessions, and epochs based on the task design, and wrote more about these issues. There may be more publicly available bi-hemispheric datasets to validate their results.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chen and colleagues describe mechanisms by which UBA7 and UBE2L6 form disulfide bonds, disrupting the ISG15 transfer cascade. As other similar structures are currently available, the authors further note that the spontaneous formation of this disulfide suggests that it is a potential regulatory mechanism. Demonstrating that this mechanism occurs and is modulated in cells would greatly improve the impact of their work.

      Strengths:

      The various biochemical and structural experiments are largely convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main point of the paper is that this covalent complex could occur and is potentially regulated in cells is limited. The authors even show an experiment in cells where this complex is formed by expressing UBE2L6-V5 and GFP-UBA7, awkwardly referenced in the discussion.

      The authors should consider attempting an experiment with endogenous proteins and either modulate the formation of this complex in different cellular conditions or downplay this part of their story. For example, this sentence, "This redox-sensitive complex implies a link between oxidative stress and regulation of the immune response, highlighting a potential therapeutic target for modulating immune reactions arising from infections and inflammatory conditions." is in the abstract and should be excluded or rephrased considering the lack of cellular data.

      Also, their one-cell-based experiment is shown in the discussion. This should be in the results as is standard practice but also repeated. It appears that the reduced lanes don't seem to have GFP or the GFP-UBA7. Without those controls, this experiment seems incomplete.

      (2) Their intro sets up the paper to explain the disulfide formation they see in Figure 1, but a more fitting experiment would be to look at the disulfide formation between UBA7 and UBE2L6 at different pHs. It would nicely supplement the biochemical pKa data as this reaction is their focal point.

      (3) While the biochemical data is extensive, it is not concise or easily accessible to a broad readership. The authors should try to clarify and simplify the text overall. Furthermore, many figure callouts are missing, interfering with the clarity of the text.

      Minor

      (1) Because the experiments are pKa dependent, knowing what buffers the proteins were finished in (final SEC purification step) is important. Similarly - for all assays, the buffers were not reported (SEC-MALS, biochemical assays).

      (2) While the CBB and fluorescent gel assays look convincing, more controls are needed for their SEC experiments (Figure 1d), particularly because the authors definitively say the binding is because of S-S bonds. Using a reducing buffer like TCEP or DTT or their catalytic mutants to show reduced co-migration would be helpful. This is even more important given the reported high affinities between UBA7/UBE2L6 in Figure 6.

      (3) Based on the data presented, it is unclear that the kinetic values are taken within initial velocity regimes. Some data in the supplement showing that the single time points represent initial velocities would be appreciated.

      (4) As stated, "Previous experiments reveal an intriguing anomaly during the UBA7-UBE2L6-ISG15 thioester transfer reaction. Despite adding more ISG15 and UBE2L6, the level of UBE2L6~ISG15 remained the same." This experiment should be shown or the statement removed.

      (5) Similarly, "Forty human E2 enzymes are classified in the InterProdatabase (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/interpro/), with the majority interacting with UBA1, whereas UBE2L6 and UBE2Z exclusively interact with UBA7 and UBA6, respectively." Is missing a reference.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chen et al. describe by different techniques that UBA7 and UBE2L6 readily form a complex that is covalently linked by a disulfide bond involving the active site cysteines of UBA6 and UBE2L6. Furthermore, they determined cryo-EM structures of the disulfide-linked UBY7-UBE2L6 complex in the absence and presence of ISG15. They propose that this disulfide-linked complex blocks ISGylation by temporarily rendering UBA7 inactive.

      Strengths:

      The authors employ a wide variety of techniques to study the formation of the binary Uba7-UBE2L6 and ternary UBA7-UBE2L6-ISG15 complexes including the structural characterization of the two complexes by cryo-EM. Despite the shortcomings (see below), the authors provide numerous valuable data that characterize the first steps of the ISGylation pathway, namely the activation of ISG15 and its transfer to UBE2L6.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors correctly state that "Immune responses often entail the generation or reactive oxygen species, antioxidant defense mechanisms, and redox signaling" (1st sentence of 3rd paragraph in the Introduction). Based on the data presented in this study these cellular responses should lead to the formation of the covalent UBA7-UBE2L6. Since this complex renders UBA7 inactive, thus preventing it from initiating the ISGylation cascade in response to viral infections, the underlying cellular logic of complex formation remains a mystery.

      The bulk of their work describes in vitro experiments, which will certainly not reflect the in vivo situation and hence one cannot rule out that this complex will not form inside cells. The authors have also observed this complex in HEK293T cells, however, this involved overexpression of both proteins and one can thus not rule out that the disulfide-linked complex will not form at physiological protein levels. Furthermore, this cellular model appears not to be a suitable system.

      (2) The authors carried out a comparative analysis of E1-E2 disulfide bond formation with UBA1, the major activating enzyme for ubiquitin, and UBE2L3, a ubiquitin-specific E2. The choice of UBE2L3 was motivated by its close relationship to UBE2L6. From these studies, the authors conclude that UBA1 does not form the corresponding complex. Given that there are over 30 ubiquitin-specific E2s this conclusion does not rest on a very solid basis, since, as demonstrated for example in this study (PMID: 22949505), at least yeast Uba1 forms a disulfide-linked complex with Cdc34. Another study documenting the formation of a disulfide-linked complex between Uba1 and an E2 enzyme, in this case, Rad6, (PMID: 35613580) is even cited by the authors. If the authors want to make the argument that Uba1 does not form corresponding E1-E2 complexes, they need to repeat their experiments with a representative panel of human E2 enzymes and the two enzymes employed in the aforementioned studies (Cdc34 and Rad6) or, more precisely, their human counterparts represent obvious starting points. Depending on the outcome of these studies the experiments with the CCL mutants need to be revisited.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, "Elucidating the mechanism underlying UBA7-UBE2L6 disulfide complex formation", Chen et al. describe the mechanism of spontaneous disulfide bond formation between the active site cysteines of UBA7 and UBE2L6. Employing state-of-the-art biochemistry, cryo-EM, and HDX mass spec approaches, the authors provide insights into how this mechanism occurs in UBA7/UBE2L6 but not in related ubiquitin enzymes. A central conclusion of the study is that the length of the catalytic cysteine loop (CCL) in UBA7 is insufficient to block access to the E1's catalytic cysteine, thereby facilitating UBE2L6 disulfide formation. In contrast, the CCL of UBA1 is sufficiently long and shields its catalytic cysteine, preventing access to the Ub E2 enzymes. In addition to the CCL, the authors also show that UBA7's specificity and strong binding affinity for UBE2L6 help promote this disulfide-linked E1-E2 complex.

      Strengths:

      The data within in manuscript is interesting and significantly contributes to our understanding of the mechanisms of the ISG15 conjugation pathway. Moreover, the biochemical and structural experiments were performed at an exceptionally high level and the data throughout the manuscript is convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      It is not clear whether this regulatory mechanism occurs in a biological context (e.g., during IFN signaling or oxidative stress). However, this weakness is somewhat offset by the last experiment of the manuscript which demonstrates the existence of UBA7-UBE2L6 disulfide complex formation in cells under overexpression conditions. If the authors could expand upon this finding, as outlined below it would further improve their study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present work studies the coevolution of HIV-1 and the immune response in clinical patient data. Using the Marginal Path Likelihood (MPL) framework, they infer selection coefficients for HIV mutations from time-series data of virus sequences as they evolve in a given patient.

      Strengths:

      The authors analyze data from two human patients, consisting of HIV population sequence samples at various points in time during the infection. They infer selection coefficients from the observed changes in sequence abundance using MPL. Most beneficial mutations appear in viral envelop proteins. The authors also analyze SHIV samples in rhesus macaques, and find selection coefficients that are compatible with those found in the corresponding human samples.

      The manuscript is well-written and organized.

      Weaknesses:

      The MPL method used by the authors considers only additive effects of mutations, thus ignoring epistasis.

      Although the evolution of broadly neutralizing antibodies (bnAbs) is a motivating question in the introduction and discussion sections (and the title), the relevance of the analysis and results to better understanding how bnAbs arise is not clear. The only result presented in direct connection to bnAbs is Figure 6.

      Questions or suggestions for further discussion:

      I list here a number of points for which I believe the paper would benefit if additional discussion/results were included.

      The MPL method used by the authors considers only additive effects of mutations, thus ignoring epistasis. In Sohail et al (2022) MBE 39(10), p. msac199 (https://doi.org/10.1093/molbev/msac199) an extension of MPL is developed allowing one to infer epistasis. Can the authors comment on why this was not attempted here?

      I presume one possible reason is that epistasis inference requires considerably more computational effort (and more data). However, since the authors find most beneficial mutations occurring in Env, perhaps restricting the analysis to Env genes only (e.g. the trimer shown in Figure 2) can lead to tractable inference of epistasis within this segment (instead of the full genome).

      Do the authors find correlations in the inferred selection coefficients of the two samples CH505 and CH848? I could not find any discussion of this in the manuscript. Only correlations between Humans and RM are discussed.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      This paper combines a biological topic of interest with the demonstration of important theoretical/methodological advances. Fitness inference is the foundation of the quantitative analysis of adapting systems. It is a hard and important problem and this paper highlights a compelling approach (MPL) first presented in (1) and refined in (2), roughly summarized in equation 12.

      (1) Sohail, M. S., Louie, R. H., McKay, M. R. & Barton, J. P. Mpl resolves genetic linkage in fitness inference from complex evolutionary histories. Nature biotechnology 39, 472-479 (2021).<br /> (2) Shimagaki, K. & Barton, J. P. Bézier interpolation improves the inference of dynamical models from data. Physical Review E 107, 024116 (2023).

      The authors find that positive selection shapes the variable regions of env in shared patterns across two patient donors. The patterns of positive selection are interesting in and of themselves, they confirm the intuition that hyper-variation in env is the result of immune evasion rather than a broadly neutral landscape (flatness). They show that the immune evasion patterns due to CD8 T and naive B-cell selection are shared across patients. Furthermore, they suggest that a particular evolutionary history (larger flux to high fitness states) is associated with bNAb emergence. Mimicking this evolutionary pattern in vaccine design may help us elicit bNAbs in patients in the future.

      There is a lot of information to be found in the full fitness landscape of env. The enormous strength of reversion-to-consensus in the patterns is a known pattern of HIV post-infection populations but they are nicely quantified here. Agreement between SHIV and HIV evolution is shown. They find selection is larger for autologous antibodies than the bNAbs themselves (perhaps bNAbs are just too small a component of the host response to drive the bulk of selection?), and that big fitness increases precede antibody breadth in rhesus macaques, suggesting that this fitness increase is the immune challenge required to draw forth a bNAb. This is all of high interest to HIV researchers.

      Strength of evidence

      One limitation is, of course, that the fitness model is constant in time when the immune challenge is variable and changing. This simplification may complicate some interpretations.

      Equation 12 in the methods is really a beautiful tool because it is so simple, but accounts for linkage and can be solved precisely even in the presence of detailed mutational and selection models. However, the reliance on incomplete observations of the frequency leads to complications that must be carefully (re)addressed here.

      For instance, the consistent finding of strong selection in hypervariable regions is biologically intuitive but so striking, that I worry that it might be the result of a bias for selection in high entropy regions. Mutational and covariance terms in equation 12 might be underestimated, due to finite sampling effect in highly diverse populations. Sampling effects lead to zeros in x(t) when actual frequency zeros might be rare at the population sizes of HIV viral loads and mutation rates. Both mutational flux and C underestimation will bias selection upward in eq. 12. The prior papers (1) and (2) seem to show robustness to finite sampling effects, but, again, more care needs to be shown that this robustness transfers to the amino acid inference under these conditions. That synonymous sites are rarely selected for in the nucleotide level is a good sign, and it may be a matter of simply fully explaining the amino-acid level model.

      Uncertainty propagates to the later parts of the paper, eg. HIV and SIV shared patterns might be the result of shared biases in the method application. However, this worry does not extend to the apples-to-apples comparison of fitness trajectories across individuals (Figures 5 and 6) which I think are robust (for these sample sizes). The timing evidence is slightly weakened by the fact that bNAb detection is different from bNAb presence and the possibility that fitness increases occurred after the bNAbs appeared remains. Still, their conclusion is plausible and fits in with the other observations which form a coherent and compelling picture.

      Overall this is a convincing paper, part of a larger admirable project of accurately inferring complete fitness landscapes.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Shimagaki et al. investigate the virus-antibody coevolutionary processes that drive the development of broadly neutralizing antibodies (bnAbs). The study's primary goal is to characterize the evolutionary dynamics of HIV-1 within hosts that accompany the emergence of bnAbs, with a particular focus on inferring the landscape of selective pressures shaping viral evolution. To assess the generality of these evolutionary patterns, the study extends its analysis to rhesus macaques (RMs) infected with simian-human immunodeficiency viruses (SHIV) incorporating HIV-1 Env proteins derived from two human individuals.

      Strengths:

      A key strength of the study is its rigorous assessment of the similarity in evolutionary trajectories between humans and macaques. This cross-species comparison is particularly compelling, as it quantitatively establishes a shared pattern of viral evolution using a sophisticated inference method. The finding that similar selective pressures operate in both species adds robustness to the study's conclusions and suggests broader biological relevance.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the study has some limitations. The most significant weakness is that the authors do not sufficiently discuss the implications of the observed similarities. While the identification of shared evolutionary patterns (e.g., Figure 5) is intriguing, the study would benefit from a more explicit discussion of what these findings mean for instance, in the context of HIV vaccine design, immunotherapy, or fundamental viral-host interactions. Even speculative interpretations could provide valuable insights into the broader significance of these results.

      A secondary, albeit less critical, limitation is the placement of methodological details in the Supplementary Information. While it is understandable that the authors focus on results in the main text - especially since the methodology is not novel and has been previously described in earlier publications - some readers might benefit from a more thorough presentation of the method within the main paper.

      Conclusions:

      Overall, the study presents a compelling analysis of HIV-1 evolution and its parallels in SHIV-infected macaques. While the quantitative comparison between species is a notable contribution, a deeper discussion of its broader implications would strengthen the paper's impact.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Shi et al, has utilized multiple imaging datasets and one set of samples for analyzing serum EV-miRNAs & EV-RNAs to develop an EV miRNA signature associated with disease-relevant radiomics features for early diagnosis of pancreatic cancer. CT imaging features (in two datasets (UMMD & JHC and WUH) were derived from pancreatic benign disease patients vs pancreatic cancer cases), while circulating EV miRNAs were profiled from samples obtained from a different center (DUH). The EV RNA signature from external public datasets (GSE106817, GSE109319, GSE113486, GSE112264) were analyzed for differences in healthy controls vs pancreatic cancer cases. The miRNAs were also analyzed in the TCGA tissue miRNA data from normal adjacent tissue vs pancreatic cancer.

      Strengths:

      The concept of developing EV miRNA signatures associated with disease relevant radiomics features is a strength.

      Weaknesses:

      While the overall concept of developing EV miRNA signature associated with radiomics features is interesting, the findings reported are not convincing for the reasons outlined below:

      (1) Discrepant datasets for analyzing radiomic features with EV-miRNAs: It is not justified how CT images (UMMD & JHC and WUH) and EV-miRNAs (DUH) on different subjects and centers/cohorts shown in Figures 1 &2 were analyzed for association. It is stated that the samples were matched according to age but there is no information provided for the stages of pancreatic cancer and the kind of benign lesions analyzed in each instance.

      (2) The study is focused on low-abundance miRNAs with no adequate explanation of the selection criteria for the miRNAs analyzed.

      (3) While EV-miRNAs were profiled or sequenced (not well described in the Methods section) with two different EV isolation methods, the authors used four public datasets of serum circulating miRNAs to validate the findings. It would be better to show the expression of the three miRNAs in the additional dataset(s) of EV-miRNAs and compare the expressions of the three EV-miRNAs in pancreatic cancer with healthy and benign disease controls.

      (4) It is not clear how the 12 EV-miRNAs in Figure 4C were identified.

      (5) Box plots in Figures 4D-F and G-I of three miRNAs in serum and tissue should show all quantitative data points.

      (6) What is the GBM model in Figure 5?

      (7) What are the AUCs of individual EV-miRNAs integrated as a panel of three EV-miRNAs?

      (8) The authors could have compared the performance of CA19-9 with that of the three EV-miRNAs.

      (9) How was the diagnostic performance of the three EV-miRNAs in the two molecular subtypes identified in Figure 6&7? Do the C1 & C2 clusters correlate with the classical/basal subtypes, staging, and imaging features?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates a low abundance microRNA signature in extracellular vesicles to subtype pancreatic cancer and for early diagnosis. There are several major questions that need to be addressed. Numerous minor issues are also present.

      Strengths:

      The authors did a comprehensive job with numerous analyses of moderately sized cohorts to describe the clinical and translational significance of their miRNA signature.

      Weaknesses:

      There are multiple weaknesses of this study that should be addressed:

      (1) The description of the datasets in the Materials and Methods lacks details. What were the benign lesions from the various hospital datasets? What were the healthy controls from the public datasets? No pancreatic lesions? No pancreatic cancer? Any cancer history or other comorbid conditions? Please define these better.

      (2) It is unclear how many of the controls and cases had both imaging for radiomics and blood for biomarkers.

      (3) The authors should define the imaging methods and protocols used in more detail. For the CT scans, what slice thickness? Was a pancreatic protocol used? What phase of contrast is used (arterial, portal venous, non-contrast)? Any normalization or pre-processing?

      (4) Who performed the segmentation of the lesions? An experienced pancreatic radiologist? A student? How did the investigators ensure that the definition of the lesions was performed correctly? Raidomics features are often sensitive to the segmentation definitions.

      (5) Figure 1 is full of vague images that do not convey the study design well. Numbers from each of the datasets, a summary of what data was used for training and for validation, definitions of all of the abbreviations, references to the Roman numerals embedded within the figure, and better labeling of the various embedded graphs are needed. It is not clear whether the graphs are real results or just artwork to convey a concept. I suspect that they are just artwork, but this remains unclear.

      (6) The DF selection process lacks important details. Please reference your methods with the Boruta and Lasso models. Please explain what machine learning algorithms were used. There is a reference in the "Feature selection.." section of "the model formula listed below" but I do not see a model formula below this paragraph.

      (7) In Figure 2, more quantitative details are needed. How are patients dichotomized into non-obese and obese? What does alcohol/smoking mean? Is it simply no to both versus one or the other as yes? These two risk factors should be separated and pack years of smoking should be reported. The details of alcohol use should also be provided. Is it an alcohol abuse history? Any alcohol use, including social drinking? Similarly, "diabetes" needs to be better explained. Type I, type II, type 3c? P values should be shown to demonstrate any statistically significant differences in the proportions of the patients from one dataset to another.

      (8) In the section "Different expression radiomic features between pancreatic benign lesions and aggressive tumors", there is a reference to "MUJH" for the first time. What is this? There is also the first reference to "aggressive tumors" in the section. Do the authors just mean the cases? Otherwise there is no clear definition of "aggressive" (vs. indolent) pancreatic cancer. This terminology of tumor "aggressiveness" either needs to be removed or better defined.

      (9) Figure 3 needs to have the specific radiomic features defined and how these features were calculated. Labeling them as just f1, f2, etc is not sufficient for another group to replicate the results independently.

      (10) It is not clear what Figure 4A illustrates as regards model performance. What do the different colors represent, and what are the models used here? This is very confusing.

      (11) Figure 5 shows results for many more model runs than the described 10, please explain what you are trying to convey with each row. What are "Test A" and "Test B"? There is no description in the manuscript of what these represent. In the figure caption, there is a reference to "our center data" which is not clear. Be more specific about what that data is.

      (12) Figure 6 describes the subtypes identified in this study, but the authors do not show a multi-variable cox proportional hazards model to show that this subtype classification independently predicts DFS and OS when incorporating confounding variables. This is essential to show the subtypes are clinically relevant. In particular, the authors need to account for the stage of the patients, and receipt of chemotherapy, surgery, and radiation. If surgery was done, we need to know whether they had R1 or R0 resection. The details about the years in which patients were included is also important.

      (13) How do these subtypes compare to other published subtypes?

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors appear to be attempting to identify which patients with benign lesions will progress to cancer using a liquid biomarker. They used radiomics and EV miRNAs in order to assess this.

      Strengths:

      It is a strength that there are multiple test datasets. Data is batch-corrected. A relatively large number of patients is included. Only 3 miRNAs are needed to obtain their sensitivity and specificity scores.

      Weaknesses:

      This manuscript is not clearly written, making interpretation of the quality and rigor of the data very difficult. There is no indication from the methods that the patients in their cohorts who are pancreatic cancer patients (from the CT images) had prior benign lesions, limiting the power of their analysis. The data regarding the cluster subtypes is very confusing. There is no discussion or comparison if these two clusters are just representing classical and basal subtypes (which have been well described).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dad et al. explored the roles of cytosolic carboxypeptidase 5(CCP5)in the development of ependymal multicilia in the brain. CCP family are erasers of polyglutamylation of ciliary-axoneme microtubules. The authors generated a new mutant mouse of Agbl5 gene, which encodes CCP5, with deletion of its N-terminus and partial carboxypeptidase (CP) domain (named AGBL5M1/M1).

      Strengths:

      The mutant mice revealed lethal hydrocephalus due to degeneration of ependymal multicilia. Interestingly, this is in contrast with the phenotype of Agbl5 mutants with disruption solely in the CP domain of CCP5 (named AGBL5M2/M2) that did not develop hydrocephalus despite increased glutamylation levels in ependymal cilia as observed for AGBL5M1/M1 mutants. The study has been well-performed and the findings suggest a unique function of the N-domain of CCP5 in ependymal multicilia stability.

      Weaknesses:

      The content of this article is relatively descriptive and lacks molecular insights.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study analyzed the consequences of Agbl5 mutation on ependymal cell development and function. The authors first characterize their mutant mouse line reporting a reduced lifespand and severe hydrocephalus. Next, they report a defect in ependymal cell cilia number and motility. They provide evidence for impaired basal body organisation and cilia glutamylation.

      Strengths:

      Description of a mutant mouse which implicates Cytosolic Carboxypeptidase 5 (the product of Agbl5 gene) for proper ependymal cells.

      Weaknesses:

      Description of phenotype is incomplete:

      - Figure 3G - the sequence from the movie is not really informative. Providing beating frequencies as quantification of the data would be more informative.

      - Figure 3 - the quantification of actin network would strengthen the message.

      - Lines 219 -220 - the authors conclude «Taken together, in Agbl5M1/M1 ependymal cells, the expression of genes promoting multiciliogenesis were not impaired but certain proteins associated with differentiated ependymal cells are not properly expressed». However, they do not assess gene but protein expression (IF). In addition, their quantification shows differences in the number of FoxJ1 positive cells which indeed is an impaired expression.

      - Microtubules are involved in the local organization of ciliary basal bodies (see Werner et al., Vladar et al.,2011; Boutin et al., 2014). It would be interesting for the authors to check whether the subapical network of microtubules is glutamylated or not during ependymal cell differentiation and how this network is affected in their mutants.

      - Showing the data mentioned in the discussion on Cep110 would be a nice addition to the paper.

      - Line 354: "The latter serves as a component of tissue polarity that is required for asymmetric PCP protein localization in each cell (Boutin et al., 2014; Vladar et al., 2012)." The cited reference did not demonstrate that this microtubule network is required for asymmetric PCP localization.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors developed a new Agbl5 KO allele, extending the deletion to the N-terminus of CCP5 to explore its function in mouse ependymal cells.

      Strengths:

      They show that the KO mice exhibit severe hydrocephalus due to disorganized and mislocated basal bodies. Additionally, they present evidence of both impaired beating coordination and a reduction in ciliary beating.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is well-written but lacks specific interpretations of the results presented. Further experiments are needed to be fully convincing.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a series of lab and field experiments to understand the role of tadpole transport in shaping the microbiome of poison frogs in early life. The authors conducted a cross-foster experiment in which R. variabilis tadpoles were carried by adults of their own species, carried by adults of another frog species, or not carried at all. After being carried for 6 hours, tadpole microbiomes resembled those of their caregiving species. Next, the authors reported higher microbiome diversity in tadpoles of two species that engage in transport-based parental care compared to one species that does not. Finally, they collected tadpoles either from the backs of an adult (i.e., they had recently been transported) or from eggs (i.e., not transported) but did not find significant overlap in microbiome composition between transported tadpoles and their parents.

      Strengths:

      The cross-foster experiment and the field experiment that reared transported and non-transported tadpoles are creative ways to address an important question in animal microbiome research. Together, they imply a small role for parental care in the development of the tadpole microbiome. The manuscript is generally well-written and easy to understand.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Developmental time series:

      It was not entirely clear how this experiment relates to the rest of the manuscript, as it does not compare any effects of transport within or across species.

      (2) Cross-foster experiment:

      The "heterospecific transport" tadpoles were manually brushed onto the back of the surrogate frog, while the "biological transport" tadpoles were picked up naturally by the parent. It is a little challenging to interpret the effect of caregiver species since it is conflated with the method of attachment to the parent. I noticed that the uptake of Os-associated microbes by Os-transported tadpoles seemed to be higher than the uptake of Rv-associated microbes by Rv-associated tadpoles (comparing the second box from the left to the rightmost boxplot in panel S2C). Perhaps this could be a technical artifact if manual attachment to Os frogs was more efficient than natural attachment to Rv frogs.

      I was also surprised to see so much of the tadpole microbiome attributed to Os in tadpoles that were not transported by Os frogs (25-50% in many cases). It suggests that SourceTracker may not be effectively classifying the taxa.

      (3) Cross-species analysis:

      Like the developmental time series, this analysis doesn't really address the central question of the manuscript. I don't think it is fair for the authors to attribute the difference in diversity to parental care behavior, since the comparison only includes n=2 transporting species and n=1 non-transporting species that differ in many other ways. I would also add that increased diversity is not necessarily an expectation of vertical transmission. The similarity between adults and tadpoles is likely a more relevant outcome for vertical transmission, but the authors did not find any evidence that tadpole-adult similarity was any higher in species with tadpole transport. In fact, tadpoles and adults were more similar in the non-transporting species than in one of the transporting species (lines 296-298), which seems to directly contradict the authors' hypothesis. I don't see this result explained or addressed in the Discussion.

      (4) Field experiment:

      The rationale and interpretation of the genus-level network are not clear, and the figure is not legible. What does it mean to "visualize the microbial interconnectedness" or to be a "central part of the community"? The previous sentences in this paragraph (lines 337-343) seem to imply that transfer is parent-specific, but the genus-level network is based on the current adult frogs, not the previous generation of parents that transported them. So it is not clear that the distribution or co-distribution of these taxa provides any insight into vertical transmission dynamics.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here, Fischer et al. attempt to understand the role of parental care, specifically the transport of offspring, in the development of the amphibian microbiome. The amphibian microbiome is an important study system due to its association with host health and disease outcomes. This study provides vertical transfer of bacteria through parental transport of tadpoles as a mechanism influencing tadpole microbiome composition. This paper gives insight into the relative roles of the environment, species, and parental care in determining microbiome composition in amphibians.

      The authors determine the time of bacterial colonization during tadpole development using PCR, observing that tadpoles were not colonized by bacteria prior to hatching from the vitelline membrane. By doing this, the impact of transport can be more accurately assessed in their laboratory experiments. The authors found that caregiver species influenced community composition, with transported tadpoles sharing a greater proportion of their skin communities with the transporting species.

      In a comparison of three sympatric amphibian species that vary in their reproductive strategies, the authors found that tadpole community diversity was not reflective of habitat diversity, but may be associated with the different reproductive strategies of each species. Parental care explained some of the variance of tadpole microbiomes between species, however, transportation by conspecific adults did not lead to more similar microbiomes between tadpoles and adults compared to species that do not exhibit parental transport.

      I did not find any major weaknesses in my review of this paper. The work here could potentially benefit from absolute abundance levels for shared ASVs between adults and tadpoles to more thoroughly understand the influences of vertical transmission that might be masked by relative abundance counts. This would only be a minor improvement as I think the conclusions from this work would likely remain the same, however.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The novel advance by Wang et al is in the demonstration that, relative to a standard extinction procedure, the retrieval-extinction procedure more effectively suppresses responses to a conditioned threat stimulus when testing occurs just minutes after extinction. The authors provide some solid evidence to show that this "short-term" suppression of responding involves engagement of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the study is well-designed and the results are potentially interesting. There are, however, a few issues in the way that it is introduced and discussed. Some of the issues concern clarity of expression/communication. However, others relate to a theory that could be used to help the reader understand why the results should have come out the way that they did. More specific comments and questions are presented below.

      Weaknesses:

      INTRODUCTION & THEORY

      (1) It is difficult to appreciate why the first trial of extinction in a standard protocol does NOT produce the retrieval-extinction effect. This applies to the present study as well as others that have purported to show a retrieval-extinction effect. The importance of this point comes through at several places in the paper. E.g., the two groups in Study 1 experienced a different interval between the first and second CS extinction trials; and the results varied with this interval: a longer interval (10 min) ultimately resulted in less reinstatement of fear than a shorter interval. Even if the different pattern of results in these two groups was shown/known to imply two different processes, there is nothing in the present study that addresses what those processes might be. That is, while the authors talk about mechanisms of memory updating, there is little in the present study that permits any clear statement about mechanisms of memory. The references to a "short-term memory update" process do not help the reader to understand what is happening in the protocol.

      In reply to this point, the authors cite evidence to suggest that "an isolated presentation of the CS+ seems to be important in preventing the return of fear expression." They then note the following: "It has also been suggested that only when the old memory and new experience (through extinction) can be inferred to have been generated from the same underlying latent cause, the old memory can be successfully modified(Gershman et al., 2017). On the other hand, if the new experiences are believed to be generated by a different latent cause, then the old memory is less likely to be subject to modification. Therefore, the way the 1stand 2ndCS are temporally organized (retrieval-extinction or standard extinction) might affect how the latent cause is inferred and lead to different levels of fear expression from a theoretical perspective." This merely begs the question: why might an isolated presentation of the CS+ result in the subsequent extinction experiences being allocated to the same memory state as the initial conditioning experiences? This is not yet addressed in any way.

      (2) The discussion of memory suppression is potentially interesting but, in its present form, raises more questions than it answers. That is, memory suppression is invoked to explain a particular pattern of results but I, as the reader, have no sense of why a fear memory would be better suppressed shortly after the retrieval-extinction protocol compared to the standard extinction protocol; and why this suppression is NOT specific to the cue that had been subjected to the retrieval-extinction protocol.

      (3) Relatedly, how does the retrieval-induced forgetting (which is referred to at various points throughout the paper) relate to the retrieval-extinction effect? The appeal to retrieval-induced forgetting as an apparent justification for aspects of the present study reinforces points 2 and 3 above. It is not uninteresting but lacks clarification/elaboration and, therefore, its relevance appears superficial at best.

      (4) I am glad that the authors have acknowledged the papers by Chalkia, van Oudenhove & Beckers (2020) and Chalkia et al (2020), which failed to replicate the effects of retrieval-extinction reported by Schiller et al in Reference 6. The authors have inserted the following text in the revised manuscript: "It should be noted that while our long-term amnesia results were consistent with the fear memory reconsolidation literature, there were also studies that failed to observe fear prevention (Chalkia, Schroyens, et al., 2020; Chalkia, Van Oudenhove, et al., 2020; Schroyens et al., 2023). Although the memory reconsolidation framework provides a viable explanation for the long-term amnesia, more evidence is required to validate the presence of reconsolidation, especially at the neurobiological level (Elsey et al., 2018). While it is beyond the scope of the current study to discuss the discrepancies between these studies, one possibility to reconcile these results concerns the procedure for the retrieval-extinction training. It has been shown that the eligibility for old memory to be updated is contingent on whether the old memory and new observations can be inferred to have been generated by the same latent cause (Gershman et al., 2017; Gershman and Niv, 2012). For example, prevention of the return of fear memory can be achieved through gradual extinction paradigm, which is thought to reduce the size of prediction errors to inhibit the formation of new latent causes (Gershman, Jones, et al., 2013). Therefore, the effectiveness of the retrieval-extinction paradigm might depend on the reliability of such paradigm in inferring the same underlying latent cause." Firstly, if it is beyond the scope of the present study to discuss the discrepancies between the present and past results, it is surely beyond the scope of the study to make any sort of reference to clinical implications!!! Secondly, it is perfectly fine to state that "the effectiveness of the retrieval-extinction paradigm might depend on the reliability of such paradigm in inferring the same underlying latent cause..." This is not uninteresting, but it also isn't saying much. Minimally, I would expect some statement about factors that are likely to determine whether one is or isn't likely to see a retrieval-extinction effect, grounded in terms of this theory.

      CLARIFICATIONS, ELABORATIONS, EDITS

      (5) Some parts of the paper are not easy to follow. Here are a few examples (though there are others):

      (a) In the abstract, the authors ask "whether memory retrieval facilitates update mechanisms other than memory reconsolidation"... but it is never made clear how memory retrieval could or should "facilitate" a memory update mechanism.

      (b) The authors state the following: "Furthermore, memory reactivation also triggers fear memory reconsolidation and produces cue specific amnesia at a longer and separable timescale (Study 2, N = 79 adults)." Importantly, in study 2, the retrieval-extinction protocol produced a cue-specific disruption in responding when testing occurred 24 hours after the end of extinction. This result is interesting but cannot be easily inferred from the statement that begins "Furthermore..." That is, the results should be described in terms of the combined effects of retrieval and extinction, not in terms of memory reactivation alone; and the statement about memory reconsolidation is unnecessary. One can simply state that the retrieval-extinction protocol produced a cue-specific disruption in responding when testing occurred 24 hours after the end of extinction.

      (c) The authors also state that: "The temporal scale and cue-specificity results of the short-term fear amnesia are clearly dissociable from the amnesia related to memory reconsolidation, and suggest that memory retrieval and extinction training trigger distinct underlying memory update mechanisms." ***The pattern of results when testing occurred just minutes after the retrieval-extinction protocol was different to that obtained when testing occurred 24 hours after the protocol. Describing this in terms of temporal scale is unnecessary; and suggesting that memory retrieval and extinction trigger different memory update mechanisms is not obviously warranted. The results of interest are due to the combined effects of retrieval+extinction and there is no sense in which different memory update mechanisms should be identified with the different pattern of results obtained when testing occurred either 30 min or 24 hours after the retrieval-extinction protocol (at least, not the specific pattern of results obtained here).

      (d) The authors state that: "We hypothesize that the labile state triggered by the memory retrieval may facilitate different memory update mechanisms following extinction training, and these mechanisms can be further disentangled through the lens of temporal dynamics and cue-specificities." *** The first part of the sentence is confusing around usage of the term "facilitate"; and the second part of the sentence that references a "lens of temporal dynamics and cue-specificities" is mysterious. Indeed, as all rats received the same retrieval-extinction exposures in Study 2, it is not clear how or why any differences between the groups are attributed to "different memory update mechanisms following extinction".

      DATA

      (6A) The eight participants who were discontinued after Day 1 in Study 1 were all from the no reminder group. The authors should clarify how participants were allocated to the two groups in this experiment so that the reader can better understand why the distribution of non-responders was non-random (as it appears to be).

      (6B) Similarly, in study 2, of the 37 participants that were discontinued after Day 2, 19 were from Group 30 min and 5 were from Group 6 hours. The authors should comment on how likely these numbers are to have been by chance alone. I presume that they reflect something about the way that participants were allocated to groups: e.g., the different groups of participants in studies 1 and 2 could have been run at quite different times (as opposed to concurrently). If this was done, why was it done? I can't see why the study should have been conducted in this fashion - this is for myriad reasons, including the authors' concerns re SCRs and their seasonal variations.

      (6C) In study 2, why is responding to the CS- so high on the first test trial in Group 30 min? Is the change in responding to the CS- from the last extinction trial to the first test trial different across the three groups in this study? Inspection of the figure suggests that it is higher in Group 30 min relative to Groups 6 hours and 24 hours. If this is confirmed by the analysis, it has implications for the fear recovery index which is partly based on responses to the CS-. If not for differences in the CS- responses, Groups 30 min and 6 hours are otherwise identical. That is, the claim of differential recovery to the CS1 and CS2 across time may simply an artefact of the way that the recovery index was calculated. This is unfortunate but also an important feature of the data given the way in which the fear recovery index was calculated.

      (6D) The 6 hour group was clearly tested at a different time of day compared to the 30 min and 24 hour groups. This could have influenced the SCRs in this group and, thereby, contributed to the pattern of results obtained.

      (6E) The authors find different patterns of responses to CS1 and CS2 when they were tested 30 min after extinction versus 24 h after extinction. On this basis, they infer distinct memory update mechanisms. However, I still can't quite see why the different patterns of responses at these two time points after extinction need to be taken to infer different memory update mechanisms. That is, the different patterns of responses at the two time points could be indicative of the same "memory update mechanism" in the sense that the retrieval-extinction procedure induces a short-term memory suppression that serves as the basis for the longer-term memory suppression (i.e., the reconsolidation effect). My pushback on this point is based on the notion of what constitutes a memory update mechanism; and is motivated by what I take to be a rather loose use of language/terminology in the reconsolidation literature and this paper specifically (for examples, see the title of the paper and line 2 of the abstract).

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The study investigated whether memory retrieval followed soon by extinction training results in a short-term memory deficit when tested - with a reinstatement test that results in recovery from extinction - soon after extinction training. Experiment 1 documents this phenomenon using a between-subjects design. Experiment 2 used a within-subject control and saw that the effect is also observed in a control condition. In addition, it also revealed that if testing is conducted 6 hours after extinction, there is not effect of retrieval prior to extinction as there is recovery from extinction independently of retrieval prior to extinction. A third Group also revealed that retrieval followed by extinction attenuates reinstatement when the test is conducted 24 hours later, consistent with previous literature. Finally, Experiment 3 used continuous theta-burst stimulation of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and assessed whether inhibition of that region (vs a control region) reversed the short-term effect revealed in Experiments 1 and 2. The results of control groups in Experiment 3 replicated the previous findings (short-term effect), and the experimental group revealed that these can be reversed by inhibition of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex.

      Strengths

      The work is performed using standard procedures (fear conditioning and continuous theta-burst stimulation) and there is some justification of the sample sizes. The results replicate previous findings - some of which have been difficult to replicate and this needs to be acknowledged - and suggest that the effect can also be observed in a short-term reinstatement test.

      The study establishes links between the memory reconsolidation and retrieval-induced forgetting (or memory suppression) literatures. The explanations that have been developed for these are distinct and the current results integrate these, by revealing that the DLPFC activity involved in retrieval-extinction short-term effect. There is thus some novelty in the present results, but numerous questions remain unaddressed.

      Weakness

      The fear acquisition data is converted to a differential fear SCR and this is what is analysed (early vs late). However, the figure shows the raw SCR values for CS+ and CS- and therefore it is unclear whether acquisition was successful (despite there being an "early" vs "late" effect - no descriptives are provided).

      In Experiment 1 (Test results) it is unclear whether the main conclusion stems from a comparison of the test data relative to the last extinction trial ("we defined the fear recovery index as the SCR difference between the first test trial and the last extinction trial for a specific CS") or the difference relative to the CS- ("differential fear recovery index between CS+ and CS-"). It would help the reader assess the data if Fig 1e presents all the indexes (both CS+ and CS-). In addition, there is one sentence which I could not understand "there is no statistical difference between the differential fear recovery indexes between CS+ in the reminder and no reminder groups (P=0.048)". The p value suggests that there is a difference, yet it is not clear what is being compared here. Critically, any index taken as a difference relative to the CS- can indicate recovery of fear to the CS+ or absence of discrimination relative to the CS-, so ideally the authors would want to directly compare responses to the CS+ in the reminder and no-reminder groups. In the absence of such comparison, little can be concluded, in particular if SCR CS- data is different between groups. The latter issue is particularly relevant in Experiment 2, in which the CS- seems to vary between groups during the test and this can obscure the interpretation of the result.

      In experiment 1, the findings suggest that there is a benefit of retrieval followed by extinction in a short-term reinstatement test. In Experiment 2, the same effect is observed to a cue which did not undergo retrieval before extinction (CS2+), a result that is interpreted as resulting from cue-independence, rather than a failure to replicate in a within-subjects design the observations of Experiment 1 (between-subjects). Although retrieval-induced forgetting is cue-independent (the effect on items that are suppressed [Rp-] can be observed with an independent probe), it is not clear that the current findings are similar, and thus that the strong parallels made are not warranted. Here, both cues have been extinguished and therefore been equally exposed during the critical stage.

      The findings in Experiment 2 suggest that the amnesia reported in Experiment 1 is transient, in that no effect is observed when the test is delayed by 6 hours. The phenomena whereby reactivated memories transition to extinguished memories as a function of the amount of exposure (or number of trials) is completely different from the phenomena observed here. In the former, the manipulation has to do with the number of trials (or total amount of time) that the cues are exposed. In the current Experiment 2, the authors did not manipulate the number of trials but instead the retention interval between extinction and test. The finding reported here is closer to a "Kamin effect", that is the forgetting of learned information which is observed with intervals of intermediate length (Baum, 1968). Because the Kamin effect has been inferred to result from retrieval failure, it is unclear how this can be explained here. There needs to be much more clarity on the explanations to substantiate the conclusions.<br /> There are many results (Ryan et al., 2015) that challenge the framework that the authors base their predictions on (consolidation and reconsolidation theory), therefore these need to be acknowledged. These studies showed that memory can be expressed in the absence of the biological machinery thought to be needed for memory performance. The authors should be careful about statements such as "eliminate fear memores" for which there is little evidence.

      The parallels between the current findings and the memory suppression literature are speculated in the general discussion, and there is the conclusion that "the retrieval-extinction procedure might facilitate a spontaneous memory suppression process". Because one of the basic tenets of the memory suppression literature is that it reflects an "active suppression" process, there is no reason to believe that in the current paradigm the same phenomenon is in place, but instead it is "automatic". In other words, the conclusions make strong parallels with the memory suppression (and cognitive control) literature, yet the phenomena that they observed is thought to be passive (or spontaneous/automatic). Ultimately, it is unclear why 10 mins between the reminder and extinction learning will "automatically" suppress fear memories. Further down in the discussion it is argued that "For example, in the well-known retrieval-induced forgetting (RIF) phenomenon, the recall of a stored memory can impair the retention of related long-term memory and this forgetting effect emerges as early as 20 minutes after the retrieval procedure, suggesting memory suppression or inhibition can occur in a more spontaneous and automatic manner". I did not follow with the time delay between manipulation and test (20 mins) would speak about whether the process is controlled or automatic. In addition, the links with the "latent cause" theoretical framework are weak if any. There is little reason to believe that one extinction trial, separated by 10 mins from the rest of extinction trials, may lead participants to learn that extinction and acquisition have been generated by the same latent cause.

      Among the many conclusions, one is that the current study uncovers the "mechanism" underlying the short-term effects of retrieval-extinction. There is little in the current report that uncovers the mechanism, even in the most psychological sense of the mechanism, so this needs to be clarified. The same applies to the use of "adaptive".

      Whilst I could access the data in the OFS site, I could not make sense of the Matlab files as there is no signposting indicating what data is being shown in the files. Thus, as it stands, there is no way of independently replicating the analyses reported.

      The supplemental material shows figures with all participants, but only some statistical analyses are provided, and sometimes these are different from those reported in the main manuscript. For example, the test data in Experiment 1 is analysed with a two-way ANOVA with main effects of group (reminder vs no-reminder) and time (last trial of extinction vs first trial of test) in the main report. The analyses with all participants in the sup mat used a mixed two-way ANOVA with group (reminder vs no reminder) and CS (CS+ vs CS-). This makes it difficult to assess the robustness of the results when including all participants. In addition, in the supplementary materials there are no figures and analyses for Experiment 3.

      One of the overarching conclusions is that the "mechanisms" underlying reconsolidation (long term) and memory suppression (short term) phenomena are distinct, but memory suppression phenomena can also be observed after a 7-day retention interval (Storm et al., 2012), which then questions the conclusions achieved by the current study.

      References:

      Baum, M. (1968). Reversal learning of an avoidance response and the Kamin effect. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 66(2), 495.<br /> Chalkia, A., Schroyens, N., Leng, L., Vanhasbroeck, N., Zenses, A. K., Van Oudenhove, L., & Beckers, T. (2020). No persistent attenuation of fear memories in humans: A registered replication of the reactivation-extinction effect. Cortex, 129, 496-509.<br /> Ryan, T. J., Roy, D. S., Pignatelli, M., Arons, A., & Tonegawa, S. (2015). Engram cells retain memory under retrograde amnesia. Science, 348(6238), 1007-1013.<br /> Storm, B. C., Bjork, E. L., & Bjork, R. A. (2012). On the durability of retrieval-induced forgetting. Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 24(5), 617-629.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have revised the manuscript but most of my concerns have remained unaddressed.

      (1) There are still no descriptive statistics to substantiate learning in Experiment 1.

      (2) In the revised analyses, the authors now show that CS- changes in different groups (for example, Experiment 2) so this means that there is little to conclude from the differential scores because these depend on CS-. It is unclear whether the effects arise from CS+ performance or the differential which is subject to CS- variations.

      (3) The notion that suppression is automatic is speculative at best

      (4) It still struggle with the parallels between these findings and the "limbo" literature. Here you manipulated the retention interval, whereas in the cited studies the number of extinction (exposure) was varied. These are two completely different phenomena.

      (5) My point about the data problematic for the reconsolidation (and consolidation) frameworks is that they observed memory in the absence of the brain substrates that are needed for memory to be observed. The answer did not address this. I do not understand how the latent cause model can explain this, if the only difference is the first ITI. Wouldn't participants fail to integrate extinction with acquisition with a longer ITI?

      (6) The materials in the OSF site are the same as before, they haven't ben updated.

      (7) Concerning supplementary materials, the robustness tests are intended to prove that you 1) can get the same results by varying the statistical models or 2) you can get the same results when you include all participants. Here authors have done both so this does not help. Also, in the rebuttal letter, they stated "Please note we did not include non-learners in these analyses " which contradicts what is stated in the figure captions "(learners + non learners)"

      (8) Finally, the literature suggesting that reconsolidation interference "eliminates" a memory is not substantiated by data nor in line with current theorising, so I invite a revision of these strong claims.

      Overall, I conclude that the revised manuscript did not address my main concerns.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      The central theme of the manuscript is the structure of SBPase - an enzyme central to the photosynthetic Calvin-Benson-Bassham cycle. The authors claim that the structure is first of its kind from a chlorophyte Chlamydomonas reinhardtii, a model unicellular green microalga. The authors use a number of methods like protein expression, purification, enzymatic assays, SAXS, molecular dynamics simulations and xray crystallography to resolve a 3.09 A crystal structure of the oxidized and partially reduced state. The results are supported by the claims made in the manuscript. While the structure is the first from a chlorophyte, it is not unique. Several structures of SBPase are available and a comparison has been made between the structure reported here and others that have been previously published.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      First, the authors confirm the up-regulation of the main genes involved in the three branches of the Unfolded Protein Response (UPR) system in diet-induced obese mice in AT, observations that have been extensively reported before. Not surprisingly, IRE1a inhibition with STF led to an amelioration of the obesity and insulin resistance of the animals. Moreover, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease was also improved by the treatment. More novel are their results in terms of thermogenesis and energy expenditure, where IRE1a seems to act via activation of brown AT. Finally, mice treated with STF exhibited significantly fewer metabolically active and M1-like macrophages in the AT compared to those under vehicle conditions. Overall, the authors conclude that targeting IRE1a has therapeutical potential for treating obesity and insulin resistance.

      The study has some strengths, such as the detailed characterization of the effect of STF in different fat depots and a thorough analysis of macrophage populations. However, the lack of novelty in the findings somewhat limits the study´s impact on the field.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Wu D. et al. explores an innovative approach in immunometabolism and obesity by investigating the potential of targeting macrophage Inositol-requiring enzyme 1α (IRE1α) in cases of overnutrition. Their findings suggest that pharmacological inhibition of IRE1α could influence key aspects such as adipose tissue inflammation, insulin resistance, and thermogenesis. Notable discoveries include the identification of High-Fat Diet (HFD)-induced CD9+ Trem2+ macrophages and the reversal of metabolically active macrophages' activity with IRE1α inhibition using STF. These insights could significantly impact future obesity treatments.

      Strengths:

      The study's key strengths lie in its identification of specific macrophage subsets and the demonstration that inhibiting IRE1α can reverse the activity of these macrophages. This provides a potential new avenue for developing obesity treatments and contributes valuable knowledge to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      The research lacks an in-depth exploration of the broader metabolic mechanisms involved in controlling diet-induced obesity (DIO). Addressing this gap would strengthen the understanding of how targeting IRE1α might fit into the larger metabolic landscape.

      Impact and Utility:

      The findings have the potential to advance the field of obesity treatment by offering a novel target for intervention. However, further research is needed to fully elucidate the metabolic pathways involved and to confirm the long-term efficacy and safety of this approach. The methods and data presented are useful, but additional context and exploration are required for broader application and understanding.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed all of my previous concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Bacterial effectors that interfere with the inner molecular workings of eukaryotic host cells are of great biological significance across disciplines. On the one hand they help us to understand the molecular strategies that bacteria use to manipulate host cells. On the other hand, they can be used as research tools to reveal molecular details of the intricate workings of the host machinery that is relevant for the interaction/defence/symbiosis with bacteria. The authors investigate the function and biological impact of a rhizobial effector that interacts with and modifies, and curiously is modified by, legume receptors essential for symbiosis. The molecular analysis revealed a bacterial effectorthat cleaves a plant symbiosis signaling receptor to inhibit signaling and the host counterplay by phosphorylation via a receptor kinase. These findings have potential implications beyond bacterial interactions with plants. Bao and colleagues investigated how rhizobial effector proteins can regulate the legume root nodule symbiosis.

      Bao and colleagues investigated how rhizobial effector proteins can regulate the legume root nodule symbiosis. A rhizobial effector is described to directly modify symbiosis-related signaling proteins, altering the outcome of the symbiosis. Overall, the paper presents findings that will have a wide appeal beyond its primary field.

      Out of 15 identified effectors from Sinorhizobium fredii, they focus on the effector NopT, which exhibits proteolytic activity and may therefore cleave specific target proteins of the host plant. They focus on two Nod factor receptors of the legume Lotus japonicus, NFR1 and NFR5, both of which were previously found to be essential for the perception of rhizobial nod factor, and the induction of symbiotic responses such as bacterial infection thread formation in root hairs and root nodule development (Madsen et al., 2003, Nature; Tirichine et al., 2003; Nature). The authors present evidence for an interaction of NopT with NFR1 and NFR5. The paper aims to characterize the biochemical and functional consequences of these interactions and the phenotype that arises when the effector is mutated.

      Evidence is presented that in vitro NopT can cleave NFR5 at its juxtamembrane region. NFR5 appears also to be cleaved in vivo, and NFR1 appears to inhibit the proteolytic activity of NopT by phosphorylating NopT. When NFR5 and NFR1 are ectopically over-expressed in leaves of the non-legume Nicotiana benthamiana, they induce cell death (Madsen et al., 2011, Plant Journal). Bao et al. found that this cell death response is inhibited by the coexpression of nopT. Mutation of nopT alters the outcome of rhizobial infection in L. japonicus. These conclusions are well supported by the data.

      The presented data support the interaction of NopT with NFR1 and NFR5. In particular, there is solid support for cleavage of NFR5 by NopT (Figure 3) and the identification of NopT phosphorylation sites that inhibit its proteolytic activity (Figure 4C). Cleavage of NFR5 upon expression in N. benthamiana (Figure 3A) requires appropriate controls (inactive mutant versions), since Agrobacterium as a closely rhizobia related bacterium might increase defense related proteolytic activity in the plant host cells, and these controls are provided.

      Key results from N. benthamiana appear consistent with data from recombinant protein expression in bacteria. For the analysis in the host legume L. japonicus transgenic hairy roots were included. To demonstrate that the cleavage of NFR5 occurs during the interaction in plant cells, the authors build largely on Western blots. Regardless of whether Nicotiana leaf cells or Lotus root cells are used as the test platform, the Western blots indicate that only a small proportion of NFR5 is cleaved when co-expressed with nopT, and most of the NFR5 persists in its full-length form (Figures 3A-D). The authors discuss how the loss of NFR5 function (loss of cell death, impact on symbiosis) can be explained despite this vast excess of intact NFR5, but do not further explore the impact of this ratio on downstream signaling.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents data demonstrating NopT's interaction with Nod Factor Receptors NFR1 and NFR5 and its impact on cell death inhibition and rhizobial infection. The identification of a truncated NopT variant in certain Sinorhizobium species adds an interesting dimension to the study. These data try to bridge the gaps between classical Nod-factor-dependent nodulation and T3SS NopT effector-dependent nodulation in legume-rhizobium symbiosis. Overall, the research provides interesting insights into the molecular mechanisms underlying symbiotic interactions between rhizobia and legumes.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript nicely demonstrates NopT's proteolytic cleavage of NFR5, regulated by NFR1 phosphorylation, promoting rhizobial infection in L. japonicus. Intriguingly, authors also identify a truncated NopT variant in certain Sinorhizobium species, maintaining NFR5 cleavage but lacking NFR1 interaction. These findings bridge the T3SS effector with the classical Nod-factor-dependent nodulation pathway, offering novel insights into symbiotic interactions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In the previous study, when transiently expressed NopT alone in Nicotiana tobacco plants, proteolytically active NopT elicited a rapid hypersensitive reaction. However, this phenotype was not observed when expressing the same NopT in Nicotiana benthamiana (Figure 1A). Conversely, cell death and a hypersensitive reaction were observed in Figure S8. This raises questions about the suitability of the exogenous expression system for studying NopT proteolysis specificity.

      (2) NFR5 Loss-of-function mutants do not produce nodules in the presence of rhizobia in lotus roots, and overexpression of NFR1 and NFR5 produces spontaneous nodules. In this regard, if the direct proteolysis target of NopT is NFR5, one could expect the NGR234's infection will not be very successful because of the Native NopT's specific proteolysis function of NFR5 and NFR1. Conversely, in Figure 5, authors observed the different results.

      (3) In Figure 6E, the model illustrates how NopT digests NFR5 to regulate rhizobia infection. However, it raises the question of whether it is reasonable for NGR234 to produce an effector that restricts its own colonization in host plants.

      (4) The failure to generate stable transgenic plants expressing NopT in Lotus japonicus is surprising, considering the manuscript's claim that NopT specifically proteolyzes NFR5, a major player in the response to nodule symbiosis, without being essential for plant development.

      Comments on the revised version:

      My concerns regarding the potential function of NopT during nodule symbiosis have been adequately addressed in the revised manuscript. Therefore, I have no further questions about this version, aside from a few minor suggestions:

      (1) Please carefully check the text formatting throughout the manuscript to ensure consistency with scientific conventions and the journal's standards. For example, Line 105-117 and line119-131.<br /> (2) The term "detrimental" in line 624 may not accurately describe the function of NopT in rhizobial infection. Since the authors propose that NopT proteolytically cleaves NFR5 and suppresses NF signaling as a potential fine-tuning mechanism for legume symbiosis, a more precise term may be needed.<br /> (3) Lines 632-634 are somewhat unclear. If NopT serves as a strategy for rhizobia to evade detection by plant immunity, then knocking out NopT should, in theory, inhibit rhizobial infection. Clarification on this point would be beneficial.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used a subset of a very large, previously generated 16S dataset to: 1) assess age-associated features; and 2) develop a fecal microbiome clock, based on extensive longitudinal sampling of wild baboons for which near-exact chronological age is known. They further seek to understand deviation from age-expected patterns and uncover if and why some individuals have an older or younger microbiome than expected, and the health and longevity implications of such variation. Overall, the authors compellingly achieved their goals to discover age-associated microbiome features and develop a fecal microbiome clock. They also showed clear and exciting evidence for sex and rank-associated variation in the pace of gut microbiome aging and impacts of seasonality on microbiome age in females. These data add to a growing understanding of modifiers of the pace of age in primates, and links among different biological indicators of age, with implications for understanding and contextualizing human variation. However, in the current version there are gaps in the analyses with respect to the social environment, and in comparisons with other biological indicators of age. Despite this, I anticipate this work will be impactful, generate new areas of inquiry and fuel additional comparative studies.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of the paper are the size and sampling depth of the study population, including ability to characterize of the social and physical environments, and the application of recent and exciting methods to characterize the microbiome clock. An additional strength was the ability of the authors to compare and contrast the relative age-predictive power of the fecal microbiome clock to other biological methods of age estimation available for the study population (dental wear, blood cell parameters, methylation data). Furthermore, the writing and support materials are clear and informative and visually appealing.

      Revisions made following initial review have further improved the content and clarity.

      Weaknesses:

      Revisions to the manuscript clarified some of the analysis decisions and limitations regarding drawing comparisons between the microbiome clock and other metrics of biological age, and on the impact of sociality on microbiome metrics. Hopefully these interesting topics will be further addressed in forthcoming publications.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dasari et al present an interesting study investigating the use of 'microbiota age' as an alternative to other measures of 'biological age'. The study provides several curious insights into biological ageing. Although 'microbiota age' holds potential as a proxy of biological age, it comes with limitations considering the gut microbial community can be influenced various non-age related factors, and various age-related stressors may not manifest in changes in the gut microbiota.

      Strengths:

      The dataset this study is based on is impressive, and can reveal various insights into biological ageing and beyond. The analysis implemented is extensive and of high level.

      Weaknesses:

      The key weakness is the use of microbiota age instead of e.g., DNA-methylation based epigenetic age as a proxy of biological ageing, for reasons stated in the summary. DNA methylation levels can be measured from faecal samples, and as such epigenetic clocks too can be non-invasive.

      In the first round of review, I provided authors a list of minor edits, which they have implemented in the revised version of the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors sought to build upon their prior work, which suggested the presence of an outer retinal metabolic microenvironment using ex vivo and in vitro systems, by using in vivo methods and a multitude of genetic models. The authors convincingly demonstrate that the retina prefers circulating glucose to some other circulating fuel sources and that photoreceptors are the main consumers of glucose in the retina. However, the claims regarding the ability of photoreceptors to utilize lactate as a fuel source, that lactate exported specifically from photoreceptors is taken up by RPE and further utilized to support the TCA cycle in the RPE are incomplete or inadequate and would benefit from further experimentation to convince the reader of such biological processes. Considering alternative explanations and performing key experiments to confirm or refute these claims would substantially improve the impact of this study.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of this study are its in vivo infusion methodologies and utilization of mouse models that are devoid of photoreceptors or are photoreceptor-specific conditional knockouts to provide convincing evidence that the retina utilizes circulating glucose to a significant degree and photoreceptors are the main consumers of glucose in the retina. These in vivo studies are complemented by ex vivo experiments in retinal explants.

      Weaknesses:

      While the in vivo infusion methodologies are a clear strength, not utilizing these techniques or other in vivo methodologies with the genetic models that lack photoreceptors or photoreceptor-specific proteins and not providing in vivo metabolomics data from these infusions in the RPE is a major weakness. Also, some circulating fuel sources may not get into the retina in appreciable amounts, impacting some of the authors' claims. Another major weakness is that for many of the claims noted by the authors, alternative explanations have not been considered nor have the proper experiments been conducted to fully support or refute these claims. For example, the authors claim it is photoreceptors that utilize lactate upon knockout of Glut1. However, other cells in the retina, such as Muller glia, may be the ones actually catabolizing lactate based on prior studies and enzyme expression patterns and their kinetics to support photoreceptors via the production of other metabolites from lactate. This alternative has not been considered nor have experiments been conducted to refute this possibility. Additionally, the authors claim lactate exported from photoreceptors is being taken up by RPE. The models used to support this claim lack photoreceptors, or their ability to take up glucose. None of the models specifically address lactate export from photoreceptors. Finally, the authors claim lactate exported from photoreceptors can be oxidized to TCA cycle intermediates in the RPE in vivo. No experiments specifically addressed the downstream path of lactate exported by photoreceptors in RPE TCA cycle metabolism in vivo, so this conclusion is also not well supported. Hence, the claims need to be significantly amended with an acknowledgment of potential alternatives or with some key experiments performed.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Hass et al. use in vivo and ex vivo mouse models to explore and validate the use of glucose and lactate by the outer retina. While the authors' conclusions are not totally novel, their work uses powerful in vivo models to validate, strengthen, and support their conclusions. This data is an important step forward in the field's understanding of retinal metabolism.

      They performed in vivo metabolite tracing with 5 different fuel sources and found that glucose was the primary fuel for TCA in the retina. While performing these experiments they measured the circulating levels of the tracer metabolites to ensure steady-state labeling which aids in the interpretation of the results. Showing the levels of the labeled tracer in the retina would be a nice addition to establishing if the tracer is getting into the target tissue.

      To support their conclusions that the photoreceptors are the primary consumers of glucose in the retina, the authors used multiple mouse models either with photoreceptor degeneration or a retina lacking the primary glucose transporter. While the photoreceptor degeneration mouse model has some caveats that make interpreting the data challenging, the glucose transporter KO models are a powerful tool to show the changes in metabolite levels between the retina and RPE in a retina. These retinas are not degenerated and have more subtle metabolic rearrangements. Therefore decreases in glucose consumption and lactate export can confidently be attributed to the changes in the photoreceptor metabolism. This model also allowed the authors to show that when glucose uptake is limited the photoreceptors can use lactate.

      The authors show in vivo data to support that the RPE uses lactate from the photoreceptors as a fuel source. They do very short-term tracing in vivo to show that the RPE has reduced lactate levels and TCA labeling in a mouse model lacking photoreceptors. There is no deficiency when the RPE is measured ex vivo. These data clearly show that the adjacent photoreceptor activity is impacting RPE metabolism.

      The manuscript is well-written, and thorough and does a very good job detailing and explaining methods and concepts that are not straightforward. The authors address (and do not bury) confusing data that does not necessarily support their conclusions (for example glycolytic intermediates in Figure 3C being elevated. The authors even perform additional experiments to clarify artifacts they observed in the tracing of the degeneration model due to short-term ischemia.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This work addresses the metabolic interplay between photoreceptors and the adjacent supporting layer of the vertebrate retina, the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE). Prior work from the Hurley lab and others provided evidence, mainly in acutely dissected mouse retina and in cell culture, for the idea that although glucose enters the retina via the RPE, the photoreceptors use most of this glucose via glycolysis, producing lactate that is used by other cells such as Müller cells and RPE cells. In the current study, they build on this by showing that these same principles hold true in vivo, using organism-level stable isotope tracing, as well as in intact retina preparations. They also use several mutant mice that lack photoreceptors, or that lack glucose transporters in either rods or the whole retina, to examine the contribution of photoreceptors to retinal glucose uptake. While many of the concepts were introduced in earlier work, it is an important expansion of this work to show these same mechanisms function in vivo. The authors also use other labeled fuels, lactate, and palmitate, to characterize their use in the presence or absence of glucose transport.

      The paper presents a nice combination of in vivo experiments (with a steady infusion of labeled metabolites into the circulation of a living mouse) with ex vivo experiments that allow the monitoring of lactate production and temporal control of labeling.

      Overall, the work provides convincing evidence that in the eye of a living mouse, photoreceptors are the main consumers of glucose in the retina, and the main producers of lactate. It seems less clear that the incorporation of labeled glucose into TCA metabolites in the RPE is dependent on the photoreceptor processing of glucose to lactate. Figure 5D is cited as the evidence that "much less m+3 lactate reaches the RPE-choroid in AIPL-/- mice than in controls," and indeed there is much less labeled lactate; but the downstream labeling of citrate is not substantially affected. It is also hard to discern whether these in vivo experiments provide evidence that photoreceptor-derived lactate suppresses glucose oxidation in RPE cells (as shown in vitro in Kanow et al., 2017).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) Significance of the findings:

      Cell-to-cell communication is essential for higher functions in bacterial biofilms. Electrical signals have proven effective in transmitting signals across biofilms. These signals are then used to coordinate cellular metabolisms or to increase antibiotic tolerance. Here, the authors have reported for the first time coordinated oscillation of membrane potential in E. coli biofilms that may have a functional role in photoprotection.

      (2) Strengths of the manuscript:

      - The authors report original data.<br /> - For the first time, they showed that coordinated oscillations in membrane potential occur in E. Coli biofilms.<br /> - The authors revealed a complex two-phase dynamic involving distinct molecular response mechanisms.<br /> - The authors developed two rigorous models inspired by 1) Hodgkin-Huxley model for the temporal dynamics of membrane potential and 2) Fire-Diffuse-Fire model for the propagation of the electric signal.<br /> - Since its discovery by comparative genomics, the Kch ion channel has not been associated with any specific phenotype in E. coli. Here, the authors proposed a functional role for the putative gated-voltage-gated K+ ion channel (Kch channel) : enhancing survival under photo-toxic conditions.

      (3) Weakness:

      - Contrarily to what is stated in the abstract, the group of B. Maier has already reported collective electrical oscillations in the Gram-negative bacterium Neisseria gonorrhoeae (Hennes et al., PLoS Biol, 2023).<br /> - The data presented in the manuscript are not sufficient to conclude on the photo-protective role of the Kch channel. The authors should perform the appropriate control experiments related to Fig4D,E, i.e. reproduce these experiments without ThT to rule out possible photo-conversion effects on ThT that would modify its toxicity. In addition, it looks like the data reported on Fig 4E are extracted from Fig 4D. If this is indeed the case, it would be more conclusive to report the percentage of PI-positive cells in the population for each condition. This percentage should be calculated independently for each replicate. The authors should then report the average value and standard deviation of the percentage of dead cells for each condition.<br /> - Although Fig 4A clearly shows that light stimulation has an influence on the dynamics of ThT signal in the biofilm, it is important to rule out possible contributions of other environmental variations that occur when the flow is stopped at the onset of light stimulation. I understand that for technical reasons, the flow of fresh medium must be stopped for the sake of imaging. Therefore, I suggest to perform control experiments consisting in stopping the flow at different time intervals before image acquisition (30min or 1h before). If there is no significant contribution from environmental variations due to medium perfusion arrest, the dynamics of ThT signal must be unchanged regardless of the delay between flow stop and the start of light stimulation.<br /> - To precise the role of K+ in the habituation response, I suggest using the ionophore valinomycin at sub-inhibitory concentrations (5 or 10µM). It should abolish the habituation response. In addition, the Kch complementation experiment exhibits a sharp drop after the first peak but on a single point. It would be more convincing to increase the temporal resolution (1min->10s) to show that there are indeed a first and a second peak. Finally, the high concentration (100µM) of CCCP used in this study completely inhibits cell activity. Therefore, it is not surprising that no ThT dynamics was observed upon light stimulation at such concentration of CCCP.<br /> - Since TMRM signal exhibits a linear increase after the first response peak (Supp Fig1D), I recommend to mitigate the statement at line 78.<br /> - Electrical signal propagation is an important aspect of the manuscript. However, a detailed quantitative analysis of the spatial dynamics within the biofilm is lacking. At minima, I recommend to plot the spatio-temporal diagram of ThT intensity profile averaged along the azimuthal direction in the biofilm. In addition, it is unclear if the electrical signal propagates within the biofilm during the second peak regime, which is mediated by the Kch channel: I have plotted the spatio-temporal diagram for Video S3 and no electrical propagation is evident at the second peak. In addition, the authors should provide technical details of how R^2(t) is measured in the first regime (Fig 7E).<br /> - In the series of images presented in supplementary Figure 4A, no wavefront is apparent. Although the microscopy technics used in this figure differs from other images (like in Fig2), the wavefront should be still present. In addition, there is no second peak in confocal images as well (Supp Fig4B) .<br /> - Many important technical details are missing (e.g. biofilm size, R^2, curvature and 445nm irradiance measurements). The description of how these quantitates are measured should be detailed in the Material & Methods section.<br /> - Fig 5C: The curve in Fig 5D seems to correspond to the biofilm case. Since the model is made for single cells, the curve obtained by the model should be compared with the average curve presented in Fig 1B (i.e. single cell experiments).<br /> - For clarity, I suggest to indicate on the panels if the experiments concern single cell or biofilm experiments. Finally, please provide bright-field images associated to ThT images to locate bacteria.<br /> - In Fig 7B, the plateau is higher in the simulations than in the biofilm experiments. The authors should add a comment in the paper to explain this discrepancy.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors use ThT dye as a Nernstian potential dye in E. coli. Quantitative measurements of membrane potential using any cationic indicator dye are based on the equilibration of the dye across the membrane according to Boltzmann's law.

      Ideally, the dye should have high membrane permeability to ensure rapid equilibration. Others have demonstrated that E.coli cells in the presence of ThT do not load unless there is blue light present, that the loading profile does not look like it is expected for a cationic Nernstian dye. They also show that the loading profile of the dye is different for E.coli cells deleted for the TolC pump. I, therefore, objected to interpreting the signal from the ThT as a Vm signal when used in E.coli. Nothing the authors have said has suggested that I should be changing this assessment.

      Specifically, the authors responded to my concerns as follows:

      (1) 'We are aware of this study, but believe it to be scientifically flawed. We do not cite the article because we do not think it is a particularly useful contribution to the literature.' This seems to go against ethical practices when it comes to scientific literature citations. If the authors identified work that handles the same topic they do, which they believe is scientifically flawed, the discussion to reflect that should be included.

      (2)'The Pilizota group invokes some elaborate artefacts to explain the lack of agreement with a simple Nernstian battery model. The model is incorrect not the fluorophore.'<br /> It seems the authors object to the basic principle behind the usage of Nernstian dyes. If the authors wish to use ThT according to some other model, and not as a Nernstian indicator, they need to explain and develop that model. Instead, they state 'ThT is a Nernstian voltage indicator' in their manuscript and expect the dye to behave like a passive voltage indicator throughout it.

      (3)'We think the proton effect is a million times weaker than that due to potassium i.e. 0.2 M K+<br /> versus 10-7 M H+. We can comfortably neglect the influx of H+ in our experiments.'<br /> I agree with this statement by the authors. At near-neutral extracellular pH, E.coli keeps near-neutral intracellular pH, and the contribution from the chemical concentration gradient to the electrochemical potential of protons is negligible. The main contribution is from the membrane potential. However, this has nothing to do with the criticism to which this is the response of the authors. The criticism is that ThT has been observed not to permeate the cell without blue light. The blue light has been observed to influence the electrochemical potential of protons (and given that at near-neutral intracellular and extracellular pH this is mostly the membrane potential, as authors note themselves, we are talking about Vm effectively). Thus, two things are happening when one is loading the ThT, not just expected equilibration but also lowering of membrane potential. The electrochemical potential of protons is coupled via the membrane potential to all the other electrochemical potentials of ions, including the mentioned K+.

      (4) 'The vast majority of cells continue to be viable. We do not think membrane damage is dominating.' In response to the question on how the authors demonstrated TMRM loading and in which conditions (and while reminding them that TMRM loading profile in E.coli has been demonstrated in Potassium Phosphate buffer). The request was to demonstrate TMRM loading profile in their condition as well as to show that it does not depend on light. Cells could still be viable, as membrane permeabilisation with light is gradual, but the loading of ThT dye is no longer based on simple electrochemical potential (of the dye) equilibration.

      (5) On the comment on the action of CCCP with references included, authors include a comment that consists of phrases like 'our understanding of the literature' with no citations of such literature. Difficult to comment further without references.

      (6) 'Shielding would provide the reverse effect, since hyperpolarization begins in the dense centres of the biofilms. For the initial 2 hours the cells receive negligible blue light. Neither of the referee's comments thus seem tenable.'<br /> The authors have misunderstood my comment. I am not advocating shielding (I agree that this is not it) but stating that this is not the only other explanation for what they see (apart from electrical signaling). The other I proposed is that the membrane has changed in composition and/or the effective light power the cells can tolerate. The authors comment only on the light power (not convincingly though, giving the number for that power would be more appropriate), not on the possible changes in the membrane permeability.

      (7) 'The work that TolC provides a possible passive pathway for ThT to leave cells seems slightly niche. It just demonstrates another mechanism for the cells to equilibrate the concentrations of ThT in a Nernstian manner i.e. driven by the membrane voltage.' I am not sure what the authors mean by another mechanism. The mechanism of action of a Nernstian dye is passive equilibration according to the electrochemical potential (i.e. until the electrochemical potential of the dye is 0).

      (8) 'In the 70 years since Hodgkin and Huxley first presented their model, a huge number of similar models have been proposed to describe cellular electrophysiology. We are not being hyperbolic when we state that the HH models for excitable cells are like the Schrödinger<br /> equation for molecules. We carefully adapted our HH model to reflect the currently understood electrophysiology of E. coli.'

      I gave a very concrete comment on the fact that in the HH model conductivity and leakage are as they are because this was explicitly measured. The authors state that they have carefully adopted their model based on what is currently understood for E.coli electrophysiology. It is not clear how. HH uses gKn^4 based on Figure2 here https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1392413/pdf/jphysiol01442-0106.pdf, i.e. measured rise and fall of potassium conductance on msec time scales. I looked at the citation the authors have given and found a resistance of an entire biofilm of a given strain at 3 applied voltages. So why n^4 based on that? Why does unknown current have gqz^4 form? Sodium conductance in HH is described by m^3hgNa (again based on detailed conductance measurements), so why unknown current in E.coli by gQz^4? Why leakage is in the form that it is, based on what measurement?

      Throughout their responses, the authors seem to think that collapsing the electrochemical gradient of protons is all about protons, and this is not the case. At near neutral inside and outside pH, the electrochemical potential of protons is simply membrane voltage. And membrane voltage acts on all ions in the cell.

      Authors have started their response to concrete comments on the usage of ThT dye with comments on papers from my group that are not all directly relevant to this publication. I understand that their intention is to discredit a reviewer but given that my role here is to review this manuscript, I will only address their comments to the publications/part of publications that are relevant to this manuscript and mention what is not relevant.

      Publications in the order these were commented on.

      (1) In a comment on the paper that describes the usage of ThT dye as a Nernstian dye authors seem to talk about a model of an entire active cell.<br /> 'Huge oscillations occur in the membrane potentials of E. coli that cannot be described by the SNB model.' The two have nothing to do with each other. Nernstian dye equilibrates according to its electrochemical potential. Once that happens it can measure the potential (under the assumption that not too much dye has entered and thus lowered too much the membrane potential under measurement). The time scale of that is important, and the dye can only measure processes that are slower than that equilibration. If one wants to use a dye that acts under a different model, first that needs to be developed, and then coupled to any other active cell model.

      (2) The part of this paper that is relevant is simply the usage of TMRM dye. It is used as Nernstian dye, so all the above said applies. The rest is a study of flagellar motor.

      (3) The authors seem to not understand that the electrochemical potential of protons is coupled to the electrochemical potentials of all other ions, via the membrane potential. In the manuscript authors talk about, PMF~Vm, as DeltapH~0. Other than that this publication is not relevant to their current manuscript.

      (4) The manuscript in fact states precisely that PMF cannot be generated by protons only and some other ions need to be moved out for the purpose. In near neutral environment it stated that these need to be cations (K+ e.g.). The model used in this manuscript is a pump-leak model. Neither is relevant for the usage of ThT dye.

      Further comments include, along the lines of:

      'The editors stress the main issue raised was a single referee questioning the use of ThT as an indicator of membrane potential. We are well aware of the articles by the Pilizota group and we believe them to be scientifically flawed. The authors assume there are no voltage-gated ion channels in E. coli and then attempt to explain motility data based on a simple Nernstian battery model (they assume E. coli are unexcitable<br /> matter). This in turn leads them to conclude the membrane dye ThT is faulty, when in fact it is a problem with their simple battery model.'

      The only assumption made when using a cationic Nernstian dye is that it equilibrates passively across the membrane according to its electrochemical potential. As it does that, it does lower the membrane potential, which is why as little as possible is added so that this is negligible. The equilibration should be as fast as possible, but at the very least it should be known, as no change in membrane potential can be measured that is faster than that.

      This behaviour should be orthogonal to what the cell is doing, it is a probe after all. If the cell is excitable, a Nernstian dye can be used, as long as it's still passively equilibrating and doing so faster than any changes in membrane potential due to excitations of the cells. There are absolutely no assumptions made on the active system that is about to be measured by this expected behaviour of a Nernstian dye. And there shouldn't be, it is a probe. If one wants to use a dye that is not purely Nernstian that behaviour needs to be described and a model proposed. As far as I can find, authors do no such thing.

      There is a comment on the use of a flagellar motor as a readout of PMF, stating that the motor can be stopped by YcgR citing the work from 2023. Indeed, there is a range of references such as https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molcel.2010.03.001 that demonstrate this (from around 2000-2010 as far as I am aware). The timescale of such slowdown is hours (see here Figure 5 https://www.cell.com/cell/pdf/S0092-8674(10)00019-X.pdf). Needless to say, the flagellar motor when used as a probe, needs to stay that in the conditions used. Thus one should always be on the lookout at any other such proteins that could slow it down and we are not aware of yet or make the speed no longer proportional to the PMF. In the papers my group uses the motor the changes are fast, often reversible, and in the observation window of 30min. They are also the same with DeltaYcgR strain, which we have not included as it seemed given the time scales it's obvious, but certainly can in the future (as well as stay vigilant on any conditions that would render the motor a no longer suitable probe for PMF).

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This manuscript by Akabuogu et al. investigates membrane potential dynamics in E. coli. Membrane potential fluctuations have been observed in bacteria by several research groups in recent years, including in the context of bacterial biofilms where they have been proposed to play a role in cellular communication. Here, these authors investigate membrane potential in E. coli, in both single cells and biofilms. I have reviewed the revised manuscript provided by the authors, as well as their responses to the initial reviews; my opinion about the manuscript is largely unchanged. I have focused my public review on those issues that I believe to be most pressing, with additional comments included in the review to authors. Although these authors are working in an exciting research area, the evidence they provide for their claims is inadequate, and several key control experiments are still missing. In some cases, the authors allude to potentially relevant data in their responses to the initial reviews, but unfortunately these data are not shown. Furthermore, I cannot identify any traveling wavefronts in the data included in this manuscript. In addition to the challenges associated with the use of Thioflavin-T (ThT) raised by the second reviewer, these caveats make the work presented in this manuscript difficult to interpret.

      First, some of the key experiments presented in the paper lack required controls:

      (1) This paper asserts that the observed ThT fluorescence dynamics are induced by blue light. This is a fundamental claim in the paper, since the authors go on to argue that these dynamics are part of a blue light response. This claim must be supported by the appropriate negative control experiment measuring ThT fluorescence dynamics in the absence of blue light- if this idea is correct, these dynamics should not be observed in the absence of blue light exposure. If this experiment cannot be performed with ThT since blue light is used for its excitation, TMRM can be used instead.

      In response to this, the authors wrote that "the fluorescent baseline is too weak to measure cleanly in this experiment." If they observe no ThT signal above noise in their time lapse data in the absence of blue light, this should be reported in the manuscript- this would be a satisfactory negative control. They then wrote that "It appears the collective response of all the bacteria hyperpolarization at the same time appears to dominate the signal." I am not sure what they mean by this- perhaps that ThT fluorescence changes strongly only in response to blue light? This is a fundamental control for this experiment that ought to be presented to the reader.

      (2) The authors claim that a ∆kch mutant is more susceptible to blue light stress, as evidenced by PI staining. The premise that the cells are mounting a protective response to blue light via these channels rests on this claim. However, they do not perform the negative control experiment, conducting PI staining for WT the ∆kch mutant in the absence of blue light. In the absence of this control it is not possible to rule out effects of the ∆kch mutation on overall viability and/or PI uptake. The authors do include a growth curve for comparison, but planktonic growth is a very different context than surface-attached biofilm growth. Additionally, the ∆kch mutation may have impacts on PI permeability specifically that are not addressed by a growth curve. The negative control experiment is of key importance here.

      Second, the ideas presented in this manuscript rely entirely on analysis of ThT fluorescence data, specifically a time course of cellular fluorescence following blue light treatment. However, alternate explanations for and potential confounders of the observed dynamics are not sufficiently addressed:

      (1) Bacterial cells are autofluorescent, and this fluorescence can change significantly in response to stress (e.g. blue light exposure). To characterize and/or rule out autofluorescence contributions to the measurement, the authors should present time lapse fluorescence traces of unstained cells for comparison, acquired under the same imaging conditions in both wild type and ∆kch mutant cells. In their response to reviewers the authors suggested that they have conducted this experiment and found that the autofluorescence contribution is negligible, which is good, but these data should be included in the manuscript along with a description of how these controls were conducted.

      (2) Similarly, in my initial review I raised a concern about the possible contributions of photobleaching to the observed fluorescence dynamics. This is particularly relevant for the interpretation of the experiment in which catalase appears to attenuate the decay of the ThT signal; this attenuation could alternatively be due to catalase decreasing ThT photobleaching. In their response, the authors indicated that photobleaching is negligible, which would be good, but they do not share any evidence to support this claim. Photobleaching can be assessed in this experiment by varying the light dosage (illumination power, frequency, and/or duration) and confirming that the observed fluorescence dynamics are unaffected.

      Third, the paper claims in two instances that there are propagating waves of ThT fluorescence that move through biofilms, but I do not observe these waves in any case:

      (1) The first wavefront claim relates to small cell clusters, in Fig. 2A and Video S2 and S3 (with Fig. 2A and Video S2 showing the same biofilm.) I simply do not see any evidence of propagation in either case- rather, all cells get brighter and dimmer in tandem. I downloaded and analyzed Video S3 in several ways (plotting intensity profiles for different regions at different distances from the cluster center, drawing a kymograph across the cluster, etc.) and in no case did I see any evidence of a propagating wavefront. (I attempted this same analysis on the biofilm shown in Fig. 2A and Video S2 with similar results, but the images shown in the figure panels and especially the video are still both so saturated that the quantification is difficult to interpret.) If there is evidence for wavefronts, it should be demonstrated explicitly by analysis of several clusters. For example, a figure of time-to-peak vs. position in the cluster demonstrating a propagating wave would satisfy this. Currently, I do not see any wavefronts in this data.

      (2) The other wavefront claim relates to biofilms, and the relevant data is presented in Fig. S4 (and I believe also in what is now Video S8, but no supplemental video legends are provided, and this video is not cited in text.) As before, I cannot discern any wavefronts in the image and video provided; Reviewer 1 was also not able to detect wave propagation in this video by kymograph. Some mean squared displacements are shown in Fig. 7. As before, the methods for how these were obtained are not clearly documented either in this manuscript or in the BioRXiv preprint linked in the initial response to reviewers, and since wavefronts are not evident in the video it is hard to understand what is being measured here- radial distance from where? (The methods section mentions radial distance from the substrate, this should mean Z position above the imaging surface, and no wavefronts are evident in Z in the figure panels or movie.) Thus, clear demonstration of these wavefronts is still missing here as well.

      Fourth, I have some specific questions about the study of blue light stress and the use of PI as a cell viability indicator:

      (1) The logic of this paper includes the premise that blue light exposure is a stressor under the experimental conditions employed in the paper. Although it is of course generally true that blue light can be damaging to bacteria, this is dependent on light power and dosage. The control I recommended above, staining cells with PI in the presence and absence of blue light, will also allow the authors to confirm that this blue light treatment is indeed a stressor- the PI staining would be expected to increase in the presence of blue light if this is so.

      (2) The presence of ThT may complicate the study of the blue light stress response, since ThT enhances the photodynamic effects of blue light in E. coli (Bondia et al. 2021 Chemical Communications). The authors could investigate ThT toxicity under these conditions by staining cells with PI after exposing them to blue light with or without ThT staining.

      (3) In my initial review, I wrote the following: "In Figures 4D - E, the interpretation of this experiment can be confounded by the fact that PI uptake can sometimes be seen in bacterial cells with high membrane potential (Kirchhoff & Cypionka 2017 J Microbial Methods); the interpretation is that high membrane potential can lead to increased PI permeability. Because the membrane potential is largely higher throughout blue light treatment in the ∆kch mutant (Fig. 3[BC]), this complicates the interpretation of this experiment." In their response, the authors suggested that these results are not relevant in this case because "In our experiment methodology, cell death was not forced on the cells by introducing an extra burden or via anoxia." However, the logic of the paper is that the cells are in fact dying due to an imposed external stressor, which presumably also confers an increased burden as the cells try to deal with the stress. Instead, the authors should simply use a parallel method to confirm the results of PI staining. For example, the experiment could be repeated with other stains, or the viability of blue light-treated cells could be addressed more directly by outgrowth or colony-forming unit assays.

      The CFU assay suggested above has the additional advantage that it can also be performed on planktonic cells in liquid culture that are exposed to blue light. If, as the paper suggests, a protective response to blue light is being coordinated at the biofilm level by these membrane potential fluctuations, the WT strain might be expected to lose its survival advantage vs. the ∆kch mutant in the absence of a biofilm.

      Fifth, in several cases the data are presented in a way that are difficult to interpret, or the paper makes claims that are different to observe in the data:

      (1) The authors suggest that the ThT and TMRM traces presented in Fig. S1D have similar shapes, but this is not obvious to me- the TMRM curve has very little decrease after the initial peak and only a modest, gradual rise thereafter. The authors suggest that this is due to increased TMRM photobleaching, but I would expect that photobleaching should exacerbate the signal decrease after the initial peak. Since this figure is used to support the use of ThT as a membrane potential indicator, and since this is the only alternative measurement of membrane potential presented in text, the authors should discuss this discrepancy in more detail.

      (2) The comparison of single cells to microcolonies presented in figures 1B and D still needs revision:

      First, both reviewer 1 and I commented in our initial reviews that the ThT traces, here and elsewhere, should not be normalized- this will help with the interpretation of some of the claims throughout the manuscript.

      Second, the way these figures are shown with all traces overlaid at full opacity makes it very difficult to see what is being compared. Since the point of the comparison is the time to first peak (and the standard deviation thereof), histograms of the distributions of time to first peak in both cases should be plotted as a separate figure panel.<br /> Third, statistical significance tests ought to be used to evaluate the statistical strength of the comparisons between these curves. The authors compare both means and standard deviations of the time to first peak, and there are appropriate statistical tests for both types of comparisons.

      (3) The authors claim that the curve shown in Fig. S4B is similar to the simulation result shown in Fig. 7B. I remain unconvinced that this is so, particularly with respect to the kinetics of the second peak- at least it seems to me that the differences should be acknowledged and discussed. In any case, the best thing to do would be to move Fig. S4B to the main text alongside Fig. 7B so that the readers can make the comparison more easily.

      (4) As I wrote in my first review, in the discussion of voltage-gated calcium channels, the authors refer to "spiking events", but these are not obvious in Figure S3E. Although the fluorescence intensity changes over time, these fluctuations cannot be distinguished from measurement noise. A no-light control could help clarify this.

      (5) In the lower irradiance conditions in Fig. 4A, the ThT dynamics are slower overall, and it looks like the ThT intensity is beginning to rise at the end of the measurement. The authors write that no second peak is observed below an irradiance threshold of 15.99 µW/mm2. However, could a more prominent second peak be observed in these cases if the measurement time was extended? Additionally, the end of these curves looks similar to the curve in Fig. S4B, in which the authors write that the slow rise is evidence of the presence of a second peak, in contrast to their interpretation here.

      Additional considerations:

      (1) The analysis and interpretation of the first peak, and particularly of the time-to-fire data is challenging throughout the manuscript the time resolution of the data set is quite limited. It seems that a large proportion of cells have already fired after a single acquisition frame. It would be ideal to increase the time resolution on this measurement to improve precision. This could be done by imaging more quickly, but that would perhaps necessitate more blue light exposure; an alternative is to do this experiment under lower blue light irradiance where the first spike time is increased (Figure 4A).

      (2) The authors suggest in the manuscript that "E. coli biofilms use electrical signalling to coordinate long-range responses to light stress." In addition to the technical caveats discussed above, I am missing a discussion about what these responses might be. What constitutes a long-range response to light stress, and are there known examples of such responses in bacteria?

      (3) The presence of long-range blue light responses can also be interrogated experimentally, for example, by repeating the Live/Dead experiment in planktonic culture or the single-cell condition. If the protection from blue light specifically emerges due to coordinated activity of the biofilm, the ∆kch mutant would not be expected to show a change in Live/Dead staining in non-biofilm conditions. The CFU experiment I mentioned above could also implicate coordinated long-range responses specifically, if biofilms and liquid culture experiments can be compared (although I know that recovering cells from biofilms is challenging.)

      4. At the end of the results section, the authors suggest a critical biofilm size of only 4 μm for wavefront propagation (not much larger than a single cell!) The authors show responses for various biofilm sizes in Fig. 2C, but these are all substantially larger (and this figure also does not contain wavefront information.) Are there data for cell clusters above and below this size that could support this claim more directly?

      (5) In Fig. 4C, the overall trajectories of extracellular potassium are indeed similar, but the kinetics of the second peak of potassium are different than those observed by ThT (it rises minutes earlier)- is this consistent with the idea that Kch is responsible for that peak? Additionally, the potassium dynamics also include the first ThT peak- is this surprising given that the Kch channel has no effect on this peak according to the model?

      Detailed comments:

      Why are Fig. 2A and Video S2 called a microcluster, whereas Video S3, which is smaller, is called a biofilm?

      "We observed a spontaneous rapid rise in spikes within cells in the center of the biofilm" (Line 140): What does "spontaneous" mean here?

      "This demonstrates that the ion-channel mediated membrane potential dynamics is a light stress relief process.", "E. coli cells employ ion-channel mediated dynamics to manage ROS-induced stress linked to light irradiation." (Line 268 and the second sentence of the Fig. 4F legend): This claim is not well-supported. There are several possible interpretations of the catalase experiment (which should be discussed); this experiment perhaps suggests that ROS impacts membrane potential but does not indicate that these membrane potential fluctuations help the cells respond to blue light stress. The loss of viability in the ∆kch mutant might indicate a link between these membrane potential experiments and viability, but it is hard to interpret without the no light controls I mention above.

      "The model also predicts... the external light stress" (Lines 338-341): Please clarify this section. Where does this prediction arise from in the modeling work? Second, I am not sure what is meant by "modulates the light stress" or "keeps the cell dynamics robust to the intensity of external light stress" (especially since the dynamics clearly vary with irradiance, as seen in Figure 4A).

      "We hypothesized that E. coli not only modulates the light-induced stress but also handles the increase of the ROS by adjusting the profile of the membrane potential dynamics" (Line 347): I am not sure what "handles the ROS by adjusting the profile of the membrane potential dynamics" means. What is meant by "handling" ROS? Is the hypothesis that membrane potential dynamics themselves are protective against ROS, or that they induce a ROS-protective response downstream, or something else? Later the authors write that changes in the response to ROS in the model agree with the hypothesis, but just showing that ROS impacts the membrane potential does not seem to demonstrate that this has a protective effect against ROS.

      "Mechanosensitive ion channels (MS) are vital for the first hyperpolarization event in E. coli." (Line 391): This is misleading- mechanosensitive ion channels totally ablate membrane potential dynamics, they don't have a specific effect on the first hyperpolarization event. The claim that mechanonsensitive ion channels are specifically involved in the first event also appears in the abstract.

      Also, the apparent membrane potential is much lower even at the start of the experiment in these mutants (Fig. 6C-D)- is this expected? This seems to imply that these ion channels also have a blue light-independent effect.

      Throughout the paper, there are claims that the initial ThT spike is involved in "registering the presence of the light stress" and similar. What is the evidence for this claim?

      "We have presented much better quantitative agreement of our model with the propagating wavefronts in E. coli biofilms..." (Line 619): It is not evident to me that the agreement between model and prediction is "much better" in this work than in the cited work (reference 57, Hennes et al. 2023). The model in Figure 4 of ref. 57 seems to capture the key features of their data.

      In methods, "Only cells that are hyperpolarized were counted in the experiment as live" (Line 745): what percentage of cells did not hyperpolarize in these experiments?

      Some indication of standard deviation (error bars or shading) should be added to all figures where mean traces are plotted.

      Video S8 is very confusing- why does the video play first forwards and then backwards? It is easy to misinterpret this as a rise in the intensity at the end of the experiment.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper presents a comprehensive study of how neural tracking of speech is affected by background noise. Using five EEG experiments and Temporal response function (TRF), it investigates how minimal background noise can enhance speech tracking even when speech intelligibility remains very high. The results suggest that this enhancement is not attention-driven but could be explained by stochastic resonance. These findings generalize across different background noise types, listening conditions, and speech features (envelope onset and envelope), offering insights into speech processing in real-world environments.

      I find this paper well-written, the experiments and results are clearly described.

      Comments on revisions:

      I thank the author for thoughtful revisions and for adequately addressing my comments. The new version is much clearer and improved. I have no further questions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The author investigates the role of background noise on EEG-assessed speech tracking in a series of five experiments. In the first experiment the influence of different degrees of background noise is investigated and enhanced speech tracking for minimal noise levels is found. The following four experiments explore different potential influences on this effect, such as attentional allocation, different noise types and presentation mode.

      The step-wise exploration of potential contributors to the effect of enhanced speech tracking for minimal background noise is compelling. The motivation and reasoning for the different studies is clear and logical and therefore easy to follow. The results are discussed in a concise and clear way. While I specifically like the conciseness, one inevitable consequence is that not all results are equally discussed in depth.

      Based on the results of the five experiments, the authors conclude that the enhancement of speech tracking for minimal background noise is likely due to stochastic resonance. Given broad conceptualizations of stochasitc resonance as noise benefit this is a reasonable conclusion.

      This study will likely impact the field as it provides compelling support questioning the relationship between speech tracking and speech processing.

      Comments on revisions:

      All my previous comments were addressed nicely. Some of the comments were mere curiosity questions that were nicely entertained, even though they were not of direct relevance to the manuscript. I like the addition of the amplitude envelope analysis to the supplementary material as it offers direct comparison of those different methods. My only tiny tiny critic is (which bears no significance), that due to the many rearrangement changes in the marked changes document, the changes of content get buried and hard to see.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      This paper examines the role of MLCK (myosin light chain kinase) and MLCP (myosin light chain phosphatase) in axon regeneration. Using loss-of-function approaches based on small molecule inhibitors and siRNA knockdown, the authors explore axon regeneration in cell culture and in animal models from central and peripheral nervous systems. Their evidence shows that MLCK activity facilitates axon extension/regeneration, while MLCP prevents it. Additionally, they show that when the MLCK/MLCP pathway is experimentally intervened, F-actin is redistributed in the growth cone.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript presents a wide range of experimental models to address its hypothesis and biological question. Notably, the use of multiple in vivo models significantly enhances the overall validity of the study.

      What follows is a discussion of the merits and limitations of different claims of the manuscript in light of the evidence presented.

      (1) The authors combine MLCK inhibitors with Bleb (Figure 6), trying to verify if both pairs of inhibitors act on the same target/pathway. MLCK may regulate axon growth independent of NMII activity. However, this has very important implications for the understanding not only on how NMII works and affects axon extension but also in trying to understand what MLCP is doing. One wonders if MLCP actions, which are opposite of MLCK, also independent of NMII activity? The authors try to address this controversial issue in the discussion section. The reviewers consider that it is still an open question, and acknowledge that it would require a significant amount of experimental work to solve the issue, that goes well beyond the main goal of the present study.

      (2) Using western blot and immunohistochemical analyses, authors first show that MLCK expression is increased in DRG sensory neurons following peripheral axotomy, concomitant to an increase in MLC phosphorylation, suggesting a causal effect (Figure 1). The authors claim that it is common that axon growth-promoting genes are upregulated. It would have been interesting at<br /> this point to study in this scenario the regulation of MLCP.

      (3) Using DRG cultures and sciatic nerve crush in the context of MLCK inhibition (ML-7) and down-regulation, authors conclude that MLCK activity is required for mammalian peripheral axon regeneration both in vitro and in vivo (Figure 2). In parallel, the authors show that these treatments affect, as expected, the phosphorylation levels of MLC.

      (4) The authors then examined the role of the phosphatase MLCP in axon growth during regeneration. The authors first use a known MLCP blocker, phorbol 12,13-dibutyrate (PDBu), to show that is able to increase the levels of p-MLC, with a concomitant increase in the extent of axon regrowth of DRG neurons, both in permissive as well as non-permissive substrates. The authors repeat the experiments using the knockdown of MYPT1, a key component of the MLC-phosphatase, and again can observe a growth-promoting effect (Figure 3).

      (5) In the next set of experiments (presented in Figure 4) authors extend the previous observations in primary cultures from the CNS. For that, they use cortical and hippocampal cultures, and pharmacological and genetic loss-of-function using the above-mentioned strategies. The expected results were obtained in both CNS neurons: inhibition or knockdown of the kinase decreases axon growth, whereas inhibition or knockdown of the phosphatase increases growth. A main weakness in this set is that drugs were used from the beginning of the experiment, and hence, they would also affect axon specification. As pointed out in Materials and Method (lines 143-145) authors counted as "axons" neurites longer than twice the diameter of the cell soma, and hence would not affect the variable measured. In any case, to be sure one is only affecting axon extension in these cells, the drugs should have been used after axon specification and maturation, which occurs at least after 3 DIV. Taking this into account, the conclusions with this experimental design are limited.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Desveaux et al. describe human mAbs targeting protein from the Pseudomonas aeruginosa T3SS, discovered by employing single cell B cell sorting from cystic fibrosis patients. The mAbs were directed at the proteins PscF and PcrV. They particularly focused on two mAbs binding the T3SS with the potential of blocking activity. The supplemented biochemical analysis was crystal structures of P3D6 Fab complex. They also compared the blocking activity with mAbs that were described in previous studies, using an assay that evaluated the toxin injection. They conducted mechanistic structure analysis and found that these mAbs might act through different mechanisms by preventing PcrV oligomerization and disrupting PcrVs scaffolding function.

      Strengths:

      The antibiotic resistance crisis requires the development of new solutions to treat infections caused by MDR bacteria. The development of antibacterial mAbs holds great potential. In that context, this report is important as it paves the way for the development of additional mAbs targeting various pathogens that harbor the T3SS. In this report, the authors present a comparative study of their discovered mAbs vs. a commercial mAb currently in clinical testing resulting in valuable data with applicative implications. The authors investigated the mechanism of action of the mAbs using advanced methods and assays for the characterization of antibody and antigen interaction, underlining the effort to determine the discovered mAbs suitability for downstream application.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the information presented in this manuscript is important, previous reports regarding other T3SS structures complexed with antibodies, reduce the novelty of this report. Nevertheless, we provide several comments that may help to improve the report. The structural analysis of the presented mAbs is incomplete and unfortunately, the authors did not address any developability assessment. With such vital information missing, it is unclear if the proposed antibodies are suited for diagnostic or therapeutic usage. This vastly reduces the importance of the possibly great potential of the authors' findings. Moreover, the structural information does not include the interacting regions on the mAb which may impede the optimization of the mAb if it is required to improve its affinity.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Desveaux et al. performed Elisa and translocation assays to identify among 34 cystic fibrosis patients which ones produced antibodies against P. aeruginosa type three secretion system (T3SS). The authors were especially interested in antibodies against PcrV and PcsF, two key components of the T3SS. The authors leveraged their binding assays and flow cytometry to isolate individual B cells from the two most promising sera, and then obtained monoclonal antibodies for the proteins of interest. Among the tested monoclonal antibodies, P3D6 and P5B3 emerged as the best candidates due to their inhibitory effect on the ExoS-Bla translocation marker (with 24% and 94% inhibition, respectively). The authors then showed that P5B3 binds to the five most common variants of PcrV, while P3D6 seems to recognize only one variant. Furthermore, the authors showed that P3D6 inhibits translocon formation, measured as cell death of J774 macrophages. To get insights into the P3D6-PcrV interaction, the authors defined the crystal structure of the P3D6-PcrV complex. Finally, the authors compared their new antibodies with two previous ones (i.e., MEDI3902 and 30-B8).

      Strengths:

      (1) The article is well written.

      (2) The authors used complementary assays to evaluate the protective effect of candidate monoclonal antibodies.

      (3) The authors offered crystal structure with insights into the P3D6 antibody-T3SS interaction (e.g., interactions with monomer vs pentamers).

      (4) The authors put their results in context by comparing their antibodies with respect to previous ones.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors used a similar workflow to the one previously reported in Simonis et al. 2023 (antibodies from cystic fibrosis patients that included B cell isolation, antibody-PcrV interaction modeling, etc.) but the authors do not clearly explain how their work and findings differentiate from previous work.

      (2) Although new antibodies against P. aerugisona T3SS expand the potential space of antibody-based therapies, it is unclear if P3D6 or P5B3 are better than previous antibodies. In fact, in the discussion section authors suggested that the 30-B8 antibody seems to be the most effective of the tested antibodies.

      (3) The authors should explain better which of the two antibodies they have discovered would be better suited for follow-up studies. It is confusing that the authors focused the last sections of the manuscript on P3D6 despite P3D6 having a much lower ExoS-Bla inhibition effect than P5B3 and the limitation in the PcrV variant that P3D6 seems to recognize. A better description of this comparison and the criteria to select among candidate antibodies would help readers identify the main messages of the paper.

      (4) This work could strongly benefit from two additional experiments:<br /> a) In vivo experiments: experiments in animal models could offer a more comprehensive picture of the potential of the identified monoclonal antibodies. Additionally, this could help to answer a naïve question: why do the patients that have the antibodies still have chronic P. aeruginosa infections?<br /> b) Multi-antibody T3SS assays (i.e., a combination of two or more monoclonal antibodies evaluated with the same assays used for characterization of single ones). This could explore the synergistic effects of combinatorial therapies that could address some of the limitations of individual antibodies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Phytophathogens including fungal pathogens such as F. graminearum remain a major threat to agriculture and food security. Several agriculturally relevant fungicides including the potent Quinofumelin have been discovered to date, yet the mechanisms of their action and specific targets within the cell remain unclear. This paper sets out to contribute to addressing these outstanding questions.

      Strengths:

      The paper is generally well-written and provides convincing data to support their claims for the impact of Quinofumelin on fungal growth, the target of the drug, and the potential mechanism. Critically the authors identify an important pyrimidine pathway dihydroorotate dehydrogenase (DHODH) gene FgDHODHII in the pathway or mechanism of the drug from the prominent plant pathogen F. graminearum, confirming it as the target for Quinofumelin. The evidence is supported by transcriptomic, metabolomic as well as MST, SPR, molecular docking/structural biology analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      Whilst the study adds to our knowledge about this drug, it is, however, worth stating that previous reports (although in different organisms) by Higashimura et al., 2022 https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9716045/ had already identified DHODH as the target for Quinofumelin and hence this knowledge is not new and hence the authors may want to tone down the claim that they discovered this mechanism and also give sufficient credit to the previous authors work at the start of the write-up in the introduction section rather than in passing as they did with reference 25? other specific recommendations to improve the text are provided in the recommendations for authors section below.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the current study, the authors aim to identify the mode of action/molecular mechanism of characterized a fungicide, quinofumelin, and its biological impact on transcriptomics and metabolomics in Fusarium graminearum and other Fusarium species. Two sets of data were generated between quinofumelin and no treatment group, and differentially abundant transcripts and metabolites were identified. The authors further focused on uridine/uracil biosynthesis pathway, considering the significant up- and down-regulation observed in final metabolites and some of the genes in the pathways. Using a deletion mutant of one of the genes and in vitro biochemical assays, the authors concluded that quinofumelin binds to the dihydroorotate dehydrogenase.

      Strengths:

      Omics datasets were leveraged to understand the physiological impact of quinofumelin, showing the intracellular impact of the fungicide. The characterization of FgDHODHII deletion strains with supplemented metabolites clearly showed the impact of the enzyme on fungal growth.

      Weaknesses:

      Some interpretation of results is not accurate and some experiments lack controls. The comparison between quinofumelin-treated deletion strains, in the presence of different metabolites didn't suggest the fungicide is FgDHODHII specific. A wild type is required in this experiment.

      Potential Impact: Confirming the target of quinofumelin may help understand its resistance mehchanism, and further development of other inhibitory molecules against the target.

      The manuscript would benefit more in explaining the study rationale if more background on previous characterization of this fungicide on Fusarium is given.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript shows the mechanism of action of quinofumelin, a novel fungicide, against the fungus Fusarium graminearum. Through omics analysis, phenotypic analysis, and in silico approaches, the role of quinofumelin in targeting DHODH is uncovered.

      Strengths:

      The phenotypic analysis and mutant generation are nice data and add to the role of metabolites in bypassing pyrimidine biosynthesis.

      Weaknesses:

      The role of DHODH in this class of fungicides has been known and this data does not add any further significance to the field. The work of Higashimura et al is not appreciated well enough as they already showed the role of quinofumelin upon DHODH II.

      There is no mention of the other fungicide within this class ipflufenoquin, as there is ample data on this molecule.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors examined the function of CLIP in exercise-mediate inhibition of osteoarthritis using an ACL transection rat model. The authors rely on rigorous experimental design and methods to demonstrate that CLIP is downregulated in osteoarthritic cartilage tissue and that CLIP expression can be rescued by moderate treadmill exercise. They further show that activation of Nrf2 signaling occurs through CLIP inhibition of Keap1-Nrf2. The results are novel as they suggest a new role for CLIP in OA pathogenesis. The following points need to be addressed in order to bring additional clarity to this work.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting study that addresses an important global health issue. The significance is high and the work is novel and mechanistic.

      Weaknesses:

      A major concern is that a direct link between exercise and CLIP-mediated inhibition of ferroptosis via Keap1-Nrf2 pathway is not supported by the provided data. The ferroptosis studies were performed in vitro, whereas the effect of exercise was demonstrated in an OA animal model. Therefore, the data suggest a potential correlation between CLIP-Keap1-Nrf2 and exercise. This must be described as a limitation in the discussion section. Consequently, the title of the manuscript needs to better reflect the interpretation of these data.

      Figure 1: Radiomics data are not described in the text. OARSI scoring of damaged and undamaged sections is not presented in the figure.

      Figure 2: Data presentation is very dense in this figure. It is recommended that Figure 2 be split into two figures. Also, the histology and IHC images in Figure 2A are of poor resolution. These data do not sufficiently demonstrate early OA pathology. Clearer images to substantiate the authors' statement need to be provided.

      Figure 3: The superficial zone appears to be misrepresented; it should include only the top 2-3 layers of flat chondrocyte cells.

      Figure 4: This Figure should be listed as supplementary data. CTS is not spelled out in the legend. Also, a rationale for using low, medium, and high CTS needs to be provided.

      Figure 5: Please describe positive and negative controls. Please elaborate on the findings of the yeast hybrid experiment in the results. Please expand KD-02 experimental condition in the legend and results.

      Figure 6: Please move Figure S2 into the main Figures and describe the results in section 2.9 which describes ferroptosis.

      In the results section, it is recommended that the authors describe all panels of the figures appropriately in sequential order. The authors are advised to provide publication-quality figures and, in some cases, to split figure panels into new figures as well as to ensure that the fonts and data are legible. Finally, the use of non-conventional abbreviations (such as G3 for passage-3 chondrocytes, CG for the control condition, and OE for overexpression) may confuse the readership, and describing each abbreviation when used for the first time is required.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Recent studies indicate a beneficial role for moderate-intensity exercise in early osteoarthritis (OA). This manuscript by Jia et al. investigates the role of cartilage intermediate layer protein (CILP) and moderate exercise in maintaining hyaline cartilage integrity following anterior cruciate ligament transection (ACLt) in rats. Single-cell RNA-sequencing of OA and OA+ exercise knee joints from rats at 4 weeks post-ACLt revealed the upregulation of CILP and a higher Col2/Col1 ratio in OA knee chondrocytes from ACLt rats that exercised on a treadmill. CILP was downregulated in the damaged portions, compared to healthy regions of knee cartilage of patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty. In the rat ACLt model, CILP is downregulated in the OA cartilage but not in OA + exercise cartilage. Using CLIP1 over-expression and knockdown in passage 3 cultures of primary rat chondrocytes, the authors demonstrate that the loss of CILP is associated with higher ROS, lipid peroxidation, and iron content in chondrocytes whereas its overexpression is protective against these changes. CILP binds to Keap1, and its overexpression disrupts Keap1/Nrf2 interaction and attenuates Nrf2 ubiquitination. The authors conclude that exercise protects the articular cartilage intermediate zone and the associated upregulation of CILP facilitates Keap1-Nrf2 interaction to prevent chondrocyte ferroptosis and hyaline cartilage fibrosis.

      Strengths:

      The study is interesting, and the experiments are conducted well. The methodology is well-described. The data presented strongly support the downregulation of CILP in human OA cartilage and its potential role in regulating Keap1/Nrf2 interaction and chondrocyte ferroptosis.

      Weaknesses:

      The data do not support a role for CILP in exercise-mediated inhibition of hyaline cartilage fibrosis in early OA. The reason for selecting CILP from the ScRNA-seq for further analysis is not clear. The manuscript is put together sloppily. The abstract, introduction, and results were written confusingly, and hard to follow. Some of the figures were confusing as well. Still, the study is interesting.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Liu et al investigated the performance of a novel imaging technique called RIM-Deep to enhance the imaging depth for cleared samples. Usually, the imaging depth using the classical confocal microscopy sample chamber is limited due to optical aberrations, resulting in loss of resolution and image quality. To overcome this limitation and increase depth, they generated a special imaging chamber, that is affixed to the objective and filled with a solution matching the refractive indices to reduce aberrations. Importantly, the study was conducted using a standard confocal microscope, that has not been modified apart from exchanging the standard sample chamber with the RIM-Deep sample holder. Upon analysing the imaging depth, the authors claim that the RIM-Deep method increased the depth from 2 mm to 5 mm. In summary, RIM-Deep has the potential to significantly enhance imaging quality of thick samples on a low budget, making in-depth measurements possible for a wide range of researchers that have access to an inverted confocal microscope.

      Strengths:

      The authors used different clearing methods to demonstrate the suitability of RIM-Deep for various sample preparation protocols with clearing solutions of different refractive indices. They clearly demonstrate that the RIM-Deep chamber is compatible with all 3 methods. Brain samples are characterized by complex networks of cells and are often hard to visualize. Despite the dense, complex structure of brain tissue, the RIM-Deep method generated high-quality images of all 3 samples given. As the authors already stated, increasing imaging depth often goes hand in hand with purchasing expensive new equipment, exchanging several microscopy parts or purchasing a new microscopy set-up. Innovations, such as the RIM-Deep chamber, hence, might pave the way for cost-effective imaging and expand the applicability of an inverted confocal microscope.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) However, since this study introduces a novel imaging technique, and therefore, aims to revolutionize the way of imaging large samples, additional control experiments would strengthen the data. From the 3 clearing protocol used (CUBIC, MACS and iDISCO), only the brain section from Macaca fascicularis cleared with iDISCO was imaged with the standard chamber and the RIM-Deep method. This comparison indeed shows that the imaging depth thereby increases more than 2-fold, which is a significant enhancement in terms of microscopy. However, it would have been important to evaluate and show the difference of the imaging depth also on the other two samples, since they were cleared with different protocols and, thus, treated with clearing solutions of different refractive indices compared to iDCISCO.

      (2) The description of the figures and figure panels should be improved for a better understanding of the experiments performed and the thus resulting images/data.

      (3) While the authors used a Nikon AX inverted laser scanning confocal microscope, the study would highly benefit from evaluating the performance of the RIM-Deep method using other inverted confocal microscopes or even wide-field microscopes.

      Comments on Revision:

      Regarding point 1)<br /> Within the revised manuscript, Liu et al focussed on a more detailed comparison of the standard vs the RIM-Deep method of samples cleared with the 3 different methods.

      Regarding point 2)<br /> The revised description of the figures results in a better understanding of the data.

      Regarding point 3)<br /> The authors tested their method on different microscopic setups to show the compatibility.

      Summary: the revised manuscript addressed all previously mentioned points.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study by Popli et al. evaluated the function of Atg14, an autophagy protein, in reproductive function using a conditional knockout mouse model. The authors showed that female mice lacking Atg14 were infertile partly due to defective embryo transport function of the oviduct and faulty uterine receptivity and decidualization using PgrCre/+;Atg14f/f mice. The findings from this work are exciting and novel. The authors demonstrated that a loss of Atg14 led to an excessive pyroptosis in the oviductal epithelial cells that compromises cellular integrity and structure, impeding the transport function of the oviduct. In addition, the authors use both genetic and pharmacological approaches to test the hypothesis. Therefore, the findings from this study are high-impact and likely reproducible.

      Comments on revisions: Thank you for your time revising the manuscript. The authors have addressed all of my previous concerns.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Popli et al investigated the roles of autophagy related gene, Atg14, in the female reproductive tract (FRT) using conditional knockout mouse models. By ablation of Atg14 in both oviduct and uterus with PR-Cre (Atg14 cKO), authors discovered that such females are completely infertile. They went on to show that Atg14 cKO females have impaired embryo implantation as well as embryo transport from oviduct to uterus. Further analysis showed that Atg14 cKO leads to increased pyroptosis in oviduct, which disrupts oviduct epithelial integrity and leads to obstructive oviduct lumen and impaired embryo transport. Authors concluded that Atg14 is critical for maintaining the oviduct homeostasis and keeping the inflammation under check to enable proper embryo transport.

      Comments on revisions: Authors have addressed all my concerns in this revised version, which is substantial improved compared to the original version. I have no further comments.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Pooja Popli and co-authors tested importance of Atg14 in female reproductive tract by conditionally deleting Atg14 use PrCre and also Foxj1cre. The authors showed that loss of Atg14 leads to infertility due to retention of embryos within the oviduct. The authors further concluded that the retention of embryos within the oviduct is due to pyroptosis in oviduct cells leading to defective cellular integrity. This revised version of the manuscript has addressed the remaining concerns that were raised earlier. The manuscript is now a convincing one.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Work by Brosseau et. al. combines NMR, biochemical assays, and MD simulations to characterize the influence of the C-terminal tail of EmrE, a model multi-drug efflux pump, on proton leak. The authors compare the WT pump to a C-terminal tail deletion, delta_107, finding that the mutant has increased proton leak in proteoliposome assays, shifted pH dependence with a new titratable residue, faster-alternating access at high pH values, and reduced growth, consistent with proton leak of the PMF.

      Strengths:

      The work combines thorough experimental analysis of structural, dynamic, and electrochemical properties of the mutant relative to WT proteins. The computational work is well aligned in vision and analysis. Although all questions are not answered, the authors lay out a logical exploration of the possible explanations.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few analyses that are missing and important data left out. For example, the relative rate of drug efflux of the mutant should be reported to justify the focus on proton leak. Additionally, the correlation between structural interactions should be directly analyzed and the mutant PMF also analyzed to justify the claims based on hydration alone. Some aspects of the increased dynamics at high pH due to a potential salt bridge are not clear.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript explores the role of the C-terminal tail of EmrE in controlling uncoupled proton flux. Leakage occurs in the wild-type transporter under certain conditions but is amplified in the C-terminal truncation mutant D107. The authors use an impressive combination of growth assays, transport assays, NMR on WT and mutants with and without key substrates, classical MD, and reactive MD to address this problem. Overall, I think that the claims are well supported by the data, but I am most concerned about the reproducibility of the MD data, initial structures used for simulations, and the stochasticity of the water wire formation. These can all be addressed in a revision with more simulations as I point out below. I want to point out that the discussion was very nicely written, and I enjoyed reading the summary of the data and the connection to other studies very much.

      Strengths:

      The Henzler-Wildman lab is at the forefront of using quantitative experiments to probe the peculiarities in transporter biophysics, and the MD work from the Voth lab complements the experiments quite well. The sheer number of different types of experimental and computational approaches performed here is impressive.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weaknesses are related to the reproducibility of the MD results with regard to the formation of water wires in the WT and truncation mutant. This could be resolved with simulations starting from structures built using very different loops and C-terminal tails.

      The water wire gates identified in the MD should be tested experimentally with site-directed mutagenesis to determine if those residues do impact leak.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The origin recognition complex (ORC) is an essential loading factor for the replicative Mcm2-7 helicase complex. Despite ORC's critical role in DNA replication, there have been instances where the loss of specific ORC subunits has still seemingly supported DNA replication in cancer cells, endocycling hepatocytes, and Drosophila polyploid cells. Critically, all tested ORC subunits are essential for development and proliferation in normal cells. This presents a challenge, as conditional knockouts need to be generated, and a skeptic can always claim that there were limiting but sufficient ORC levels for helicase loading and replication in polyploid or transformed cells. That being said, the authors have consistently pushed the system to demonstrate replication in the absence or extreme depletion of ORC subunits.

      Here, the authors generate conditional ORC2 mutants to counter a potential argument with prior conditional ORC1 mutants that Cdc6 may substitute for ORC1 function based on homology. They also generate a double ORC1 and ORC2 mutant, which is still capable of DNA replication in polyploid hepatocytes. While this manuscript provides significantly more support for the ability of select cells to replicate in the absence or near absence of select ORC subunits, it does not shed light on a potential mechanism.

      The strengths of this manuscript are the mouse genetics and the generation of conditional alleles of ORC2 and the rigorous assessment of phenotypes resulting from limiting amounts of specific ORC subunits. It also builds on prior work with ORC1 to rule out Cdc6 complementing the loss of ORC1.

      The weakness is that it is a very hard task to resolve the fundamental question of how much ORC is enough for replication in cancer cells or hepatocytes. Clearly, there is a marked reduction in specific ORC subunits that is sufficient to impact replication during development and in fibroblasts, but the devil's advocate can always claim minimal levels of ORC remaining in these specialized cells.

      The significance of the work is that the authors keep improving their conditional alleles (and combining them), thus making it harder and harder (but not impossible) to invoke limiting but sufficient levels of ORC. This work lays the foundation for future functional screens to identify other factors that may modulate the response to the loss of ORC subunits.

      This work will be of interest to the DNA replication, polyploidy, and genome stability communities.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript proposes that primary hepatocytes can replicate their DNA without the six-subunit ORC. This follows previous studies that examined mice that did not express ORC1 in the liver. In this study, the authors suppressed expression of ORC2 or ORC1 plus ORC2 in the liver.

      Comments:

      (1) I find the conclusion of the authors somewhat hard to accept. Biochemically, ORC without the ORC1 or ORC2 subunits cannot load the MCM helicase on DNA. The question arises whether the deletion in the ORC1 and ORC2 genes by Cre is not very tight, allowing some cells to replicate their DNA and allow the liver to develop, or whether the replication of DNA proceeds via non-canonical mechanisms, such as break-induced replication. The increase in the number of polyploid cells in the mice expressing Cre supports the first mechanism, because it is consistent with few cells retaining the capacity to replicate their DNA, at least for some time during development.

      (2) Fig 1H shows that 5 days post infection, there is no visible expression of ORC2 in MEFs with the ORC2 flox allele. However, at 15 days post infection, some ORC2 is visible. The authors suggest that a small number of cells that retained expression of ORC2 were selected over the cells not expressing ORC2. Could a similar scenario also happen in vivo?

      (3) Figs 2E-G show decreased body weight, decreased liver weight and decreased liver to body weight in mice with recombination of the ORC2 flox allele. This means that DNA replication is compromised in the ALB-ORC2f/f mice.

      (4) Figs 2I-K do not report the number of hepatocytes, but the percent of hepatocytes with different nuclear sizes. I suspect that the number of hepatocytes is lower in the ALB-ORC2f/f mice than in the ORC2f/f mice. Can the authors report the actual numbers?

      (5) Figs 3B-G do not report the number of nuclei, but percentages, which are plotted separately for the ORC2-f/f and ALB-ORC2-f/f mice. Can the authors report the actual numbers?

      (6) Fig 5 shows the response of ORC2f/f and ALB-ORC2f/f mice after partial hepatectomy. The percent of EdU+ nuclei in the ORC2-f/f (aka ALB-CRE-/-) mice in Fig 5H seems low. Based on other publications in the field it should be about 20-30%. Why is it so low here? The very low nuclear density in the ALB-ORC2-f/f mice (Fig 5F) and the large nuclei (Fig 5I) could indicate that cells fire too few origins, proceed through S phase very slowly and fail to divide.

      (7) Fig 6F shows that ALB-ORC1f/f-ORC2f/f mice have very severe phenotypes in terms of body weight and liver weight (about on third of wild-type!!). Fig 6H and 6I, the actual numbers should be presented, not percentages. The fact that there are EYFP negative cells, implies that CRE was not expressed in all hepatocytes.

      (8) Comparing the EdU+ cells in Fig 7G versus 5G shows very different number of EdU+ cells in the control animals. This means that one of these images is not representative. The higher fraction of EdU+ cells in the double-knockout could mean that the hepatocytes in the double-knockout take longer to complete DNA replication than the control hepatocytes. The control hepatocytes may have already completed DNA replication, which can explain why the fraction of EdU+ cells is so low in the controls. The authors may need to study mice at earlier time points after partial hepatectomy, i.e. sacrifice the mice at 30-32 hours, instead of 40-52 hours.

      (9) Regarding the calculation of the number of cell divisions during development: the authors assume that all the hepatocytes in the adult liver are derived from hepatoblasts that express Alb. Is it possible to exclude the possibility that pre-hepatoblast cells that do not express Alb give rise to hepatocytes? For example, the cells that give rise to hepatoblasts may proliferate more times than normal giving rise to a higher number of hepatoblasts than in wild-type mice.

      (10) My interpretation of the data is that not all hepatocytes have the ORC1 and ORC2 genes deleted (eg EYFP-negative cells) and that these cells allow some proliferation in the livers of these mice.

      My comments regarding the previous version still stand, since the authors did not perform experiments to address them.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors address the role of ORC in DNA replication and that this protein complex is not essential for DNA replication in hepatocytes. They provide evidence that ORC subunit levels are substantially reduced in cells that have been induced to delete multiple exons of the corresponding ORC gene(s) in hepatocytes. They evaluate replication both in purified isolated hepatocytes and in mice after hepatectomy. In both cases, there is clear evidence that DNA replication does not decrease at a level that corresponds with the decrease in detectable ORC subunit and that endoreduplication is the primary type of replication observed. It remains possible that small amounts of residual ORC are responsible for the replication observed, although the authors provide arguments against this possibility. The mechanisms responsible for the DNA replication observed in the absence of ORC are not examined, including why such replication would primarily be due to endoreduplication.

      Strengths:

      The authors clearly show that there are dramatic reductions in the amount of the targeted ORC subunits in the cells that have been targeted for deletion. They also provide clear evidence that there is replication in a subset of these cells and that it is likely due to endoreduplication. Although there is no replication in MEFs derived from cells with the deletion, there is clearly DNA replication occurring in hepatocytes (both isolated in culture and in the context of the liver). Interestingly, the cells undergoing replication exhibit enlarged cell sizes and elevated ploidy indicating endoreduplication of the genome. These findings raise the interesting possibility that endoreduplication does not require ORC while normal replication does.

      Weaknesses:

      There remain two significant weaknesses in this manuscript. The first is that although there is clearly robust reduction of the targeted ORC subunit, the authors cannot confirm that it is deleted in all cells. For example, the analysis in Fig. 4B would suggest that a substantial number of cells have not lost the targeted region of ORC2. In their response, the authors suggest that this is due to contaminating non-hepatocyte cells but do not provide evidence that this is the case. Although the western blots show stronger effects, this type of analysis is notorious for non-linear response curves and no standards are not provided. The second weakness is that there is no evaluation of the molecular nature of the replication observed. In response to the initial review the authors point out that a previous publication mapped Mcm2-7 loading in the absence of ORC1, ORC2 and ORC5 and saw no deficit or altered location. Unfortunately, this is not done for the mutants discussed here and this previous data supports a model that limiting residual ORC is responsible for the replication observed rather than some novel mechanism (which would be expected to alter location or amounts of loading). The manuscript provides no exploration of why "ORC-independent" replication would drive endoreduplicaiton (which is the strongest evidence for an alternative mechanism of initiation but is unique to this experiment and not the previously mutants analyzed for Mcm2-7 loading). Most importantly, it remains true that after numerous papers from this lab and others claiming that ORC is not required for eukaryotic DNA replication, we still have no information about an alternative pathway that could explain Mcm2-7 loading in the absence of ORC. Without some insights in this area, studies such as these will remain controversial.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Bruter and colleagues report effects of inducible deletion of the genes encoding the two paralogous kinases of the Mediator complex in adult mice. The physiological roles of these two kinases, CDK8 and CDK19, are currently rather poorly understood; although conserved in all eukaryotes, and among the most highly conserved kinases in vertebrates, individual knockouts of genes encoding CDK8 homologues in different species have revealed generally rather mild and specific effects, in contrast to Mediator itself. Here, the authors provide evidence that neither CDK8 nor CDK19 are required for adult homeostasis but they are functionally redundant for maintenance of reproductive tissue morphology and fertility in males.

      Strengths:

      The morphological data on atrophy of the male reproductive system and arrest of spermatocyte meiosis are solid and are reinforced by single cell transcriptomics data, which is a challenging technique to implement in vivo. The main findings are important and will be of interest to scientists in the fields of transcription and developmental biology.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several weaknesses.

      The first is that data comparing general health of mice with single and double knockouts is not shown, and data on effects in other tissues are sparse and very preliminary. The only strong phenotype of double knockouts that is described is in the male reproductive system. Furthermore, data for the genitourinary system in single knockouts are very sparse; data are described for fertility in figure 1E, ploidy and cell number in figure 3B and C, plasma testosterone and luteinizing hormone levels in figure 6C and 6D and morphology of testis and prostate tissue for single Cdk8 knockout in supplementary figure 1E (although in this case the images do not appear very comparable between control and CDK8 KO), but, for example, there is no analysis of different meiotic stages or of gene expression in single knockouts. Given that the authors have shown that CDK8 and CDK19 expression levels differ widely between different cell types, such an analysis would be interesting. This might have provided insight into the sterility of induced CDK8 knockout.

      The second weakness is that the correlation between double knockout and reduced expression of genes involved in steroid hormone biosynthesis is hypothesized to be a causal mechanism for the phenotypes observed. While this is a possibility, there are no experiments performed to provide evidence that this is the case. Furthermore, there is no evidence shown that CDK8 and/or CDK19 are directly responsible for transcription of the genes concerned.

      Finally, the authors propose that the phenotypes are independent of the kinase activity of CDK8 or CDK19 because treatment of mice for a month with an inhibitor does not recapitulate the effects of the knockout, and nor does expression of two steroidogenic genes change in cultured Leydig cells upon treatment with an inhibitor. However, there are no controls for effective target inhibition shown.

      Comments on revisions:

      This manuscript is slightly improved compared to the previous version, though it still does not address the weaknesses that were highlighted in the first version, which largely remain relevant. Please note the typo in the abstract (line 30) and the absence of response to the query of how many crypts and villi were counted in the experiment shown in Suppl Fig 1D.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tried to test the hypothesis that Cdk8 and Cdk19 stabilize the cytoplasmic CcNC protein, the partner protein of Mediator complex including CDK8/19 and Mediator protein via a kinase-independent function by generating induced double knockout of Cdk8/19. However the evidence presented suffer from a lack of focus and rigor and does not support their claims.

      Strengths:

      This is the first comprehensive report on the effect of a double knockout of CDK8 and CDK19 in mice on male fertility, hormones and single cell testicular cellular expression. The inducible knockout mice led to male sterility with severe spermatogenic defects, and the authors attempted to use this animal model to test the kinase-independent function of CDK8/19, previously reported for human. Single cell RNA-seq of knockout testis presented a high resolution of molecular defects of all the major cell types in the testes of the inducible double knockout mice. The authors also have several interesting findings such as reentry into cell cycles by Sertoli cells, loss of Testosterone in induced dko that could be investigated further.

      Weaknesses:

      The claim of reproductive defects in the induced double knockout of CDK8/19 resulted from the loss of CCNC via a kinase-independent mechanism is interesting but was not supported by the data presented. While the construction and analysis of the systemic induced knockout model of Cdk8 in Cdk19KO mice is not trivial, the analysis and data is weakened by systemic effect of Cdk8 loss, making it difficult to separate the systemic effect from the local testis effect.

      The analysis of male sterile phenotype is also inadequate with poor image quality, especially testis HE sections. Male reproductive tract picture is also small and difficult to evaluate. The mice crossing scheme is unusual as you have three mice to cross to produce genotypes, while we could understand that it is possible to produce pups of desired genotypes with different mating schemes, such vague crossing scheme is not desirable and of poor genetics practice. Also using TAM treated wild type as control is ok, but a better control will be TAM treated ERT2-cre; CDK8f/f or TAM treated ERT2 Cre CDK19/19 KO, so as to minimize the impact from well-recognized effect of TAM.

      While the authors proposed that the inducible loss of CDK8 in the CDK19 knockout background is responsible for spermatogenic defects, it was not clear in which cells CDK8/19 genes are interested and which cell types might have a major role in spermatogenesis. The authors also put forward the evidence that reduction/loss of Testosterone might be the main cause of spermatogenic defects, which is consistent with the expression change in genes involved in steroigenesis pathway in Leydig cells of inducible double knockout. But it is not clear how the loss of Testosterone contributed to the loss of CcnC protein.

      The authors should clarify or present the data on where CDK8 and CDK19 as well as CcnC are expressed so as to help the readers to understand which tissues that both CDK might be functioning and cause the loss of CcnC. It should be easier to test the hypothesis of CDK8/19 stabilize CcnC protein using double knock out primary cells, instead of the whole testis.

      Since CDK8KO and CDK19KO both have significantly reduced fertility in comparison with wildtype, it might be important to measure the sperm quantity and motility among CDK8 KO, CDK19KO and induced DKO to evaluate spermatogenesis based on their sperm production.

      Some data for the inducible knockout efficiency of Cdk8 were presented in Supplemental figure 1, but there is no legend for the supplemental figures, it was not clear which band represented deletion band, which tissues were examined? Tail or testis? It seems that two months after the injection of Tam, all the Cdk8 were completely deleted, indicating extremely efficient deletion of Tam induction by two-month post administration. Were the complete deletion of Cdk8 happening even earlier ? an examination of timepoints of induced loss would be useful and instructional as to when is the best time to examine phenotypes.

      The authors found that Sertoli cells re-entered cell cycle in the inducible double knockout but stop short of careful characterization other than increased expression of cell cycle genes.

      Overall this work suffered from a lack of focus and rigor in the analysis and lack of sufficient evidence to support their main conclusions.

      Comments on revisions:

      This reviewer appreciated the authors' effort in improving the quality of this manuscript during their revision. While some concerns remain, the revision is a much improved work and the authors addressed most of my major concerns.<br /> Figure 2E CDK8 and CDK19 immunofluorescent staining images seem to show CDK8 and CDK19 location are completely distinct and in different cells, the authors need to elaborate on this results and discuss what such a distinct location means in line of their double knockout data.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The manuscript by Chen et al. presents a detailed metabolic characterization of male and female WT and Ctrp10 knockout mice. The main finding is that female KO mice become obese on both low-fat and high-fat diets, but without evidence of marked insulin resistance, hepatic steatosis, dyslipidemia, or increased inflammatory markers. The authors performed a detailed transcriptomic analysis and identified differentially-expressed genes that distinguish high-fat diet -fed Ctrp10 KO from WT control mice. They further show that this set of genes exhibits cross correlation in human tissues, and that this is greater in females than in males. The data indicate that the Ctrp10 KO model may be useful to understand how obesity and metabolic dysfuction are coupled to each other, and how this occurs by a sex-biased mechanism.

      Strengths

      The work presents a large amount of data, which has been carefully acquired and is convincing. The transcriptomic analysis will further help to define what pathways are associated with obesity, but not necessarily with metabolic dysfunction. The manuscript will be of interest to investigators studying metabolic diseases, and to those studying sex-specific differences in metabolic physiology. The limitations of the study are acknowledged, including that a whole-body knockout was used. The cause of the increased body weight is not entirely clear, despite the careful and detailed analysis that was performed. Notwithstanding these limitations, the phenotype is interesting, and this work will establish basis for further work to understand the mechanisms that are involved.

      Weaknesses

      The main weaknesses are that no antibody is available to detect Ctrp10, and the knockout is a global knockout since no conditional allele is available. These limitations are discussed in the manuscript. Despite these weaknesses, the current work establishes the intriguing phenotype and its sex-specificity, and will provide a solid foundation for future studies.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here the authors have shown the role of sex differences in MHO phenotype, which increases the scope for research in this area.

      Strengths:

      The study provides a detailed idea of how the genes are regulated in sex sex-dependent manner.

      Weaknesses:

      The mechanistic details are missing

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the impact of CTRP10/C1QL2 absence on obesity and metabolic health in mice. Female mice lacking CTRP10 tend to develop obesity, particularly on a high-fat diet. Surprisingly, they do not display the typical metabolic traits associated with obesity, like fatty liver or glucose intolerance. This indicates a disconnection between weight gain and metabolic issues in these female mice. The research underscores the need to understand sex-specific factors in how obesity influences metabolic health.

      Strengths:

      The study provides compelling evidence regarding Ctrp10's role in female-specific metabolic regulation in mice, shedding light on its potential significance in metabolically healthy obese (MHO) individuals.

      Weaknesses:

      -The analysis and description of sex-specific human data require more details to highlight the relevance of Ctrp10 mouse data and the analysis of differentially expressed genes in humans.<br /> -There's a lack of analysis regarding secreted Ctrp10 under various dietary conditions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article, Nedbalova et al. investigate the biochemical pathway that acts in circulating immune cells to generate adenosine, a systemic signal that directs nutrients toward the immune response, and S-adenosylmethionine (SAM), a methyl donor for lipid, DNA, RNA, and protein synthetic reactions. They find that SAM is largely generated through uptake of extracellular methionine, but that recycling of adenosine to form ATP contributes a small but important quantity of SAM in immune cells during the immune response. The authors propose that adenosine serves as a sensor of cell activity and nutrient supply, with adenosine secretion dominating in response to increased cellular activity. Their findings of impaired immune action but rescued larval developmental delay when the enzyme Ahcy is knocked down in hemocytes are interpreted as due to effects on methylation processes in hemocytes and reduced production of adenosine to regulate systemic metabolism and development, respectively. Overall this is a strong paper that uses sophisticated metabolic techniques to map the biochemical regulation of an important systemic mediator, highlighting the importance of maintaining appropriate metabolite levels in driving immune cell biology.

      Strengths:

      The authors deploy metabolic tracing - no easy feat in Drosophila hemocytes - to assess flux into pools of the SAM cycle. This is complemented by mass spectrometry analysis of total levels of SAM cycle metabolites to provide a clear picture of this metabolic pathway in resting and activated immune cells.

      The experiments show that recycling of adenosine to ATP, and ultimately SAM, contributes meaningfully to the ability of immune cells to control infection with wasp eggs.

      This is a well-written paper, with very nice figures showing metabolic pathways under investigation. In particular, the italicized annotations, for example "must be kept low", in Figure 1 illustrate a key point in metabolism - that cells must control levels of various intermediates to keep metabolic pathways moving in a beneficial direction.

      Experiments are conducted and controlled well, reagents are tested, and findings are robust and support most of the authors' claims.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors posit that adenosine acts a sensor of cellular activity, with increased release indicating active cellular metabolism and insufficient nutrient supply. The authors have provided a discussion of how generalizable they think this may be across different cell types or organs, but mechanisms for the role of adenosine in specific cell types, and whether cell autonomous or cell-nonautonomous mechanisms may be employed in sensing, are largely unknown.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors wish to explore the metabolic support mechanisms enabling lamellocyte encapsulation, a critical antiparasitic immune response of insects. They show that S-adenosylmethionine metabolism is specifically important in this process through a combination of measurements of metabolite levels and genetic manipulations of this metabolic process.

      Strengths:

      The metabolite measurements and the functional analyses are generally very strong, and clearly show that the metabolic process under study is important in lamellocyte immune function.

      Previous weaknesses:

      The previous version of the manuscript contained RNAseq data that were inadequately explained. In this version, the treatment and representation of these data are significantly improved, such that they no longer represent a significant weakness. This version also contains increased evidence that SAM transmethylation is directly required for encapsulation.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors of this study provides evidence that Drosophila immune cells show upregulated SAM transmethylation pathway and adenosine recycling upon wasp infection. Blocking this pathway compromises the lamellocyte formation, developmental delay and the host survival, suggesting its physiological relevance.

      Strengths:

      Snapshot quantification of the metabolite pool does not provide evidence that the metabolic pathway is active or not. The authors use an ex vivo isotope labelling to precisely monitor the SAM and adenosine metabolism. During infection, the methionine metabolism and adenosine recycling are upregulated, which is necessary to support the immune reaction. By combining the genetic experiment, they successfully show that the pathway is activated in immune cells.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors knocked down Ahcy to prove the importance of SAM methylation pathway. However, Ahcy-RNAi produces massive accumulation of SAH, in addition to block adenosine production. To further validate the phenotypic causality, it is important to manipulate other enzymes in the pathway, such as Sam-S, Cbs, SamDC, etc. The authors do not demonstrate how infection stimulates the metabolic pathway given the gene expression of metabolic enzymes is not upregulated by infection stimulus.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wang et al. created a series of specific FLIM-FRET sensors to measure the activity of different Rab proteins in small cellular compartments. They apply the new sensors to monitor Rab activity in dendritic spines during induction of LTP. They find sustained (30 min) inactivation of Rab10 and transient (5 min) activation of Rab4 after glutamate uncaging in zero Mg. NMDAR function and CaMKII activation are required for these effects. Knock-down of Rab4 reduced spine volume change while knock-down of Rab10 boosted it and enhanced functional LTP (in KO mice). To test Rab effects on AMPA receptor exocytosis, the authors performed FRAP of fluorescently labeled GluA1 subunits in the plasma membrane. Within 2-3 min, new AMPARs appear on the surface via exocytosis. This process is accelerated by Rab10 knock-down and slowed by Rab4 knock-down. The authors conclude that CaMKII promotes AMPAR exocytosis by i) activating Rab4, the exocytosis driver and ii) inhibiting Rab10, possibly involved in AMPAR degradation.

      Strengths:

      The work is a technical tour de force, adding fundamental insights to our understanding of the crucial functions of different Rab proteins in promoting/preventing synaptic plasticity. The complexity of compartmentalized Ras signaling is poorly understood and this study makes substantial inroads. The new sensors are thoroughly characterized, seem to work very well and will be quite useful for the neuroscience community and beyond (e.g. cancer research). The use of FLIM for read-out is compelling for precise activity measurements in rapidly expanding compartments (i.e., spines during LTP). In addition to structural changes, evidence for functional LTP is provided, too.

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of the FRAP experiments (Fig. 5, Ext. Data Fig. 13) is not straightforward as spine volume and surface area greatly expand during uncaging. I appreciate the correction for added spine membrane shown in Extended Data Fig. 14i.<br /> Pharmacological experiments were not conducted or analyzed blind, risking bias in the selection/exclusion of experiments for analysis.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wang et al. developed a set of optical sensors to monitor Rab protein activity. Their investigation into Rab activity in dendritic spines during structural long-term plasticity (sLTP) revealed sustained Rab10 inactivation (>30min) and transient Rab4 activation (~5 min). Through pharmacological and genetic manipulation to constitutively activate or inhibit Rab proteins, the authors discovered that Rab10 negatively regulates sLTP and AMPA receptor trafficking, while Rab4 positively influences sLTP but only during the transient phase. These optical sensors provide new tools for studying Rab activity in cell biology and neurobiology. The distinct kinetics and functions of Rab proteins are important for understanding synaptic plasticity. However, there are some concerns regarding result inconsistencies within this manuscript and with prior work.

      Strengths:

      (1) The introduction of a series of novel sensors that can address numerous questions in Rab biology.<br /> (2) The use of multiple methods to manipulate Rab proteins to reveal the roles of Rab10 and Rab4 in LTP.<br /> (3) The discovery of Rab4 activation and Rab10 inhibition with different kinetics during sLTP, correlating with their functional roles in the transient (Rab4) and both transient and sustained (Rab10) phases of sLTP.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The discrepancy between spine phenotype and sLTP potential with Rab10 perturbation remains unexplained (refer to previous Weakness #4). The basal state is the outcome of many activity-dependent processes that are physiologically relevant. It is also unclear why different preparations would yield different results. These can be experimentally addressed, and it is at least important to highlight and discuss the discrepancies.<br /> (2) In the response, the authors estimated that the bleed-through from mEGFP-Rab is ~3% and the red channel signal from FRET changes is ~20%. The context of these percentages is unclear. Are they percentages of the total signal in the red channel, or does 3% refer to 3% of the green channel signal? Additionally, there is no explanation of how these numbers were estimated.<br /> (3) The changes in the fEPSP slope in response to theta burst stimulation (a decrease followed by a gradual increase) differ from prior publications (e.g. PMID: 1359925, 3967730, 19144965, 20016099). The explanation of these differences due to different conditions in response to Reviewer's recommendation #6 does not seem sufficient.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the roles of Rab10 and Rab4 proteins in structural long-term potentiation (sLTP) and AMPA receptor (AMPAR) trafficking in hippocampal dendritic spines using various different methods and organotypic slice cultures as the biological model.<br /> The paper shows that Rab10 inactivation enhances AMPAR insertion and dendritic spine head volume increase during sLTP, while Rab4 supports the initial stages of these processes. The key contribution of this study is identifying Rab10 inactivation as a previously unknown facilitator of AMPAR insertion and spine growth, acting as a brake on sLTP when active. Rab4 and Rab10 seems to be playing opposing roles, suggesting a somewhat coordinated mechanism that precisely controls synaptic potentiation, with Rab4 facilitating early changes and Rab10 restricting the extent and timing of synaptic strengthening.

      Strengths:

      The study combines multiple techniques such as FRET/FLIM imaging, pharmacology, genetic manipulations and electrophysiology to dissect the roles of Rab10 and Rab4 in sLTP. The authors developed highly sensitive FRET/FLIM-based sensors to monitor Rab protein activity in single dendritic spines. This allowed them to study the spatiotemporal dynamics of Rab10 and Rab4 activity during glutamate uncaging induced sLTP. They also developed various controls to ensure the specificity of their observations. For example, they used a false acceptor sensor to verify the specificity of the Rab10 sensor response.

      This study reveals previously unknown roles for Rab10 and Rab4 in synaptic plasticity, showing their opposing functions in regulating AMPAR trafficking and spine structural plasticity during LTP.

      Weaknesses:

      In the first round of revision I raised these points:

      (1) In sLTP, the initial volume of stimulated spines is an important determinant of induced plasticity. To address changes in initial volume and those induced by uncaging, the authors present Extended Data Figure 2. In my view, the methods of fitting, sample selection, or both may pose significant limitations for interpreting the overall results. While the initial spine size distribution for Rab10 experiments spans ~0.1-0.4 fL (with an unusually large single spine at the upper end), Rab4 spine distribution spans a broader range of ~0.1-0.9 fL. If the authors applied initial size-matched data selection or used polynomial rather than linear fitting, panels a, b, e, f, and g might display a different pattern. In that case, clustering analysis based on initial size may be necessary to enable a fair comparison between groups-not only for this figure but also for main Figures 2 and 3.

      - The authors responded to this point as follows: For sensor uncaging experiments, we usually uncaged glutamate at large mushroom spines because we need to have a good signal-to-noise ratio. We just happen to choose these spines with different initial sizes for Rab4 sensor and Rab10 sensor uncaging experiments.

      Even if they happen to choose these spine sizes, it is possible to compare only those that match in size. This does not require any additional experiments. Because of this, I do not find this response satisfactory.

      (2) Another limitation is the absence of in vivo validation, as the experiments were performed in organotypic hippocampal slices, which may not fully replicate the complexity of synaptic plasticity in an intact brain, where excitatory and inhibitory processes occur concurrently. High concentrations of MNI-glutamate (4 mM in this study) are known to block GABAergic responses due to its antagonistic effect on GABA-A receptors, thereby precluding the study of inhibitory network activity or connectivity, which is already known to be altered in organotypic slice cultures.

      - I found the Authors following response reasonable and useful:

      We appreciate the reviewer's comments and would like to clarify that we have conducted experiments in acute slices for LTP using conditional Rab10 knockout (Fig. 4k, 4l), and we obtained similar results. Additionally, we have recently published findings on the behavioral deficits observed in heterozygous Rab10 knockout mice (PubMed 37156612). These studies further support our conclusions and provide additional context for our findings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      SNeuronal activity spatiotemporal fine-tuning of cerebral blood flow balances metabolic demands of changing neuronal activity with blood supply. Several 'feed-forward' mechanisms have been described that contribute to activity-dependent vasodilation as well as vasoconstriction leading to a reduction in perfusion. Involved messengers are ionic (K+), gaseous (NO), peptides (e.g., NPY, VIP) and other messengers (PGE2, GABA, glutamate, norepinephrine) that target endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, or pericytes. Contributions of the respective signaling pathways likely vary across brain regions or even within specific brain regions (e.g., across cortex) and are likely influenced by the brain's physiological state (resting, active, sleeping) or pathological departures from normal physiology.

      The manuscript "Elevated pyramidal cell firing orchestrates arteriolar vasoconstriction through COX-2-derived prostaglandin E2 signaling" by B. Le Gac, et al. investigates mechanisms leading to activity-dependent arteriole constriction. Here, mainly working in brain slices from mice expressing channelrhodopsin 2 (ChR2) in all excitatory neurons (Emx1-Cre; Ai32 mice), the authors show that strong optogenetic stimulation of cortical pyramidal neurons is leading to constriction that is mediated through the cyclooxygenase-2 / prostaglandin E2 / EP1 and EP3 receptor pathway with contribution of NPY-releasing interneurons and astrocytes releasing 20-HETE. Specifically, using patch clamp, the authors show that 10-s optogenetic stimulation at 10 and 20 Hz leads to vasoconstriction (Figure 1), in line with a stimulation frequency-dependent increase in somatic calcium (Figure 2). The vascular effects were abolished in presence in TTX and significantly reduced in presence of glutamate receptor antagonists (Figure 3). The authors further show with RT-PCR on RNA isolated from patched cells that ~50% of analyzed cells express COX-1 or -2 and other enzymes required to produce PGE2 or PGF2a (Figure 4). Further, blockade of COX-1 and -2 (indomethacin), or COX-2 (NS-398) abolishes constriction. In animals with chronic cranial window that were anesthetized with ketamine and medetomidine, 10-s long optogenetic stimulation at 10 Hz leads to considerable constriction, which is reduced in presence of indomethacin. Blockade of EP1 and EP3 receptors leads to significant reduction of the constriction in slices (Figure 5). Finally, the authors show that blockade of 20-HETE synthesis caused moderate and NPY Y1 receptor blockade a complete reduction of constriction.

      The mechanistic analysis of neurovascular coupling mechanisms as exemplified here will guide further in-vivo studies and has important implications for human neuroimaging in health and disease. Most of the data in this manuscript uses brain slices as experimental model which contrasts with neurovascular imaging studies performed in awake (headfixed) animals. However, the slice preparation allows for patch clamp as well as easy drug application and removal. Further, the authors discuss their results in view of differences between brain slices and in vivo observations experiments, including the absence of vascular tone as well as blood perfusion required for metabolite (e.g., PGE2) removal, and the presence of network effects in the intact brain. The manuscript and figures present the data clearly; regarding the presented mechanism, the data supports the authors conclusions. Some of the data was generated in vivo in head-fixed animals under anesthesia; in this regard, the authors should revise introduction and discussion to include the important distinction between studies performed in slices, or in acute or chronic in-vivo preparations under anesthesia (reduced network activity and reduced or blockade of neuromodulation, or in awake animals (virtually undisturbed network and neuromodulatory activity). Further, while discussed to some extent, the authors could improve their manuscript by more clearly stating if they expect the described mechanism to contribute to CBF regulation under 'resting state conditions' (i.e., in absence of any stimulus), during short or sustained (e.g., visual, tactile) stimulation, or if this mechanism is mainly relevant under pathological conditions; especially in context of the optogenetic stimulation paradigm being used (10-s long stimulation of many pyramidal neurons at moderate-high frequencies) and the fact that constriction leading to undersupply in response to strongly increased neuronal activity seems counterintuitive?

      The authors have addressed all comments, and I appreciate their insightful discussion and revision of the manuscript.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present study by Le Gac et al. investigates the vasoconstriction of cerebral arteries during neurovascular coupling. It proposes that pyramidal neurons firing at high frequency lead to prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) release and activation of arteriolar EP1 and EP3 receptors, causing smooth muscle cell contraction. The authors further claim that interneurons and astrocytes also contribute to the vasoconstriction via neuropeptide Y (NPY) and 20-hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid (20-HETE) release, respectively. The study mainly uses brain slices and pharmacological tools in combination with Emx1-Cre;Ai32 transgenic mice expressing the H134R variant of channelrhodopsin-2 (ChR2) in the cortical glutamatergic neurons for precise photoactivation. Stimulation with 470 nm light using 10-second trains of 5-ms pulses at frequencies from 1-20 Hz revealed small constrictions at 10 Hz and robust constrictions at 20 Hz, which were abolished by TTX and partially inhibited by a cocktail of glutamate receptor antagonists. Inhibition of cyclooxygenase-1 (COX-1) or -2 (COX-2) by indomethacin blocked the constriction both ex vivo (slices) and in vivo (pial artery), and inhibition of EP1 and EP3 showed the same effect ex vivo. Single-cell RT-PCR from patched neurons confirmed the presence of the PGE2 synthesis pathway. While the data are convincing, the overall experimental setting presents some limitations. How is the activation protocol comparable to physiological firing frequency? The delay (minutes) between the stimulation and the constriction appears contradictory to the proposed pathway, which would be expected to occur rapidly. The experiments are conducted in the absence of vascular "tone," which further questions the significance of the findings. Some of the targets investigated are expressed by multiple cell types, which makes the interpretation difficult; for example, cyclooxygenases are also expressed by endothelial cells. Finally, how is the complete inhibition of the constriction by the NPY Y1 receptor antagonist BIBP3226 consistent with a direct effect of PGE2 and 20-HETE in arterioles? Overall, the manuscript is well-written with clear data, but the interpretation and physiological relevance have some limitations. However, vasoconstriction is a rather understudied phenomenon in neurovascular coupling, and the present findings may be of significance in the context of pathological brain hypoperfusion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary of what the authors were trying to achieve:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated the role of β-CTF on synaptic function and memory. They report that β-CTF can trigger the loss of synapses in neurons that were transiently transfected in cultured hippocampal slices and that this synapse loss occurs independently of Aβ. They confirmed previous research (Kim et al, Molecular Psychiatry, 2016) that β-CTF-induced cellular toxicity occurs through a mechanism involving a hexapeptide domain (YENPTY) in β-CTF that induces endosomal dysfunction. Although the current study also explores the role of β-CTF in synaptic and memory function in the brain using mice chronically expressing β-CTF, the studies are inconclusive because potential effects of Aβ generated by γ-secretase cleavage of β-CTF were not considered. Based on their findings, the authors suggest developing therapies to treat Alzheimer's disease by targeting β-CTF. While they acknowledge that clinical trials of potent BACE1 inhibitors - which also target β-CTF - have failed to show clinical improvement, their study lacks in vivo evidence directly linking β-CTF to brain function, which weakens its significance.

      Major strengths and weaknesses of the methods and results:

      The conclusions of the in vitro experiments using cultured hippocampal slices were well supported by the data, but aspects of the in vivo experiments need additional clarification.<br /> In contrast to the in vitro experiments in which a γ-secretase inhibitor was used to exclude possible effects of Aβ, this possibility was not examined in in vivo experiments assessing synapse loss and function (Fig. 3) and cognitive function (Fig. 4). The absence of plaque formation (Fig. 4C) is not sufficient to exclude the possibility that Aβ is involved. The potential involvement of Aβ is an important consideration given the 4-month duration of protein expression in the in vivo studies. This issue could be addressed using γ-secretase modulators to avoid the off-target effects of inhibitors. Evidence that the detrimental effects in mice are directly caused by β-CTF rather than indirectly via Aβ is critical to support the authors' conclusion.

      Appraisal of whether the authors achieved their aims, and whether the results support their conclusion:

      See above

      Discussion of likely impact of the work on the field, and the utility of the methods and data to the community:

      The authors' use of sparse expression to examine the role of β-CTF on spine loss could be a useful general tool for examining synapses in brain tissue.

      Any additional context that might help readers interpret or understand the significance of the work:

      The discovery of BACE1 stimulated an international effort to develop BACE1 inhibitors to treat Alzheimer's disease. BACE1 inhibitors block the formation of β-CTF which, in turn, prevents the formation of Aβ and other fragments. Unfortunately, BACE1 inhibitors not only did not improve cognition in patients with Alzheimer's disease, they appeared to worsen it, suggesting that β-CTF could facilitate learning and memory. Therefore, it seems unlikely that the disruptive effects of β-CTF on endosomes plays a significant role in the human disease.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors may be interested in the study by Ma et al., PNAS 2007 titled "Involvement of β-site APP cleaving enzyme 1 (BACE1) in amyloid precursor protein-mediated enhancement of memory and activity-dependent synaptic plasticity," which provides significant insights into the physiological role of BACE1 in synaptic function. The researchers demonstrated that BACE1-mediated cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) is essential for enhancing learning, memory, and synaptic plasticity in vivo. They observed that overexpression of APP in transgenic mice led to improved spatial memory retention and potentiation of synaptic plasticity, effects that were abolished when one or both copies of the BACE1 gene were eliminated. This suggests that BACE1's cleavage of APP facilitates activity-dependent synaptic modifications, potentially through the production of APP intracellular domain (AICD) via β-CTF, rather than amyloid-β (Aβ) or soluble APPα (sAPPα). These findings highlight a physiological mechanism where BACE1-mediated APP processing leading to β-CTF supports cognitive functions, potentially explaining the detrimental effects of BACE1 inhibitors on cognitive function in clinical trials.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Most previous studies have focused on the contributions of Abeta and amyloid plaques in the neuronal degeneration associated with Alzheimer's disease, especially in the context of impaired synaptic transmission and plasticity which underlies the impaired cognitive functions, a hallmark in AD. But processes independent of Abeta and plaques are much less explored, and to some extent, the contributions of these processes are less well understood. Luo et all addressed this important question with an array of approaches, and their findings generally support the contribution of beta-CTF-dependent but non-Abeta dependent process to the impaired synaptic properties in the neurons. Interestingly, the above process appears to operate in a cell-autonomous manner. This cell-autonomous effect of beta-CTF as reported here may facilitate our understanding of some potential important cellular processes related to neurodegeneration. Although these findings are valuable, it is key to understand the probability of this process occurring in a more natural condition, such as when this process occurring in many neurons at the same time. This will put the authors' findings into a context for a better understanding of their contribution to either physiological or pathological processes, such as Alzheimer's. The experiments and results using cell system are quite solid, but the in vivo results are incomplete and hence less convincing (see below). The mechanistic analysis is interesting but primitive, and does not add much more weight to the significance. Hence, further efforts from the authors are required to clarify, and solidify their results, in order to provide a complete picture and support for the authors' conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors have addressed an interesting and potentially important question<br /> (2) The analysis using the cell system are solid and provides strong support for the authors' major conclusions. This analysis has used various technical approaches to support the authors' conclusions from different aspects and most of these results are consistent with each other.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The relevance of the authors' major findings to the pathology, especially the Abeta-dependent processes is less clear, and hence the importance of these findings may be limited.<br /> (2) In vivo analysis is incomplete, with certain caveats in the experimental procedures and some of the results need to be further explored to confirm the findings.<br /> (3) The mechanistic analysis is rather primitive and does not add further significance.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed my main questions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigated the mechanism underlying Congenital NAD Deficiency Disorder (CNDD) using a mouse model with loss of function of the HAAO enzyme which mediates a key step in the NAD de novo synthesis pathway. This study builds on the observation that the kynurenine pathway is required in the conceptus, as HAAO null embryos are sensitive to maternal deficiency of NAD precursors (vitamin B3) and tryptophan, and narrows the window of sensitivity to a 3 day period.

      An important finding is that de novo NAD synthesis occurs in an extra-embryonic tissue, the visceral yolk sac, before the liver develops in the embryo. It is suggested that lack of this yolk sac activity leads to impaired NAD supply in the embryo leading to structural abnormalities found later in development.

      Strengths:

      Previous studies show a requirement for HAOO activity for normal development of the embryos develop abnormalities under conditions of maternal vitamin B3 deficiency, indicating a requirement for NAD synthesis in the conceptus. Analysis of scRNA-seq datasets combined with metabolite analysis of yolk sac tissue shows that the NAD synthesis pathway is expressed and functional in the yolk sac from E10.5 onwards (prior to liver development).

      HAOO enzyme assay enabled quantification of enzyme activity in relevant tissues including liver (from E12.5), embryo, placenta and yolk sac (from E11.5).<br /> Comprehensive metabolite analysis of the NAD synthesis pathway supports the predicted effects of HAOO knockout and provides analysis of yolk sac, placenta and embryo at a series of stages.

      The dietary study (with lower vitamin B3 in maternal diet from E7.5-10.5) is an incremental addition to previous studies which imposed similar restrictions from E7.5-12.5. Nevertheless, this emphasises the importance of the synthesis pathway on the conceptus at stages before liver activity is prominent.

      Weaknesses:

      The current dietary study narrows the period when deficiency can cause malformations (analysed at E18.5), and altered metabolite profiles (eg, increased 3HAA, lower NAD) are detected in yolk sac and embryo at E10.5.

      More importantly, there is still a question of whether in addition to the yolks sac, there is HAAO activity within the embryo itself has been assayed as early as E11.5, with minimal activity prior to E12.5 (when it is assayed in liver). These findings support the hypothesis that within the conceptus (embryo, chorioallantoic placenta and visceral yok sac) the embryo is unlikely to be the site of NAD synthesis prior to liver development.

      Evidence for lack of function of the NAD synthesis pathway in the embryos itself from kynurenine at E7.5-10.5 comes from reanalysis of scRNA-seq. This suggests low or absent expression of HAAO in the embryo prior to E10.5 (corresponding to the period when the authors have demonstrated that de novo NAD synthesis in the conceptus is needed). The caveat to this conclusion is that additional analysis of RNA and/or protein expression in the embryos at E7.5-10.5 has not been performed to validate the scRNA-seq data.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Disruption of the nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD) de novo Synthesis Pathway, by which L-tryptophan is converted to NAD results in multi-organ malformations which collectively has been termed Congenital NAD Deficiency Disorder (CNDD).

      While NAD de novo synthesis is primarily active in the liver postnatally, the site of activity prior to and during organogenesis is unknown. However, mouse embryos are susceptible to CNDD between E7.5-E12.5, before the embryo has developed a functional liver. Therefore, NAD de novo synthesis is likely active in another cell or tissue during this time window of susceptibility.

      The body of work presented in this paper continues the corresponding author's labs investigation of the cause and effects of NAD Deficiency and the primary goal was to determine the cell or tissue responsible for NAD de novo synthesis during early embryogenesis.

      The authors conclude that visceral yolk sac endoderm is the source of NAD de novo synthesis, which is essential for mouse embryonic development, and furthermore that the dynamics of NAD synthesis are conserved in human equivalent cells and tissues, the perturbation of which results in CNDD.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the primary findings regarding the source of NAD synthesis, the temporal requirement and conservation between rodent and human species is quite novel and important for our understanding of NAD synthesis and function and role in CNDD.

      The authors used UHPLC-MS/MS to quantify NAD+ and NAD-related metabolites and showed convincingly that the NAD salvage pathway can compensate for the loss of NAD synthesis in Haao-/- embryos, then determined that Haao activity was present in the yolk sac prior to hepatic development identifying this organ as the site of de novo NAD synthesis. Dietary modulation between E7.5-10.5 was sufficient to induce CNDD phenotypes, narrowing the window of susceptibility, and then re-analysis of RNA-seq datasets suggested the endoderm was the cell source of NAD synthesis.

      Weaknesses:

      Page 4 and Table S4. The descriptors for malformations of organs such as the kidney and vertebrae are quite vague and uninformative. More specific details are required to convey the type and range of anomalies observed as a consequence of NAD deficiency.

      Can the authors define whether the role for the NAD pathway in a couple of tissue or organ systems is the same. By this I mean is the molecular or cellular effect of NAD deficiency the same in the vertebrae and organs such as the kidney. What unifies the effects on these specific tissues and organs and are all tissues and organs affected. If some are not, can the authors explain why they escape the need for the NAD pathway.

      Page 5 and Figure 6C. The expectation and conclusion for whether specific genes are expressed in particular cell types in scRNA-seq datasets depends on number of cells sequenced, the technology (methodology) used, the depth of sequencing and also the resolution of the analysis. It is therefore essential to perform secondary validation of the analysis of scRNA-seq data. At a minimum, the authors should perform in situ hybridization or immunostaining for Tdo2, Afmid, Kmo, Kynu, Haao, Qprt and Nadsyn1 or some combination thereof at multiple time points during early mouse embryogenesis to truly understand the spatiotemporal dynamics of expression and NAD synthesis.

      Absolute functional proof of the yolk sac endoderm as being essential and required for NAD synthesis in the context of CNDD might require conditional deletion of Haao in the yolk sac versus embryo using appropriate Cre driver lines or in the absence of a conditional allele, could be performed by tetraploid embryo-ES cell complementation approaches. But temporal dietary intervention can also approximate the same thing by perturbing NAD synthesis then the yolk sac is the primary source versus when the liver becomes the primary source in the embryo.

      In further revisions, the authors have added data to Supp Table 4 and Supplemental Figures 1 and 2

      Although the authors did not perform in situ hybridization for some of the genes requested to define the critical cell type of expression, available scRNA-sequencing suggests the yolk sac endoderm are the only likely source of NAD synthesis prior to its synthesis in the liver. Absolute functional proof of the yolk sac endoderm as being essential and required for NAD synthesis in the context of CNDD still requires validation but nonetheless it seems likely given the absence of a functional liver in embryos prior to E12.5. The authors provided some additional data pertaining to the type of kidney and vertebral anomalies observed which makes this data more complete.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this paper by Brickwedde et al., the authors observe an increase in posterior alpha when anticipating auditory as opposed to visual targets. The authors also observe an enhancement in both visual and auditory steady-state sensory evoked potentials in anticipation of auditory targets, in correlation with enhanced occipital alpha. The authors conclude that alpha does not reflect inhibition of early sensory processing, but rather orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the sensory processing stream. However, there are several major concerns that need to be addressed in order to draw this conclusion.

      First, I am not convinced that the frequency tagging method and the associated analyses are adequate for dissociating visual vs auditory steady-state sensory evoked potentials.

      Second, if the authors want to propose a general revision for the function of alpha, it would be important to show that alpha effects in the visual cortex for visual perception are analogous to alpha effects in the auditory cortex for auditory perception.

      Third, the authors propose an alternative function for alpha - that alpha orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the sensory processing stream. However, the supporting evidence for this alternative function is lacking. I will elaborate on these major concerns below.

      (1) Potential bleed-over across frequencies in the spectral domain is a major concern for all of the results in this paper. The fact that alpha power, 36Hz and 40Hz frequency-tagged amplitude and 4Hz intermodulation frequency power is generally correlated with one another amplifies this concern. The authors are attaching specific meaning to each of these frequencies, but perhaps there is simply a broadband increase in neural activity when anticipating an auditory target compared to a visual target?

      (2) Moreover, 36Hz visual and 40Hz auditory signals are expected to be filtered in the neocortex. Applying standard filters and Hilbert transform to estimate sensory evoked potentials appears to rely on huge assumptions that are not fully substantiated in this paper. In Figure 4, 36Hz "visual" and 40Hz "auditory" signals seem largely indistinguishable from one another, suggesting that the analysis failed to fully demix these signals.

      (3) The asymmetric results in the visual and auditory modalities preclude a modality-general conclusion about the function of alpha. However, much of the language seems to generalize across sensory modalities (e.g., use of the term 'sensory' rather than 'visual').

      (4) In this vein, some of the conclusions would be far more convincing if there was at least a trend towards symmetry in source-localized analyses of MEG signals. For example, how does alpha power in the primary auditory cortex (A1) compare when anticipating auditory vs visual target? What do the frequency-tagged visual and auditory responses look like when just looking at the primary visual cortex (V1) or A1?

      (5) Blinking would have a huge impact on the subject's ability to ignore the visual distractor. The best thing to do would be to exclude from analysis all trials where the subjects blinked during the cue-to-target interval. The authors mention that in the MEG experiment, "To remove blinks, trials with very large eye-movements (> 10 degrees of visual angle) were removed from the data (See supplement Fig. 5)." This sentence needs to be clarified since eye-movements cannot be measured during blinking. In addition, it seems possible to remove putative blink trials from EEG experiments as well, since blinks can be detected in the EEG signals.

      (6) It would be interesting to examine the neutral cue trials in this task. For example, comparing auditory vs visual vs neutral cue conditions would be indicative of whether alpha was actively recruited or actively suppressed. In addition, comparing spectral activity during cue-to-target period on neutral-cue auditory correct vs incorrect trials should mimic the comparison of auditory-cue vs visual-cue trials. Likewise, neutral-cue visual correct vs incorrect trials should mimic the attention-related differences in visual-cue vs auditory-cue trials.

      (7) In the abstract, the authors state that "This implies that alpha modulation does not solely regulate 'gain control' in early sensory areas but rather orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the processing stream." However, I don't see any supporting evidence for the latter claim, that alpha orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the processing stream. If the authors are claiming an alternative function to alpha, this claim should be strongly substantiated.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Brickwedde et al. investigate the role of alpha oscillations in allocating intermodal attention. A first EEG study is followed up with a MEG study that largely replicates the pattern of results (with small to be expected differences). They conclude that a brief increase in the amplitude of auditory and visual stimulus-driven continuous (steady-state) brain responses prior to the presentation of an auditory - but not visual - target speaks to the modulating role of alpha that leads them to revise a prevalent model of gating-by-inhibition.

      Overall, this is an interesting study on a timely question, conducted with methods and analysis that are state-of-the-art. I am particularly impressed by the author's decision to replicate the earlier EEG experiment in MEG following the reviewer's comments on the original submission. Evidently, great care was taken to accommodate the reviewer's suggestions.

      Nevertheless, I am struggling with the report for two main reasons: It is difficult to follow the rationale of the study, due to structural issues with the narrative and missing information or justifications for design and analysis decisions, and I am not convinced that the evidence is strong, or even relevant enough for revising the mentioned alpha inhibition theory. Both points are detailed further below.

      Strength/relevance of evidence for model revision: The main argument rests on 1) a rather sustained alpha effect following the modality cue, 2) a rather transient effect on steady-state responses just before the expected presentation of a stimulus, and 3) a correlation between those two. Wouldn't the authors expect a sustained effect on sensory processing, as measured by steady-state amplitude irrespective of which of the scenarios described in Figure 1A (original vs revised alpha inhibition theory) applies? Also, doesn't this speak to the role of expectation effects due to consistent stimulus timing? An alternative explanation for the results may look like this: Modality-general increased steady-state responses prior to the expected audio stimulus onset are due to increased attention/vigilance. This effect may be exclusive (or more pronounced) in the attend-audio condition due to higher precision in temporal processing in the auditory sense or, vice versa, too smeared in time due to the inferior temporal resolution of visual processing for the attend-vision condition to be picked up consistently. As expectation effects will build up over the course of the experiment, i.e., while the participant is learning about the consistent stimulus timing, the correlation with alpha power may then be explained by a similar but potentially unrelated increase in alpha power over time.

      Structural issues with the narrative and missing information: Here, I am mostly concerned with how this makes the research difficult to access for the reader. I list the major points below:

      In the introduction the authors pit the original idea about alpha's role in gating against some recent contradictory results. If it's the aim of the study to provide evidence for either/or, predictions for the results from each perspective are missing. Also, it remains unclear how this relates to the distinction between original vs revised alpha inhibition theory (Fig. 1A). Relatedly if this revision is an outcome rather than a postulation for this study, it shouldn't be featured in the first figure.

      The analysis of the intermodulation frequency makes a surprise entrance at the end of the Results section without an introduction as to its relevance for the study. This is provided only in the discussion, but with reference to multisensory integration, whereas the main focus of the study is focussed attention on one sense. (Relatedly, the reference to "theta oscillations" in this sections seems unclear without a reference to the overlapping frequency range, and potentially more explanation.) Overall, if there's no immediate relevance to this analysis, I would suggest removing it.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Brickwedde et al. attempt to clarify the role of alpha in sensory gain modulation by exploring the relationship between attention-related changes in alpha and attention-related changes in sensory-evoked responses, which surprisingly few studies have examined given the prevalence of the alpha inhibition hypothesis. The authors use robust methods and provide novel evidence that alpha likely exhibits inhibitory control over later processing, as opposed to early sensory processing, by providing source-localization data in a cross-modal attention task.

      This paper seems very strong, particularly given that the follow-up MEG study both (a) clarifies the task design and separates the effect of distractor stimuli into other experimental blocks, and (b) provides source-localization data to more concretely address whether alpha inhibition is occurring at or after the level of sensory processing, and (c) replicates most of the EEG study's key findings.

      There are some points that would be helpful to address to bolster the paper. First, the introduction would benefit from a somewhat deeper review of the literature, not just reviewing when the effects of alpha seem to occur, but also addressing how the effect can change depending on task and stimulus design (see review by Morrow, Elias & Samaha (2023). Additionally, the discussion could benefit from more cautionary language around the revision of the alpha inhibition account. For example, it would be helpful to address some of the possible discrepancies between alpha and SSEP measures in terms of temporal specificity, SNR, etc. (see Peylo, Hilla, & Sauseng, 2021). The authors do a good job speculating as to why they found differing results from previous cross-modal attention studies, but I'm also curious whether the authors think that alpha inhibition/modulation of sensory signals would have been different had the distractors been within the same modality or whether the cues indicated target location, rather than just modality, as has been the case in so much prior work?

      Overall, the analyses and discussion are quite comprehensive, and I believe this paper to be an excellent contribution to the alpha-inhibition literature.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors explore associations between plasma metabolites and glaucoma, a primary cause of irreversible vision loss worldwide. The study relies on measurements of 168 plasma metabolites in 4,658 glaucoma patients and 113,040 controls from the UK Biobank. The authors show that metabolites improve the prediction of glaucoma risk based on polygenic risk score (PRS) alone, albeit weakly. The authors also report a "metabolomic signature" that is associated with a reduced risk (or "resilience") for developing glaucoma among individuals in the highest PRS decile (reduction of risk by an estimated 29%). The authors highlight the protective effect of pyruvate, a product of glycolysis, for glaucoma development and show that this molecule mitigates elevated intraocular pressure and optic nerve damage in a mouse model of this disease.

      Strengths:

      This work provides additional evidence that glycolysis may play a role in the pathophysiology of glaucoma. Previous studies have demonstrated the existence of an inverse relationship between intraocular pressure and retinal pyruvate levels in animal models (Hader et al. 2020, PNAS 117(52)) and pyruvate supplementation is currently being explored for neuro-enhancement in patients with glaucoma (De Moraes et al. 2022, JAMA Ophthalmology 140(1)). The study design is rigorous and relies on validated, standard methods. Additional insights gained from a mouse model are valuable.

      Weaknesses:

      Caution is warranted when examining and interpreting the results of this study. Among all participants (cases and controls) glaucoma status was self-reported, determined on the basis of ICD codes or previous glaucoma laser/surgical therapy. This is problematic as it is not uncommon for individuals in the highest PRS decile to have undiagnosed glaucoma (as shown in previous work by some of the authors of this article). The authors acknowledge a "relatively low glaucoma prevalence in the highest decile group" but do not explore how undiagnosed glaucoma may affect their results. This also applies to all controls selected for this study. The authors state that "50 to 70% of people affected [with glaucoma] remain undiagnosed". Therefore, the absence of self-reported glaucoma does not necessarily indicate that the disease is not present. Validation of the findings from this study in humans is, therefore, critical. This should ideally be performed in a well-characterized glaucoma cohort, in which case and control status has been assessed by qualified clinicians.

      The authors indicate that within the top decile of PRS participants with glaucoma are more likely to be of white ethnicity, while they are more likely to be of Black and Asian ethnicity if they are in the bottom half of PRS. Have the authors explored how sensitive their predictions are to ethnicity? Since their cohort is predominantly of European ancestry (85.8%), would it make sense to exclude other ethnicities to increase the homogeneity of the cohort and reduce the risk for confounders that may not be explicitly accounted for?

      The authors discuss the importance of pyruvate, and lactate for retinal ganglion cell survival, along with that of several lipoproteins for neuroprotection. However, there is a distinction to be made between locally produced/available glycolysis end products and lipoproteins and those circulating in the blood. It may be useful to discuss this in the manuscript, and for the authors to explore if plasma metabolites may be linked to metabolism that takes place past the blood-retinal barrier.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have used the UK Biobank data to interrogate the association between plasma metabolites and glaucoma.

      (1) They initially assessed plasma metabolites as predictors of glaucoma: The addition of NMR-derived metabolomic data to existing models containing clinical and genetic data was marginal.

      (2) They then determined whether certain metabolites might protect against glaucoma in individuals at high genetic risk: Certain molecules in bioenergetic pathways (lactate, pyruvate, and citrate) conferred protection.

      (3) They provide support for protection conferred by pyruvate in a murine model.

      Strengths:

      (1) The huge sample size supports a powerful statistical analysis and the opportunity for the inclusion of multiple covariates and interactions without overfitting the models.

      (2) The authors have constructed a robust methodology and statistical design.

      (3) The manuscript is well written, and the study is logically presented.

      (4) The figures are of good quality.

      (5) Broadly, the conclusions are justified by the findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although it is an invaluable treasure trove of data, selection bias and self-reporting are inescapable problems when using the UK Biobank data for glaucoma research. The high-impact glaucoma-related GWAS publications (references 26 and 27) referenced in support of the method suffer the same limitations. This doesn't negate the conclusions but must be taken into consideration. The authors might note that it is somewhat reassuring that the proportion of glaucoma cases (4%) is close to what would be expected in a population-based study of 40-69-year-olds of predominantly white ethnicity.

      (2) As noted by the authors, a limitation is the predominantly white ethnicity profile that comprises the UK Biobank.

      (3) Also as noted by the authors, the study is cross-sectional and is limited by the "correlation does not imply causation" issue.

      (4) The optimal collection, transport, and processing of the samples for NMR metabolite analysis is critical for accurate results. Strict policies were in place for these procedures, but deviations from protocol remain an unknown influence on the data.

      (5) In addition, all UK Biobank blood samples had unintended dilution during the initial sample storage process at UK Biobank facilities. (Julkunen, H. et al. Atlas of plasma NMR biomarkers for health and disease in 118,461 individuals from the UK Biobank. Nat Commun 14, 604 (2023) Samples from aliquot 3, used for the NMR measurements, suffered from 5-10% dilution. (Allen, Naomi E., et al. Wellcome Open Research 5 (2021): 222.) Julkunen et al. report that "The dilution is believed to come from mixing of participant samples with water due to seals that failed to hold a system vacuum in the automated liquid handling systems. While this issue is likely to have an impact on some of the absolute biomarker concentration values, it is expected to have limited impact on most epidemiological analyses."

      Impact:

      The findings advance personalized prognostics for glaucoma that combine metabolomic and genetic data. In addition, the protective effect of certain metabolites influences further research on novel therapeutic strategies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study addresses how faces and bodies are integrated in two STS face areas revealed by fMRI in the primate brain. It builds upon recordings and analysis of the responses of large populations of neurons to three sets of images, that vary face and body positions. These sets allowed the authors to thoroughly investigate invariance to position on the screen (MC HC), to pose (P1 P2), to rotation (0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315), to inversion, to possible and impossible postures (all vs straight), to the presentation of head and body together or in isolation. By analyzing neuronal responses, they found that different neurons showed preferences for body orientation, head orientation, or the interaction between the two. By using a linear support vector machine classifier, they show that the neuronal population can decode head-body angle presented across orientations, in the anterior aSTS patch (but not middle mSTS patch), except for mirror orientation.

      Strengths:

      These results extend prior work on the role of Anterior STS fundus face area in face-body integration and its invariance to mirror symmetry, with a rigorous set of stimuli revealing the workings of these neuronal populations in processing individuals as a whole, in an important series of carefully designed conditions.

      Minor issues and questions that could be addressed by the authors:

      (1) Methods. While monkeys certainly infer/recognize that individual pictures refer to the same pose with varying orientations based on prior studies (Wang et al.), I am wondering whether in this study monkeys saw a full rotation of each of the monkey poses as a video before seeing the individual pictures of the different orientations, during recordings.

      (2) Experiment 1. The authors mention that neurons are preselected as face-selective, body-selective, or both-selective. Do the Monkey Sum Index and ANOVA main effects change per Neuron type?

      (3) I might have missed this information, but the correlation between P1 and P2 seems to not be tested although they carry similar behavioral relevance in terms of where attention is allocated and where the body is facing for each given head-body orientation.

      (4) Is the invariance for position HC-MC larger in aSTS neurons compared to mSTS neurons, as could be expected from their larger receptive fields?

      (5) L492 "The body-inversion effect likely results from greater exposure to upright than inverted bodies during development". Monkeys display more hanging upside-down behavior than humans, however, does the head appear more tilted in these natural configurations?

      (6) Methods in Experiment 1. SVM. How many neurons are sufficient to decode the orientation?

      (7) Figure 3D 3E. Could the authors please indicate for each of these neurons whether they show a main effect of face, body, or interaction, as well as their median corrected correlation to get a flavor of these numbers for these examples?

      (8) Methods and Figure 1A. It could be informative to precise whether the recordings are carried in the lateral part of the STS or in the fundus of the STS both for aSTS and mSTS for comparison to other studies that are using these distinctions (AF, AL, MF, ML).

      Wang, G., Obama, S., Yamashita, W. et al. Prior experience of rotation is not required for recognizing objects seen from different angles. Nat Neurosci 8, 1768-1775 (2005). https://doi-org.insb.bib.cnrs.fr/10.1038/nn1600

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the neuronal encoding of the relationship between head and body orientations in the brain. Specifically, the authors focus on the angular relationship between the head and body by employing virtual avatars. Neuronal responses were recorded electrophysiologically from two fMRI-defined areas in the superior temporal sulcus and analyzed using decoding methods. They found that: (1) anterior STS neurons encode head-body angle configurations; (2) these neurons distinguish aligned and opposite head-body configurations effectively, whereas mirror-symmetric configurations are more difficult to differentiate; and (3) an upside-down inversion diminishes the encoding of head-body angles. These findings advance our understanding of how visual perception of individuals is mediated, providing a fundamental clue as to how the primate brain processes the relationship between head and body - a process that is crucial for social communication.

      Strengths:

      The paper is clearly written, and the experimental design is thoughtfully constructed and detailed. The use of electrophysiological recordings from fMRI-defined areas elucidated the mechanism of head-body angle encoding at the level of local neuronal populations. Multiple experiments, control conditions, and detailed analyses thoroughly examined various factors that could affect the decoding results. The decoding methods effectively and consistently revealed the encoding of head-body angles in the anterior STS neurons. Consequently, this study offers valuable insights into the neuronal mechanisms underlying our capacity to integrate head and body cues for social cognition-a topic that is likely to captivate readers in this field.

      Weaknesses:

      I did not identify any major weaknesses in this paper; I only have a few minor comments and suggestions to enhance clarity and further strengthen the manuscript, as detailed in the Private Recommendations section.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zafirova et al. investigated the interaction of head and body orientation in the macaque superior temporal sulcus (STS). Combining fMRI and electrophysiology, they recorded responses of visual neurons to a monkey avatar with varying head and body orientations. They found that STS neurons integrate head and body information in a nonlinear way, showing selectivity for specific combinations of head-body orientations. Head-body configuration angles can be reliably decoded, particularly for neurons in the anterior STS. Furthermore, body inversion resulted in reduced decoding of head-body configuration angles. Compared to previous work that examined face or body alone, this study demonstrates how head and body information are integrated to compute a socially meaningful signal.

      Strengths:

      This work presents an elegant design of visual stimuli, with a monkey avatar of varying head and body orientations, making the analysis and interpretation straightforward. Together with several control experiments, the authors systematically investigated different aspects of head-body integration in the macaque STS. The results and analyses of the paper are mostly convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Using ANOVA, the authors demonstrate the existence of nonlinear interactions between head and body orientations. While this is a conventional way of identifying nonlinear interactions, it does not specify the exact type of the interaction. Although the computation of the head-body configuration angle requires some nonlinearity, it's unclear whether these interactions actually contribute. Figure 3 shows some example neurons, but a more detailed analysis is needed to reveal the diversity of the interactions. One suggestion would be to examine the relationship between the presence of an interaction and the neural encoding of the configuration angle.

      (2) Figure 4 of the paper shows a better decoding of the configuration angle in the anterior STS than in the middle STS. This is an interesting result, suggesting a transformation in the neural representation between these two areas. However, some control analyses are needed to further elucidate the nature of this transformation. For example, what about the decoding of head and body orientations - dose absolute orientation information decrease along the hierarchy, accompanying the increase in configuration information?

      (3) While this work has characterized the neural integration of head and body information in detail, it's unclear how the neural representation relates to the animal's perception. Behavioural experiments using the same set of stimuli could help address this question, but I agree that these additional experiments may be beyond the scope of the current paper. I think the authors should at least discuss the potential outcomes of such experiments, which can be tested in future studies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe a new computational method (SegPore), which segments the raw signal from nanopore-direct RNA-Seq data to improve the identification of RNA modifications. In addition to signal segmentation, SegPore includes a Gaussian Mixture Model approach to differentiate modified and unmodified bases. SegPore uses Nanopolish to define a first segmentation, which is then refined into base and transition blocks. SegPore also includes a modification prediction model that is included in the output. The authors evaluate the segmentation in comparison to Nanopolish and Tombo, and they evaluate the impact on m6A RNA modification detection using data with known m6A sites. In comparison to existing methods, SegPore appears to improve the ability to detect m6A, suggesting that this approach could be used to improve the analysis of direct RNA-Seq data.

      Strengths:

      SegPore addresses an important problem (signal data segmentation). By refining the signal into transition and base blocks, noise appears to be reduced, leading to improved m6A identification at the site level as well as for single-read predictions. The authors provide a fully documented implementation, including a GPU version that reduces run time. The authors provide a detailed methods description, and the approach to refine segments appears to be new.

      Weaknesses:

      In addition to Nanopolish and Tombo, f5c and Uncalled4 can also be used for segmentation, however, the comparison to these methods is not shown. The overall improvement in accuracy appears to be relatively small. The run time and resources that are required to run SegPore are not shown, however, it appears that the GPU version is essential, which could limit the application of this method in practice. The method was only applied to data from the RNA002 direct RNA-Sequencing version, which is not available anymore, currently, it remains unclear if the methods still work on RNA004.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work seeks to improve the detection of RNA m6A modifications using Nanopore sequencing through improvements in raw data analysis. These improvements are said to be in the segmentation of the raw data, although the work appears to position the alignment of raw data to the reference sequence and some further processing as part of the segmentation, and result statistics are mostly shown on the 'data-assigned-to-kmer' level.

      As such, the title, abstract, and introduction stating the improvement of just the 'segmentation' does not seem to match the work the manuscript actually presents, as the wording seems a bit too limited for the work involved.

      The work itself shows minor improvements in m6Anet when replacing Nanopolish eventalign with this new approach, but clear improvements in the distributions of data assigned per kmer. However, these assignments were improved well enough to enable m6A calling from them directly, both at site-level and at read-level.

      Strengths:

      A large part of the improvements shown appear to stem from the addition of extra, non-base/kmer specific, states in the segmentation/assignment of the raw data, removing a significant portion of what can be considered technical noise for further analysis. Previous methods enforced the assignment of all raw data, forcing a technically optimal alignment that may lead to suboptimal results in downstream processing as data points could be assigned to neighbouring kmers instead, while random noise that is assigned to the correct kmer may also lead to errors in modification detection.

      For an optimal alignment between the raw signal and the reference sequence, this approach may yield improvements for downstream processing using other tools.<br /> Additionally, the GMM used for calling the m6A modifications provides a useful, simple, and understandable logic to explain the reason a modification was called, as opposed to the black models that are nowadays often employed for these types of tasks.

      Weaknesses:

      The work seems limited in applicability largely due to the focus on the R9's 5mer models. The R9 flow cells are phased out and not available to buy anymore. Instead, the R10 flow cells with larger kmer models are the new standard, and the applicability of this tool on such data is not shown. We may expect similar behaviour from the raw sequencing data where the noise and transition states are still helpful, but the increased kmer size introduces a large amount of extra computing required to process data and without knowledge of how SegPore scales, it is difficult to tell how useful it will really be. The discussion suggests possible accuracy improvements moving to 7mers or 9mers, but no reason why this was not attempted.

      The manuscript suggests the eventalign results are improved compared to Nanopolish. While this is believably shown to be true (Table 1), the effect on the use case presented, downstream differentiation between modified and unmodified status on a base/kmer, is likely limited as during actual modification calling the noisy distributions are usually 'good enough', and not skewed significantly in one direction to really affect the results too terribly.

      Furthermore, looking at alternative approaches where this kind of segmentation could be applied, Nanopolish uses the main segmentation+alignment for a first alignment and follows up with a form of targeted local realignment/HMM test for modification calling (and for training too), decreasing the need for the near-perfect segmentation+alignment this work attempts to provide. Any tool applying a similar strategy probably largely negates the problems this manuscript aims to improve upon.

      Finally, in the segmentation/alignment comparison to Nanopolish, the latter was not fitted(/trained) on the same data but appears to use the pre-trained model it comes with. For the sake of comparing segmentation/alignment quality directly, fitting Nanopolish on the same data used for SegPore could remove the influences of using different training datasets and focus on differences stemming from the algorithm itself.

      Appraisal:

      The authors have shown their method's ability to identify noise in the raw signal and remove their values from the segmentation and alignment, reducing its influences for further analyses. Figures directly comparing the values per kmer do show a visibly improved assignment of raw data per kmer. As a replacement for Nanopolish eventalign it seems to have a rather limited, but improved effect, on m6Anet results. At the single read level modification modification calling this work does appear to improve upon CHEUI.

      Impact:

      With the current developments for Nanopore-based modification largely focusing on Artificial Intelligence, Neural Networks, and the like, improvements made in interpretable approaches provide an important alternative that enables a deeper understanding of the data rather than providing a tool that plainly answers the question of whether a base is modified or not, without further explanation. The work presented is best viewed in the context of a workflow where one aims to get an optimal alignment between raw signal data and the reference base sequence for further processing. For example, as presented, as a possible replacement for Nanopolish eventalign. Here it might enable data exploration and downstream modification calling without the need for local realignments or other approaches that re-consider the distribution of raw data around the target motif, such as a 'local' Hidden Markov Model or Neural Networks. These possibilities are useful for a deeper understanding of the data and further tool development for modification detection works beyond m6A calling.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Nucleotide modifications are important regulators of biological function, however, until recently, their study has been limited by the availability of appropriate analytical methods. Oxford Nanopore direct RNA sequencing preserves nucleotide modifications, permitting their study, however, many different nucleotide modifications lack an available base-caller to accurately identify them. Furthermore, existing tools are computationally intensive, and their results can be difficult to interpret.

      Cheng et al. present SegPore, a method designed to improve the segmentation of direct RNA sequencing data and boost the accuracy of modified base detection.

      Strengths:

      This method is well-described and has been benchmarked against a range of publicly available base callers that have been designed to detect modified nucleotides.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the manuscript has a significant drawback in its current version. The most recent nanopore RNA base callers can distinguish between different ribonucleotide modifications, however, SegPore has not been benchmarked against these models.

      I recommend that re-submission of the manuscript that includes benchmarking against the rna004_130bps_hac@v5.1.0 and rna004_130bps_sup@v5.1.0 dorado models, which are reported to detect m5C, m6A_DRACH, inosine_m6A and PseU.

      A clear demonstration that SegPore also outperforms the newer RNA base caller models will confirm the utility of this method.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Insects inhabit diverse environments and have neuroanatomical structures appropriate to each habitat. Although the molecular mechanism of insect neural development has been mainly studied in Drosophila, the beetle, Tribolium castaneum has been introduced as another model to understand the differences and similarities in the process of insect neural development. In this manuscript, the authors focused on the origin of the central complex. In Drosophila, type II neuroblasts have been known as the origin of the central complex. Then, the authors tried to identify those cells in the beetle brain. They established a Tribolium fez enhancer trap line to visualize putative type II neuroblasts and successfully identified 9 of those cells. In addition, they also examined expression patterns of several genes that are known to be expressed in the type II neuroblasts or their lineage in Drosophila. They concluded that the putative type II neuroblasts they identified were type II neuroblasts because those cells showed characteristics of type II neuroblasts in terms of genetic codes, cell diameter, and cell lineage.

      Strengths:

      The authors established a useful enhancer trap line to visualize type II neuroblasts in Tribolium embryos. Using this tool, they have identified that there are 9 type II neuroblasts in the brain hemisphere during embryonic development. Since the enhancer trap line also visualized the lineage of those cells, the authors found that the lineage size of the type II neuroblasts in the beetle is larger than that in the fly. They also showed that several genetic markers are also expressed in the type II neuroblasts and their lineages as observed in Drosophila.

      Comments on revisions:

      The revisions have improved the manuscript greatly. However, I still have some concerns about the lack of examination of the expression of NB markers. Without examining the expression of at least one unequivocal neuroblast marker, no one can say confidently that it is a neuroblast. However, it is acknowledged that such a marker is currently not available for Tribolium.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors address the question of differences in the development of the central complex (Cx), a brain structure mainly controlling spatial orientation and locomotion in insects, which can be traced back to the neuroblast lineages that produce the Cx structure. The lineages are called type-II neuroblast (NB) lineages and assumed to be conserved in insects. While Tribolium castaneum produces a functional larval Cx that only consists of one part of the adult Cx structure, the fan-shaped body, in Drosophila melanogaster a non-functional neuropile primordium is formed by neurons produced by the embryonic type-II NBs which then enter a dormant state and continue development in late larval and pupal stages.

      The authors present a meticulous study demonstrating that type-II neuroblast (NB) lineages are indeed present in the developing brain of Tribolium castaneum. In contrast to type-I NB lineages, type-II NBs produce additional intermediate progenitors. The authors generate a fluorescent enhancer trap line called fez/earmuff which prominently labels the mushroom bodies but also the intermediate progenitors (INPs) of the type-II NB lineages. This is convincingly demonstrated by high resolution images that show cellular staining next to large pointed labelled cells, a marker for type-II NBs in Drosophila melanogaster. Using these and other markers (e.g. deadpan, asense), the authors show that the cell type composition and embryonic development of the type-II NB lineages are similar to their counterparts in Drosophila melanogaster. Furthermore, the expression of the Drosophila type-II NB lineage markers six3 and six4 in subsets of the Tribolium type-II NB lineages (anterior 1-4 and 1-6 type-II NB lineages) and the expression of the Cx marker skh in the distal part of most of the lineages provide further evidence that the identified NB lineages are equivalent to the Drosophila lineages that establish the central complex. However, in contrast to Drosophila, there are 9 instead of 8 embryonic type-II NB lineages per brain hemisphere and the lineages contain more progenitor cells compared to the Drosophila lineages. The authors argue that the higher number of dividing progenitor cells supports the earlier development of a functional Cx in Tribolium.

      While the manuscript clearly shows that type-II NB lineages similar to Drosophila exist in Tribolium, it does not establish a direct link between the characteristics of these lineages and a functional larval Cx in Tribolium, i.e., it does not identify the cause of the heterochronic development of the Cx in these insects. However, the detailed study lays the foundation for lineage tracing and gene function experiments that will elucidate if the higher number of Tribolium type-II NB lineage progenitors, the additional lineage and the timing of developmental progression of the progenitors can indeed be linked with the earlier function of the Cx and/or if other components are required for establishing the functional larval neural circuits in Tribolium such as e.g. larval born neurons as is the case in Drosophila.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Rethemeier et al capitalize on their previous observation that the beetle central complex develops heterochronically compared to the fly and try to identify the developmental origin of this difference. For this reason, they use a fez enhancer trap line that they generated to study the neuronal stem cells (INPs) that give rise to the central complex. Using this line and staining against Drosophila type-II neuroblast markers, they elegantly dissect the number of developmental progression of the beetle type II neuroblasts. They show that the NBs, INPs, and GMCs have a conserved marker progression by comparing to Drosophila marker genes, although the expression of some of the lineage markers (otd, six3, and six4) is slightly different. Finally, they show that the beetle type II neuroblasts lineages are likely longer than the equivalent ones in Drosophila and argue that this might be the underlying reason for the observed heterochrony.

      Strengths:

      - Very interesting study system that compares a conserved structure that, however, develops in a heterochronic manner.<br /> - Identification of a conserved molecular signature of type-II neuroblasts between beetles and flies. At the same time, identification of transcription factors expression differences in the neuroblasts, as well as identification of an extra neuroblast.<br /> - Nice detailed experiments to describe the expression of conserved and divergent marker genes, including some lineaging looking into co-expression of progenitor (fez) and neuronal (skh) markers.

      Weaknesses:

      - The link between size and number of neuroblast lineages and the earlier central complex development in beetles is not examined.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the work by Scerbo et al, the authors aim to better understand the open question of what factors constrain cells that are genetically predisposed to form cancer (e.g. those with a potentially cancer-causing mutation like activated Ras) to only infrequently undergo this malignant transformation, with a focus on the influence of embryonic or pluripotency factors (e.g. VENTX/NANOG). Using genetically defined zebrafish models, the authors can inducibly express the KRASG12V oncogene using a combination of Cre/Lox transgenes further controlled by optogenetically inducible Cre-activated (CreER fusion that becomes active with light-induced uncaging of a tamoxifen-analogue in a targeted region of the zebrafish embryo). They further show that transient expression and activation of a pluripotency factor (e.g. Ventx fused to a GR receptor that is activated with addition of dexamethasone) must occur in the model in order for overgrowth of cells to occur. This paper describes a genetically tractable and modifiable system for studying the requirements for inducing cellular hyperplasia in a whole organism by combining overexpression of canonical genetic drivers of cancer (like Ras) with epigenetic modifiers (like specific transcription factors), which could be used to study an array of combinations and temporal relationships of these cancer drivers/modifiers.

      Strengths:

      The combination of Cre/lox inducible gene expression with potentially localized optogenetic induction (CreER and uncaging of tamoxifen analogues) of recombination as well as inducible activation of a transcription factor expressed via mRNA injection (GR-fusion to the TF and dex induction) offers a flexible system for manipulating cell growth, identity, and transcriptional programs. With this system, the authors establish that Ras activation and at least transient Ventx overexpression are together required to induce a hyperproliferative phenotype in zebrafish tissues.

      The ability to live image embryos over the course of days with inducible fluorophores indicating recombination events and transgene overexpression offers a tractable in vivo system for studying hyperplastic cells in the context of a whole organism.

      The transplant experiments demonstrate the ability of the induced hyperplastic cells to grow upon transfer to new host.

      Weaknesses:

      There is minimal quantitation of key aspects of the system, most critically in the efficiency of activation of the Ras-TFP fusion (Fig 1) in, purportedly, a single cell. The authors note "On average the oncogene is then activated in a single cell, identified within ~1h by the blue fluorescence of its nuclear marker) but no additional quantitative information is provided. For a system that is aimed at "a statistically relevant single-cell<br /> tracking and characterization of the early stages of tumorigenesis", such information seems essential.

      The authors indicate that a single cell is "initiated" (Fig 2) using the laser optogenetic technique, but without definitive genetic lineage tracing, it is not possible to conclude that cells expressing TFP distant from the target site near the ear are daughter cells of the claimed single "initiated" cell. A plausible alternative explanation is 1) that the optogenetic targeting is more diffuse (i.e. some of the light of the appropriate wavelength hits other cells nearby due to reflection/diffraction), so these adjacent cells are additional independent "initiated" cells or 2) that the uncaged tamoxifen analogue can diffuse to nearby cells and allow for CreER activation and recombination. In Fig 2B, the claim is made that "the activated cell has divided, giving rise to two cells" - unless continuously imaged or genetically traced, this is unproven. In addition, it appears that Figures S3 and S4 are showing that hyperplasica can arise in many different tissues (including intestine, pancreas, and liver, S4C) with broad Ras + Ventx activation (while unclear from the text, it appears these embryos were broadly activated and were not "single cell activated using the set-up in Fig 1E? This should be clarified in the manuscript). In Fig S7 where single cell activation and potential metastasis is discussed, similar gut tissues have TFP+ cells that are called metastatic, but this seems consistent with the possibility that multiple independent sites of initiation are occurring even when focal activation is attempted.

      Although the hyperplastic cells are transplantable (Fig 4), the use of the term "cells of origin of cancer" or metastatic cells should be viewed with care in the experiments showing TFP+ cells (Fig 1, 2, 3) in embryos with targeted activation for the reasons noted above.

      Comments on latest version:

      The authors have clarified and strengthened a number of important conclusions/claims.

      In Figure 4, the requirement for both kRas and VentX activation for successful transplant and survival of transplanted activated cells does indeed support the need for both MAPK activation and the reprogramming factor. A limitation remains that, as in a tail vein injection in a mouse model, this may be a better measure of the ability of disbursed cells to survive in the embryo, and not "native" metastatic behavior as cells may just lodge in ectopic sites, and survive, but not exhibit complete metastatic potential. Still, these are interesting and important results about the combination effects of an oncogene and a reprogramming factor.

      Further, the addition of Fig 2A and additional explanation in the text on the specificity of the light-induced activation of the Ras and/or VentX supports that transgene induction is indeed limited to one or a few cells. We agree that visual tracking of daughter cells over days is technically challenging and will be a revealing and exciting potential addition in the future.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study employs an optogenetics approach aimed at activating oncogene (KRASG12V) expression in a single somatic cell, with a focus on following the progression of activated cell to examine tumourigenesis probabilities under altered tissue environments. The research explores the role of stemness factors (VENTX/NANOG/OCT4) in facilitating oncogenic RAS (KRASG12V)-driven malignant transformations. Although the evidence provided is incomplete, the authors propose an important mechanism whereby reactivation of re-programming factors correlates with the increased likelihood of a mutant cell undergoing malignant transformation.

      Strengths:

      · Innovative Use of Optogenetics: The application of optogenetics for precise activation of KRAS in a single cell is valuable to the field of cancer biology, offering an opportunity to uncover insight into cellular responses to oncogenic mutations.<br /> · Important Observations: The findings concerning stemness factors' role in promoting oncogenic transformation are important, contributing data to the field of cancer biology.

      Weaknesses:

      Lack of Methodological Clarity: The manuscript lacks detailed descriptions of methodologies, making it difficult to fully evaluate the experimental design and reproducibility, rendering incomplete evidence to support the conclusion. Improving methodological transparency and data presentation will crucially strengthen the paper's contributions to understanding the complex processes of tumorigenesis.

      Sub-optimal Data Presentation and Quality:<br /> The resolution of images through-out the manuscript are too low. Images presented in Figure 2 and Figure 4 are of very low resolution. It is very hard to distinguish individual cells and in which tissue they might reside.<br /> Lack of quantitative data and control condition data obtained from images of higher magnification limits the ability to robustly support the conclusions.

      Here are some details:<br /> · Tissue specificity of the cells express KRASG12V oncogene: In this study, the ubiquitin promoter was used to drive oncogenic KRASG12V expression. Despite this, the authors claim to activate KRAS in a single brain cell based on their localized photo-activation strategy. However, upon reviewing the methods section, the description was provided that 'Localized uncaging was performed by illumination for 7 minutes on a Nikon Ti microscope equipped with a light source peaking at 405 nm, Figure 1. The size of the uncaging region was controlled by an iris that defines a circular illumination with a diameter of approximately 80 μm.' It is surprising that an epi-fluorescent microscope with an illumination diameter of around 80μm can induce activation in a single brain cell beneath skin tissue. Additionally, given that the half-life for mTFP maturation is around 60 minutes, it is likely that more cells from a variety of different lineages could be activated, but the fluorescence would not be visible until more than 1-hour post-illumination. Authors might want to provide more evidence to support their claim on the single cell KRAS activation.<br /> · Stability of cCYC: The manuscript does not provide information on the half-life and stability of cCYC. Understanding these properties is crucial for evaluating the system's reliability and the likelihood of leakiness, which could significantly influence the study's outcomes.<br /> · Metastatic Dissemination claim: Typically, metastatic cancer cells migrate to and proliferate within specific niches that are conducive to outgrowth, such as the caudal hematopoietic tissue (CHT) or liver. In Figure 3 A, an image showing the presence of mTFP expressing cells in both the head and tail regions of the larva, with additional positive dots located at the fin fold. This is interpreted as "metastasis" by the authors. However, the absence of supportive cellular compartment within the fin-fold tissue makes the presence of mTFP-positive metastatic cells there particularly puzzling. This distribution raises concerns about the spatial specificity of the optogenetic activation protocol.<br /> The unexpected locations of these signals suggest potential ectopic activation of the KRAS oncogene, which could be occurring alongside or instead of targeted activation. This issue is critical as it could affect the interpretation of whether the observed mTFP signal expansion over time is due to actual cell proliferation and infiltration, or merely a result of ectopic RAS transgene activation.<br /> · Image Resolution Concerns: The cells depicted in Figure 3C β, which appear to be near the surface of the yolk sac and not within the digestive system as suggested in the MS, underscore the necessity for higher-resolution imaging. Without clearer images, it is challenging to ascertain the exact locations and states of these cells, thus complicating the assessment of experimental results.<br /> · The cell transplantation experiment is lacking protocol details: The manuscript does not adequately describe the experimental protocols used for cell transplantation, particularly concerning the origin and selection of cells used for injection into individual larvae. This omission makes it difficult to evaluate the reliability and reproducibility of the results. Such as the source of transplanted cells:<br /> • If the cells are derived from hyperplastic growths in larvae where RAS and VX (presumably VENTX) were locally activated, the manuscript fails to mention any use of fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) to enrich mTFP-positive cells. Such a method would be crucial for ensuring the specificity of the cells being studied and the validity of the results.<br /> • If the cells are obtained from whole larvae with induced RAS + VX expression, it is notable and somewhat surprising that the larvae survived up to six days post-induction (6dpi) before cells were harvested for transplantation. This survival rate and the subsequent ability to obtain single cell suspensions raise questions about the heterogeneity of the RAS + VX expressing cells that transplanted.<br /> · Unclear Experimental Conditions in Figure S3B: The images in Figure S3B lack crucial details about the experimental conditions. It is not specified whether the activation of KRAS was targeted to specific cells or involved whole-body exposure. This information is essential for interpreting the scope and implications of the results accurately.<br /> · Contrasting Data in Figure S3C compared to literatures: The graph in Figure S3C indicates that KRAS or KRAS + DEX induction did not result in any form of hyperplastic growth. This observation starkly contrasts with previous literature where oncogenic KRAS expression in zebrafish led to significant hyper-proliferation and abnormal growth, as evidenced by studies such as those published in and Neoplasia (2018), DOI: 10.1016/j.neo.2018.10.002; Molecular Cancer (2015), DOI: 10.1186/s12943-015-0288-2; Disease Models & Mechanisms (2014) DOI: 10.1242/dmm.007831. The lack of expected hyperplasia raises questions about the experimental setup or the specific conditions under which KRAS was expressed. The authors should provide detailed descriptions of the conditions under which the experiments were conducted in Figure S3B and clarifying the reasons for the discrepancies observed in Figure S3C are crucial. The authors should discuss potential reasons for the deviation from previous reports.<br /> Further comments:<br /> Throughout the study, KRAS-activated cell expansion and metastasis are two key phenotypes discussed that Ventx is promoting. However, the authors did not perform any experiments to directly show that KRAS+ cells proliferate only in Ventx-activated conditions. The authors also did not show any morphological features or time-lapse videos demonstrating that KRAS+ cells are motile, even though zebrafish is an excellent model for in vivo live imaging. This seems to be a missed opportunity for providing convincing evidence to support the authors' conclusions.<br /> There were minimal experimental details provided for the qPCR data presented in the supplementary figures S5 and S6, therefore, it is hard to evaluate results obtained.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      When different groups (populations, species) are presented with similar environmental pressures, how similar are the ultimate targets (genes, pathways)? This study sought to illuminate this broader question via experimental evolution in D. simulans and quantifying gene-expression changes, specifically in the context of standing genetic variation (and not de novo mutation). Ultimately, the authors showed pleiotropy and standing-genetic variation play a significant role in the "predictability" of evolution.

      The results of this manuscript look at the interplay between pleiotropy, standing genetic variation and parallelism (i.e. predictability of evolution) in gene expression. Ultimately, their results suggest that (a) pleiotropic genes typically have a smaller range in variation/expression, and (b) adaptation to similar environments tends to favor changes in pleiotropic genes, which leads to parallelism in mechanisms (though not dramatically). However, it is still uncertain how much parallelism is directly due to pleiotropy, instead of a complex interplay between them and ancestral variation.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lai and collaborators use a previously published RNAseq dataset derived from an experimental evolution set up to compare the pleiotropic properties of genes which expression evolved in response to fluctuating temperature for over 100 generations. The authors correlate gene pleiotropy with the degree of parallelisms in the experimental evolution set up to ask: are genes that evolved in multiple replicates more or less pleiotropic?

      They find that, maybe counter to expectation, highly pleiotropic genes show more replicated evolution. And such effect seems to be driven by direct effects (which the authors can only speculate on) and indirect effect through low variance in pleiotropic genes (which the authors indirectly link to genetic variation underlying gene expression variance).

      Weaknesses:

      The results offer new insights into the evolution of gene expression and into the parameters that constrain such evolution, i.e., pleiotropy. Although the conclusions are supported by the data, I find the interpretation of the results a little bit complicated.

      Major comment:

      The major point I ask the authors to address is whether the connection between polygenic adaptation and parallelism can indeed be used to interpret gene expression parallelism. If the answer is not, please rephrase the introduction and discussion, if the answer is yes, please make it explicit in the text why it is so.

      The authors argument: parallelism in gene expression is the same as parallelism in SNP allele frequency (AFC) (see L389-383 here they don't mention that this explanation is derived from SNP parallelism and not trait parallelism, and see Fig1 b). In previous publications the authors have explained the low level of AFC parallelism using a polygenic argument. Polygenic traits can reach a new trait optimum via multiple SNPs and therefore although the trait is parallel across replicates, the SNPs are not necessarily so.

      In the current paper, they seem to be exchanging SNP AFC by gene expression, and to me, those are two levels that cannot be interchanged. Gene expression is a trait, not a SNP, and therefore the fact that a gene expression doesn't replicate cannot be explained by polygenic basis, because again the trait is gene expression itself. And, actually the results of the simulations show that high polygenicity = less trait parallelism (Fig4).

      Now, if the authors focus on high parallel genes (present in e.g. 7 or more replicates) and they show that the eQTLs for those genes are many (highly polygenic) and the AFC of those eQTL are not parallel, then I would agree with the interpretation. But, given that here they just assess gene expression and not eQTL AFC, I do not think they can use the 'highly polygenic = low parallelism' explanation.

      The interpretation of the results to me, should be limited to: genes with low variance and high pleiotropy tend to be more parallel, and the explanation might be synergistic pleiotropy.

      Comments on revisions: The authors didn't really address any of the comments made by any of the reviewers - basically nothing was changed in the main text. Therefore, I leave my original review unchanged.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors aim to understand how gene pleiotropy affects parallel evolutionary changes among independent replicates of adaptation to a new hot environment of a set of experimental lines of Drosophila simulans using experimental evolution. The flies were RNAsequenced after more than 100 generations of lab adaptation and the changes in average gene expression were obtained relative to ancestral expression levels from reconstructed ancestral lines. Parallelism of gene expression change among lines is evaluated as variance in differential gene expression among lines relative to error variance. Similarly, the authors ask how the standing variation in gene expression estimated from a handful of flies from a reconstructed outbred line affects parallelism. The main findings are that parallelism in gene expression responses is positively associated with pleiotropy and negatively associated with expression variation. Those results are in contradiction with theoretical predictions and empirical findings. To explain those seemingly contradictory results the authors invoke the role of synergistic pleiotropy and correlated selection, although they do not attempt to measure either.

      Strengths:

      The study uses highly replicated outbred laboratory lines of Drosophila simulans evolved in the lab under constant hot regime for over 100 generations. This allows for robust comparisons of evolutionary responses among lines.

      The manuscript is well written and the hypotheses are clearly delineated at the onset.

      The authors have run a causal analysis to understand the causal dependencies between pleiotropy and expression variation on parallelism.

      The use of whole-body RNA extraction to study gene expression variation is well justified.

      Weaknesses:

      The accuracy of the estimate of ancestral phenotypic variation in gene expression is likely low because estimated from a small sample of 20 males from a reconstructed outbred line. It might not constitute a robust estimate of the genetic variation of the evolved lines under study.

      There are no estimates of the standing genetic variation of expression levels of the genes under study, only estimates of their phenotypic variation. I wished the authors had been clear about that limitation and had refrained from equating phenotypic variation in expression level with standing genetic variation.

      Moreover, since the phenotype studied is gene expression, its genetic basis extends beyond expressed sequences. The phenotypic variation of a gene's expression may thus likely misrepresent the genetic variation available for its evolution. The authors do not present evidence that sequence variation correlates with expression variation.

      The authors have not attempted to estimate synergistic pleiotropy among genes, nor how selection acts on gene expression modules. It makes their conclusion regarding the role of synergistic pleiotropy rather speculative.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors conducted a study on one of the fundamental research topics in neuroscience: neural mechanisms of credit assignment. Building on the original studies of Walton and his colleagues and subsequent studies on the same topic, the authors extended the research into the delayed credit assignment problem with clever task design, which compared the non-delayed (direct) and delayed (indirect) credit assignment processes. Their primary goal was to elucidate the neural basis of these processes in humans, advancing our understanding beyond previous studies.

      Major Strengths and Considerations

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative task design distinguishing between direct and indirect credit assignment.<br /> (2) Use of sophisticated multivariate pattern analysis to identify neural correlates of pending representations.<br /> (3) Well-executed study with clear presentation of results.<br /> (4) Extension of previous research to human subjects, providing valuable comparative insights.

      Considerations for Future Research:

      (1) The task design, while clear and effective, might be further developed to capture more real-world complexity in credit assignment.<br /> (2) There's potential for deeper exploration of the role of task structure understanding in credit assignment processes.<br /> (3) The interpretation of lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) involvement could be expanded to consider its role in both credit assignment and task structure representation.

      Achievement of Aims and Support of Conclusions

      The authors successfully achieved their aim of investigating direct and indirect credit assignment processes in humans. Their results provide valuable insights into the neural representations involved in these processes. The study's conclusions are generally well-supported by the data, particularly in identifying neural correlates of pending representations crucial for delayed credit assignment.

      Impact on the Field and Utility of Methods

      This study makes a significant contribution to the field of credit assignment research by bridging animal and human studies. The methods, particularly the multivariate pattern analysis approach, provide a robust template for future investigations in this area. The data generated offers valuable insights for researchers comparing human and animal models of credit assignment, as well as those studying the neural basis of decision-making and learning.

      The study's focus on the lOFC and its role in credit assignment adds to our understanding of this brain region's function

      Additional Context and Future Directions

      (1) Temporal ambiguity in credit assignment: While the current design provides clear task conditions, future studies could explore more ambiguous scenarios to further reflect real-world complexity.

      (2) Role of task structure understanding: The difference in task comprehension between human subjects in this study and animal subjects in previous studies offers an interesting point of comparison.

      (3) The authors used a sophisticated method of multivariate pattern analysis to find the neural correlate of the pending representation of the previous choice, which will be used for credit assignment process in the later trials. The authors tend to use expressions that these representations are maintained throughout this intervening period. However the analysis period is specifically at the feedback period, which is irrelevant for the credit assignment of the immediately preceding choice. This task period can interfere with the interference of ongoing credit assignment process. Thus, rather than the passive process of maintaining the information of the previous choice, the activity of this specific period can mean the active process of protecting the information from interfering and irrelevant information. It would be great if the authors could comment on this important interpretational issue.

      (4) Broader neural involvement: While the focus on specific regions of interest (ROIs) provided clear results, future studies could benefit from a whole-brain analysis approach to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the neural networks involved in credit assignment.

      Comments after the revision:

      The authors have adequately addressed the majority of concerns raised in my previous review. The manuscript has demonstrably improved as a result of these revisions and represents a valuable contribution to the literature on credit assignment.

      However, some limitations persist that, while not readily resolvable within the scope of the current study, warrant attention. Specifically, the investigation focuses primarily on the temporal dimension of credit assignment. In real-world scenarios, the complexity of credit assignment extends beyond temporal distance to encompass the inherent ambiguity of causal attribution arising from the presence of multiple potential causal events. Resolving this ambiguity necessitates a form of structural understanding of the environment, a capacity presumably possessed by humans and animals. While the experimental design of this study provides explicit cues regarding the structure of the environment, deciphering such structure in natural settings is a crucial component of the credit assignment process.<br /> Future research should prioritize the investigation of credit assignment within more ecologically valid contexts, focusing on the role of structural understanding in navigating the causal ambiguity inherent in real-world environments. Addressing this aspect will be crucial for developing a more complete and nuanced understanding of credit assignment mechanisms.

      In addition, the newly added whole-brain searchlight decoding analysis provides an important nuance regarding the neural substrates of credit assignment (Figure S7). The results reveal not only activity in the lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC), but also, and more robustly, in the medial orbitofrontal cortex/ventromedial prefrontal cortex (mOFC/vmPFC) specifically during the "indirect transition condition" and not the "direct transition condition." This finding suggests a potentially more significant role for mOFC/vmPFC in processing complex, non-immediate credit assignment scenarios. This nuance should be explicitly noted to appreciate the complexity of the neural mechanisms at play.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present manuscript addresses a longstanding challenge in neuroscience: how the brain assigns credit for delayed outcomes, especially in real-world learning scenarios where decisions and outcomes are separated by time. The authors focus on the lateral orbitofrontal cortex and hippocampus, key regions involved in contingent learning. By integrating fMRI data and behavioral tasks, the authors examined how neural circuits maintain a causal link between past decisions and delayed outcomes. Their findings offer insights into mechanisms that could have critical implications for understanding human decision-making.

      Strengths:

      - The experimental designs were extremely well thought-out. The authors successfully coupled behavioral data and neural measures (through fMRI) to explore the neural mechanisms of contingent learning. This integration adds robustness to the findings and strengthens their relevance.<br /> - The emphasis on the interaction between the lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) and hippocampus (HC) in this study is very well-targeted. The reported findings regarding their dynamic interactions provide valuable insights into contingent learning in humans.<br /> - The use of advanced modeling framework and analytical techniques allowed the authors to uncover new mechanistic insights regarding a complex case of decision-making process. The methods developed will also benefit analyses of future neuroimaging data on a range of decision-making tasks as well.

      Weaknesses:

      - Given the limited temporal resolution of fMRI and that the measured signal is an indirect measure of neural activity, it is unclear the extent to which the reported causality reflects the true relationship/interactions between neurons in different regions. That said, I believe this concern is minimized by a series of well-thought-out and robust analyses which consistently point to compelling results.

      Comments on revisions:

      Thank you for your thorough point-by-point responses to my comments and questions. After carefully reviewing the responses and additional analyses/results provided, I do not have further comments. Importantly, I believe the authors have done a great job addressing inevitable limitations that are inherent to fMRI signals. The thoughtful analyses used in the study combined with the timely questions the manuscript is able to address make the study an important contribution to the field.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors apply multivoxel decoding analyses from fMRI during reward feedback about the cues previously chosen that led to that feedback. They compare two versions of the task - one in which the feedback is provided about the current trial, and one in which the feedback is provided about the previous trial. Reward probability changes slowly over time, so subjects need to identify which cues are leading to reward at a given time. They find that evidence for recall of the cue in lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) and hippocampus (HC). They also find that in the second condition, where feedback is for the one-back trial, this representation is mediated by the lateral frontal pole (FPl).

      Overall, the analyses are clean and elegant and seem to be complete. I have only a few comments, all of which can be public.

      (1) They do find (not surprisingly) that the one-back task is harder. It would be good to ensure that the reason that they had more trouble detecting direct HC & lOFC effects on the harder task was not because the task is harder and thus that there are more learning failures on the harder one-back task. (I suspect their explanation that it is mediated by FPl is likely to be correct. But it would be nice to do some subsampling of the zero-back task [matched to the success rate of the one-back task] to ensure that they still see the direct HC and lOFC there.)

      (2) The evidence that they present in the main text (Figure 3) that the HC and lOFC are mediated by FPl is a correlation. I found the evidence presented in Supplemental Figure 7 to be much more convincing. As I understand it, what they are showing in SF7 is that when FPl decodes the cue, then (and only then) HC and lOFC decode the cue. If my understanding is correct, then this is a much cleaner explanation for what is going on than the secondary correlation analysis. If my understanding here is incorrect, then they should provide a better explanation of what is going on so as to not confuse the reader.

      (3) I like the idea of "credit spreading" across trials (Figure 1E). I think that credit spreading in each direction (into the past [lower left] and into the future [upper right]) is not equivalent. This can be seen in Figure 1D, where the two tasks show credit spreading differently. I think a lot more could be studied here. Does credit spreading in each of these directions decode in interesting ways in different places in the brain?

      Comments on revisions:

      After revision, I have no additional comments.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript determines how PA28g, a proteasome regulator that is overexpressed in tumors, and C1QBP, a mitochondrial protein for maintaining oxidative phosphorylation that plays a role in tumor progression, interact in tumor cells to promote their growth, migration and invasion. Evidence for the interaction and its impact on mitochondrial form and function was provided although it is not particularly strong.

      The revised manuscript corrected mislabeled data in figures and provides more details in figure legends. Misleading sentences and typos were corrected. However, key experiments that were suggested in previous reviews were not done, such as making point mutations to disrupt the protein interactions and assess the consequence on protein stability and function. Results from these experiments are critical to determine whether the major conclusions are fully supported by the data.

      The second revision of the manuscript included the proximity ligation data to support the PA28g-C1QBP interaction in cells. However, the method and data were not described in sufficient detail for readers to understand. The revision also includes the structural models of the PA28g-C1QBP complex predicted by AlphaFold. However, the method and data were not described with details for readers to understand how this structural modeling was done, what is the quality of the resulting models, and the physical nature of the protein-protein interaction such as what kind of the non-covalent interactions exist in the interface of the protein complexes. Furthermore, while the interactions mediated by the protein fragments were tested by pull-down experiments, the interactions mediated by the three residues were not tested by mutagenesis and pull-down experiments. In summary, the revision was improved, but further improvement is needed

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Barlow and coauthors utilized the high-parameter imaging platform of CODEX to characterize the cellular composition of immune cells in situ from tissues obtained from organ donors with type 1 diabetes, subjects presented with autoantibodies who are at elevated risk, or non-diabetic organ donor controls. The panels used in this important study were based up prior publications using this technology, as well a priori and domain specific knowledge of the field by the investigators. Thus, there was some bias in the markers selected for analysis. The authors acknowledge that these types of experiments may be complemented moving forward with the inclusion of unbiased tissue analysis platforms that are emerging that can conduct a more comprehensive analysis of pathological signatures employing emerging technologies for both high-parameter protein imaging and spatial transcriptomics.

      Strengths:

      In terms of major findings, the authors provide important confirmatory observations regarding a number of autoimmune-associated signatures reported previously. The high parameter staining now increases the resolution for linking these features with specific cellular subsets using machine learning algorithms. These signatures include a robust signature indicative of IFN-driven responses that would be expected to induce a cytotoxic T cell mediated immune response within the pancreas. Notable findings include the upregulation of indolamine 2,3-dioxygenase-1 in the islet microvasculature. Furthermore, the authors provide key insights as to the cell:cell interactions within organ donors, again supporting a previously reported interaction between presumably autoreactive T and B cells.

      Weaknesses:

      These studies also highlight a number of molecular pathways that will require additional validation studies to more completely understand whether they are potentially causal for pathology, or rather, epiphenomenon associated with increased innate inflammation within the pancreas of T1D subjects. Given the limitations noted above, the study does present a rich and integrated dataset for analysis of enriched immune markers that can be segmented and annotated within distinct cellular networks. This enabled the authors to analyze distinct cellular subsets and phenotypes in situ, including within islets that peri-islet infiltration and/or intra-islet insulitis.

      Despite the many technical challenges and unique organ donor cohort utilized, the data are still limited in terms of subject numbers - a challenge in a disease characterized by extensive heterogeneity in terms of age of onset and clinical and histopathological presentation. Therefore, these studies cannot adequately account for all of the potential covariates that may drive variability and alterations in the histopathologies observed (such as age of onset, background genetics, and organ donor conditions). In this study, the manuscript and figures could be improved in terms of clarifying how variable the observed signatures were across each individual donor, with the clear notion that non-diabetic donors will present with some similar challenges and variability.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to characterize the cellular phenotype and spatial relationship of cell types infiltrating the islets of Langerhans in human T1D using CODEX, a multiplexed examination of cellular markers

      Strengths:

      Major strengths of this study are the use of pancreas tissue from well-characterized tissue donors, the use of CODEX, a state-of-the-art detection technique of extensive characterization and spatial characterization of cell types and cellular interactions. The authors have achieved their aims with the identification of the heterogeneity of the CD8+ T cell populations in insulitis, the identification of a vasculature phenotype and other markers that may mark insulitis-prone islets, and characterization of tertiary lymphoid structures in the acinar tissue of the pancreas. These findings are very likely to have a positive impact on our understanding (conceptual advance) of the cellular factors involved in T1D pathogenesis which the field requires to make progress in therapeutics.

      Weaknesses:

      A major limitation of the study is the cohort size, which the authors directly state. However, this study provides avenues of inquiry for researchers to gain further understanding of the pathological process in human T1D.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have responded well to the 3 critiques. They have addressed my specific comments in their revised text.<br /> I have no further comments.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors applied an innovative approach (CO-Detection by indEXing - CODEX) together with sophisticated computational analyses to image pancreas tissues from rare organ donors with type 1 diabetes. They aimed to assess key features of inflammation in both islet and extra-islet tissue areas; they report that the extra-islet space of lobules with extensive islet infiltration differs from the extra-islet space of less infiltrated areas within the same tissue section. The study also identifies four sub-states of inflamed islets characterized by the activation profiles of CD8+T cells enriched in islets relative to the surrounding tissue. Lymphoid structures are identified in the pancreas tissue away from islets, and these were enriched in CD45RA+ T cells - a population also enriched in one of the inflamed islet sub-states. Together, these data help define the coordination between islets and the extra-islet pancreas in the pathogenesis of human T1D.

      Strengths:

      The analysis of tissue from well-characterized organ donors, provided by the Network for the Pancreatic Organ Donor with Diabetes, adds strength to the validity of the findings.

      By using their innovative imaging/computation approaches, key known features of islet autoimmunity were confirmed, providing validation of the methodology.

      The detection of IDO+ vasculature in inflamed islets - but not in normal islets or islets that have lost insulin-expression links this expression to the islet inflammation, and it is a novel observation. IDO expression in the vasculature may be induced by inflammation and may lost as disease progresses, and it may provide a potential therapeutic avenue.

      The high-dimensional spatial phenotyping of CD8+T cells in T1D islets confirmed that most T cells were antigen experienced. Some additional subsets were noted: a small population of T cells expressing CD45RA and CD69, possibly naive or TEMRA cells, and cells expressing Lag-3, Granzyme-B, and ICOS.

      While much attention has been devoted to the study of the insulitis lesion in T1D, our current knowledge is quite limited; the description of four sub-clusters characterized by the<br /> activation profile of the islet-infiltrating CD8+T cells is novel. Their presence in all T1D donors, indicates that the disease process is asynchronous and is not at the same stage across all islets. Although this concept is not novel, this appears to be the most advanced characterization of insulitis stages.

      When examining together both the exocrine and islet areas, which is rarely done, authors report that pancreatic lobules affected by insulitis are characterized by distinct tissue markers. Their data support the concept that disease progression may require crosstalk between cells in the islet and extra-islet compartments. Lobules enriched in β-cell-depleted islets were also enriched in nerves, vasculature, and Granzyme-B+/CD3- cells, which may be natural killer cells.

      Lastly, authors report that immature tertiary lymphoid structures (TLS) exist both near and away from islets, where CD45RA+ CD8+T cells aggregate, and also observed an inflamed islet-subcluster characterized by an abundance of CD45RA+/CD8+ T cells. These TLS may represent a point of entry for T cells and this study further supports their role in islet autoimmunity.

      Weaknesses:

      As the author themselves acknowledge, the major limitation is that the number of donors examined is limited as those satisfying study criteria are rare. Thus, it is not possible to examine disease heterogeneity, and the impact of age at diagnosis. Of 8 T1D donors examined, 4 would be considered newly diagnosed (less than 3 months from onset) and 4 had longer disease durations (2, 2, 5 and 6 years). It was unclear if disease duration impacted the results in this small cohort. In the introduction, the authors discuss that most of the pancreata from nPOD donors with T1D lack insulitis. This is correct, yet it is a function of time from diagnosis. Donors with shorter duration will be more likely to have insulitis. A related point is that the proportion of islets with insulitis is low even near diagnosis, Finally, only one donor was examined that while not diagnosed with T1D, was likely in the preclinical disease stage and had autoantibodies and insulitis. This is a critically important disease stage where the methodology developed by the investigators could be applied in future efforts.

      While this was not the focus of this investigation, it appears that the approach was very much immune-focused and there could be value in examining islet cells in greater depth using the methodology the authors developed.

      Additional comments

      Overall, the authors were able to study pancreas tissues from T1D donors and perform sophisticated imaging and computational analysis that reproduce and importantly extend our understanding of inflammation in T1D. Despite the limitations associated with the small sample size, the results appear robust, and the claims are well supported.

      The study expands the conceptual framework of inflammation and islet autoimmunity, especially by the definition of different clusters (stages) of insulitis and by the characterization of immune cells in and outside the islets.

      Comments on revisions:

      I have not felt the need to update the initial review.

      However, I note that the paragraph describing the nPOD repository (lines 154-158) can be misinterpreted that insulitis is infrequent in T1D (17 of 200 donors had it) without the clarification that insulitis is present around the time of diagnosis in most patients and it subsides over time. Thus, authors are urged to clarify that the presence of insulitis and its severity are impacted by the disease stage and disease duration.

      The last sentence of this paragraph, lines 164-165, although linked to the previous sentence about the cause of death in the donors, may be misconstrued in the context of this paragraph, and it is unclear what data support this statement. Please delete this sentence.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have thoroughly addressed all my concerns. The revised version of the current manuscript is solid now. It's very interesting that there is bi-potential ability of human CD29/CD56+ myogenic progenitors. The current study substantiates the medical translational potential for human CD29/CD56+ myogenic progenitors in promoting tendon regeneration.

      Strengths:

      CD29+/CD56+ stem/progenitor cells were transplanted into immunodeficient mice with a tendon injury, and human cells expressing tenogenic markers contributed to the repair of the injured tendon. Furthermore, the authors also show better tendon biomechanical properties and plantarflexion force after transplantation.

      Weaknesses:

      None. The authors have thoroughly addressed all my concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The fundamental claim of the manuscript is that rRNA genes experience substitutions much too quickly, given that they are a multi-copy gene system. As clarified by the authors in their response, and as I think is relatively clear in the manuscript, they are collapsing all copies of the rRNA array down. They first quantify polymorphism (in this expanded definition, where polymorphism means variable at a given site across any copy). The authors find elevated levels of heterozygosity in rRNA genes compared to single copy genes, which isn't surprising, given that there is a substantially higher target size; that being said, the increase in polymorphism is smaller than the increase in target size. They then look at substitutions between mouse species and also between human and chimp, and argue that the substitution rate is too fast compared to single copy genes in many cases.

      [Editors' note: we invite readers to consult the review in full from the previous version of the submission: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.99992.2.sa1]

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This revision has further improved the clarity of the paper, better articulating assumptions of the model and data analysis. I particularly appreciate the authors' thorough response to eLife assessment. However, the authors did not provide point-by-point response to the specific comments I had from last round of review and didn't revise the manuscript accordingly, so my major concerns remain.

      At conceptual level, my biggest concern with the model is the lack of constraint on V*(K), which makes the null neutral model too "liberal". On the one hand, the number of descendants of each gene copy must be non-negative; on the other hand, even homogenizing process within an individual is extremely strong, it cannot "spread" gene copies across individuals, so the maximum number of descendants of one gene copy cannot exceed the number of offspring that individual has times C. For these reasons, I believe there must be a theoretical upper bound of the value of V*(K), and the actual V*(K) is likely much smaller under realistic strength of the homogenizing process. When I asked about modeling of the underlying homogenizing process, I did not mean the authors need to include specific molecular process in the model; instead, I am asking the authors to provide some realistic scenarios that can give rise to very large V*(K) values. As a result of the very "liberal" neutral model, although I do agree that rejection of null provides stronger evidence for selection in human, it is unclear whether there is no evidence of selection in mouse. Please see below for my specific comments regarding the definition and assumptions of V*(K) (copied from last review).

      Regarding the data analysis, although I understand the authors' methodology and rationale behind, I am not convinced that high sequence similarity between rDNA copies guarantees no biases in alignment and variant calling. Furthermore, given divergence between species, I am particularly concerned about the practice of aligning reads of different species to human and mus musculus reference sequences. A separate issue is the calculation of divergence level. Instead of using Fst>0.8 as the criterion of calling fixed sites, the authors could calculate the pairwise average divergence between a random copy from one species and a random copy from another species. Mathematically, this could be calculated as p1(1-p2)+p2(1-p1). The observation that the estimated substitution rates for rDNA with and without CpG sites are so close seems to be an indication of technical error. Please also see below for my specific questions about data analysis (copied from last round of review).

      Specific comments from last round of review:

      Questions regarding V*(K)<br /> (1) Another key parameter V*(K) was still not defined within the paper. In response 9, the authors explained that V*(K) refers to "the number of progeny to whom the gene copy of interest is transmitted (K) over a specific time interval". However, the meaning of "progeny" remains unclear. Are the authors referring to the descendent copies of a gene copy, or the offspring individuals (i.e., the living organisms)? For example, if a variant spreads horizontally through homogenizing processes and transmits vertically to multiple offspring individuals, the number of descent gene copies could differ substantially from the number of descendent individuals to whom a gene copy is transmitted to. This distinction needs to be clarified and clearly stated in the paper.

      (2) The authors state that V*(K)>=1 for rDNA genes because of the homogenizing processes (lines 139-141) without providing justification. It is unclear, at least to me, whether homogenizing processes are expected increase or decrease the variance in "reproductive success" across gene copies. Moreover, the authors claim that V*(K) "can potentially reach values in the hundreds and may even exceed C, resulting in C*=C/V*(K)<1" (Response 7). This claim is unlikely to be true, as the minimum value of K is bounded by zero and E(K) is assumed to be 1. Even in the extreme case that 1% gene copies leave large numbers of descends while the others leave none, V*(K) would still be less than 100. Such extreme case seems highly improbable, given realistic rates of the homogenizing processes.

      (3) Regardless of how the authors define V*(K), it is not immediately clear why Equation 1 (N*=NC/V*(K)) holds. Both sides of the equation have their independent meanings, so the authors need to provide a step-by-step derivation demonstrating that they are equal. Only by doing this will the implicit underlying assumptions become clearer. I also strongly recommend that the authors conduct forward-in-time simulations with fixed N, C, V*(K) (however they define it) and μ to confirm that the right side of Equation 1 actually predicts the N* as calculated from the polymorphism level using the equation in line 165.

      Questions about Ne* for multi-copy system

      (1) While Ne is clearly defined in the standard single-copy gene model as the reciprocal of genetic drift (i.e., the decay in heterozygosity), its meaning for multiple-copy genes is unclear. Based on the context, it appears that the authors define Ne as the parameter that fits the population polymorphism level (Hs) using the equation in line 165. This definition is reasonable, but it should be explicitly clarified in the text."

      (2) Without providing justification, the authors assumed that a certain number N* exists for rRNA such that it fits both the polymorphism level (line 156) in recent timescales and divergence level in longer timescales (i.e., in the comparison between Tf and Td). However, if N, C or any other relevant parameters have varied substantially throughout evolution, N* is expected to vary with time, and the same value may not fit both polymorphism and divergence data simultaneously.

      Questions about data analysis

      (1) A significant issue with aligning reads to a single reference genome is reference bias, referring to the phenomenon that reads carrying the reference alleles tend to align more easily than those with one or more non-reference alleles, thus creating a bias in genotype calling or variant allele frequency quantification. As a result, there may be an underrepresentation of non-reference alleles in called variants or an underestimate of non-reference allele frequency, particularly in regions with high genetic diversity. Simply focusing on bi-allelic SNVs is insufficient to minimize reference bias. Given the fourfold increase in diversity within rDNA, the authors must either provide evidence that reference bias is not a significant concern or adopt graph-based reference genomes or more sophisticated alignment algorithms to address this issue.

      (2) The potential for reference bias also renders the analysis of divergence sites unreliable, as aligning reads from one species (e.g. chimpanzee) to the reference of another species (e.g., human) is likely to introduce biases in variant calling between the two. One commonly adopted approach to address this imbalance is to align reads from both species to a third reference genome that is expected to be equidistantly related to both.

      (3) Although it is somewhat reassuring that the estimated divergence rate of rDNA between human and macaque is comparable to that of the rest of the genome, there still remains concern of a under-estimation of divergence in rDNA regions due to reference bias issue. Note that while the "third genome" approach reduces imbalance between two genomes in comparison, it may still under-estimate overall divergence level due to under-calling of non-reference variants.<br /> (4) In response to my question about the similarity in rDNA substitution rates estimated with or without CpG sites, the authors suggest that this "may be due to strong homogenizing forces, which can rapidly fix or eliminate variants" (response17). However, this explanation is insufficient, because the observed substitution rate depends on the mutation rate multiplied by the fixation probability, and accelerated fixation or loss does not alter either. Unless the authors can provide more convincing explanation, technical errors in calling of fixed sites still remain a concern.

      Minor points:

      Line 157: The statement "where μ is the mutation rate of the entire gene" must be wrong, as the heterozygosity calculated with such μ would correspond to the chance of seeing two different haplotypes at gene level, which is incompatible with the empirical calculation specified in Equation 2. Instead, μ must represent the mutation rate per site averaged over the entire gene.

      In response 22, the authors explained that the allele frequency spectrum shown in Fig 3 is folded, because the ancestral allele was not determined. However, this is inconsistent with x-axis Fig 3 ranging between 0 and 1. I suspect the x-axis represents the frequency of the alternative (i.e., non-reference) allele. If so, the reported correlation is inflated, as the reference allele is somewhat random, and a variant at joint ALT allele frequencies of (0.9, 0.9) is no different from a variant at (0.1, 0.1). The proper way of calculate this correlation is to first determine the minor allele frequency across individuals and then calculate the correlation between minor allele frequencies.

      Similarly, in response 14, it is unclear what the x-axis represents. Is it the ALT allele frequency or derived allele frequency? If the former, why are only variants with AF>0.8 defined as fixed variants, while those with AF<0.2 excluded? If it is the latter, please describe how ancestral state is determined.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The revision by Ruan et al clarifies several aspects of the original manuscript that were difficult to understand, and I think it presents some useful and interesting ideas. I understand that the authors are distinguishing their model from the standard Wright-Fisher model in that the population size is not imposed externally, but is instead a consequence of the stochastic reproduction scheme. Here, the authors chose a branching process but in principle any Markov chain can probably be used. Within this framework, the authors are particularly interested in cases where the variance in reproductive success changes through time, as explored by the DDH model, for example. They argue with some experimental results that there is a reason to believe that the variance in reproductive success does change over time.

      One of the key aspects of the original manuscript that I want to engage with is the DDH model. As the authors point out, their equations 5 and 6 are assumptions, and not derived from any principles. In essence, the authors are positing that that the variance in reproductive success, given by 6, changes as a function of the current population size. There is nothing "inherent" to a negative binomial branching mechanism that results in this: in fact, the the variance in offspring number could in principle be the same for all time. As relates to models that exist in the literature, I believe that this is the key difference: unlike Cannings models, the authors allow for a changing variance in reproduction through time.

      This is, of course, an interesting thing to consider, and I think that the situation the authors point out, in which drift is lower at small population sizes and larger at large population sizes, is not appreciated in the literature. However, I am not so sure that there is anything that needs to be resolved in Paradox 1. A very strong prediction of that model is that Ne and N could be inversely related, as shown by the blue line in Fig 3b. This suggests that you could see something very strange if you, for example, infer a population size history using a Wright-Fisher framework, because you would infer a population *decline* when there is in fact a population *expansion*. However, as far as I know there are very few "surprising population declines" found in empirical data. An obvious case where we know there is very rapid population growth is human populations; I don't think I've ever seen an inference of recent human demographic history from genetic data that suggests anything other than a massive population expansion. While I appreciate the authors empirical data supporting their claim of Paradox 1 (more on the empirical data later), it's not clear to me that there's a "paradox" in the literature that needs explaining so much as this is a "words of caution about interpreting inferred effective population sizes". To be clear, I think those words of caution are important, and I had never considered that you might be so fundamentally misled as to infer decline when there is growth, but calling it a "paradox" seems to suggest that this is an outstanding problem in the literature, when in fact I think the authors are raising a *new* and important problem. Perhaps an interesting thing for the authors to do to raise the salience of this point would be to perform simulations under this model and then infer effective population sizes using e.g. dadi or psmc and show that you could identify a situation in which the true history is one of growth, but the best fit would be one of decline

      The authors also highlight that their approach reflects a case where the population size is determined by the population dynamics themselves, as opposed to being imposed externally as is typical in Cannings models. I agree with the authors that this aspect of population regulation is understudied. Nonetheless, several manuscripts have dealt with the case of population genetic dynamics in populations of stochastically fluctuating size. For example, Kaj and Krone (2003) show that under pretty general conditions you get something very much like a standard coalescent; for example, combining their theorem 1 with their arguments on page 36 and 37, they find that exchangeable populations with stochastic population dynamics where the variance does not change with time still converge to exactly the coalescent you would expect from Cannings models. This is strongly suggestive that the authors key result isn't about stochastic population dynamics per se, but instead related to arguing that variance in reproductive success could change through time. In fact, I believe that the result of Kaj and Krone (2003) is substantially more general than the models considered in this manuscript. That being said, I believe that the authors of this manuscript do a much better job of making the implications for evolutionary processes clear than Kaj and Krone, which is important---it's very difficult to understand from Kaj and Krone the conditions under which effective population sizes will be substantially impacted by stochastic population dynamics.

      I also find the authors exposition on Paradox 3 to be somewhat strange. First of all, I'm not sure there's a paradox there at all? The authors claim that the lack of dependence of the fixation probability on Ne is a paradox, but this is ultimately not surprising---fixation of a positively selected allele depends mostly on escaping the boundary layer, which doesn't really depend on the population size (see Gillespie's book "The Causes of Molecular Evolution" for great exposition on boundary layer effects). Moreover, the authors *use a Cannings-style argument* to get gain a good approximation of how the fixation probability changes when there is non-Poisson reproduction. So it's not clear that the WFH model is really doing a lot of work here. I suppose they raise the interesting point that the particularly simple form of p(fix) = 2s is due to the assumption that variance in offspring is equal to 1.

      In addition, I raised some concerns about the analysis of empirical results on reproductive variance in my original review, and I don't believe that the authors responded to it at all. I'm not super worried about that analysis, but I think that the authors should probably respond to me.

      Overall, I feel like I now have a better understanding of this manuscript. However, I think it still presents its results too strongly: Paradox 1 contains important words of caution that reflect what I am confident is an under appreciated possibility, and Paradox 3 is, as far as I'm concerned, not a paradox at all. I have not addressed Paradox 2 very much because I think that another reviewer had solid and interesting comments on that front and I am leaving it to them. That being said, I do think Paradox 2 actually presents a deep problem in the literature and that the authors' argument may actually represent a path toward a solution.

      This manuscript can be a useful contribution to the literature, but as it's presented at the moment, I think most of it is worded too strongly and it continues to not engage appropriately with the literature. Theoretical advances are undoubtedly important, and I think the manuscript presents some interesting things to think about, but ultimately needs to be better situated and several of the claims strongly toned down.

      References:<br /> Kaj, I., & Krone, S. M. (2003). The coalescent process in a population with stochastically varying size. Journal of Applied Probability, 40(1), 33-48.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This theoretical paper examines genetic drift in scenarios deviating from the standard Wright-Fisher model. The authors discuss Haldane's branching process model, highlighting that the variance in reproductive success equates to genetic drift. By integrating the Wright-Fisher model with the Haldane model, the authors derive theoretical results that resolve paradoxes related to effective population size.

      Strengths:

      The most significant and compelling result from this paper is perhaps that the probability of fixing a new beneficial mutation is 2s/V(K). This is an intriguing and potentially generalizable discovery that could be applied to many different study systems.

      The authors also made a lot of effort to connect theory with various real-world examples, such as genetic diversity in sex chromosomes and reproductive variance across different species.

      Comments on previous revisions:

      The author has addressed some of the concerns in my review, and I think the revised manuscript is more clear. I like the discussion about the caveats of the WFH model.

      I hope the authors could also discuss the conditions needed for V(K)/Ne to be a reasonable approximation. It is currently unclear how the framework should be adopted in general.

      The idea about estimating male-female V(K) ratios from population genetic data is interesting. Unfortunately, the results fell short. The accuracy of their estimators (derived using approximation Ne/V(K) approximation, and certain choice of theta, and then theta estimated with Watterson's estimator) should be tested with simulated results before applying to real data. The reliability of their estimator and their results from real data are unclear.

      Arguments made in this paper sometimes lack precision (perhaps the authors want to emphasize intuition, but it seems more confusing than otherwise). For example: The authors stated that "This independence from N seems intuitively obvious: when an advantageous mutation increases to say, 100 copies in determining a population (depending mainly on s), its fixation would be almost certain, regardless of N.". Assuming large Ne, and with approximation, one could assume the probability of loss is e^(-2sn), but the writing about "100 copies" and "almost certain" is very imprecise, in fact, a mutation with s=0.001 segregating at 100 copies in a large Ne population is most probably lost. Whereas in a small population, it will be fixed. Yet the following sentence states "regardless of N. This may be a most direct argument against equating genetic drift, certainly no less important than 1/ N . with N, or Ne (which is supposed to be a function of N's)." I find this new paragraph misleading.

      Some of the statements/wordings in this paper still seem too strong to me.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors toned down. I am a bit confused because I do not seem to find any point-to-point response to my review.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ruan and colleagues consider a branching process model (in their terminology the "Haldane model") and the most basic Wright-Fisher model. They convincingly show that offspring distributions are usually non-Poissonian (as opposed to what's assumed in the Wright-Fisher model), and can depend on short-term ecological dynamics (e.g., variance in offspring number may be smaller during exponential growth). The authors discuss branching processes and the Wright-Fisher model in the context of 3 "paradoxes" --- 1) how Ne depends on N might depend on population dynamics; 2) how Ne is different on the X chromosome, the Y chromosome, and the autosomes, and these differences do match the expectations base on simple counts of the number of chromosomes in the populations; 3) how genetic drift interacts with selection. The authors provide some theoretical explanations for the role of variance in the offspring distribution in each of these three paradoxes. They also perform some experiments to directly measure the variance in offspring number, as well as perform some analyses of published data.

      Strengths:

      - The theoretical results are well-described and easy to follow.<br /> - The analyses of different variances in offspring number (both experimentally and analyzing public data) are convincing that non-Poissonian offspring distributions are the norm.<br /> - The point that this variance can change as the population size (or population dynamics) change is also very interesting and important to keep in mind.<br /> - I enjoyed the Density-Dependent Haldane model. It was a nice example of the decoupling of census size and effective size.<br /> - Equation (10) is a nice result

      Comments on revisions:

      I appreciate the effort that the authors have put into the revision, but I still find the framing to be a bit confusing -- these apparent paradoxes only appear in the most basic version of Wright-Fisher models, and so framing the paper as the solution to these paradoxes overlooks much previous work. Saying that existing work discussing exactly these phenomena is "beyond the scope of this study", without citing or interacting in any way with that work is unscholarly. I agree with the authors that the apparent paradoxes that they consider and interesting, and by thinking about branching processes, the apparent paradoxes appear to be less paradoxical, but without contextualizing this work in the substantial Wright-Fisher literature (e.g., Cannings Exchangeable Models and the work of Möhle) it misrepresents the state of the field and the contributions of this paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Janssens et al. addressed the challenge of mapping the location of transcriptionally unique cell types identified by single nuclei sequencing (snRNA-seq) data available through the Fly Cell Atlas. They identified 100 transcripts for head samples and 50 transcripts for fly body samples allowing identification of every unique cell type discovered through the Fly Cell Atlas. To map all of these cell types, the authors divided the fly body into head and body samples and used the Molecular Cartography (Resolve Biosciences) method to visualize these transcripts. This approach allowed them to build spatial tissue atlases of the fly head and body, to identify the location of previously unknown cell types and the subcellular localization of different transcripts. By combining snRNA-seq data from the Fly Cell Atlas with their spatially resolved transcriptomics (SRT) data, they demonstrated an automated cell type annotation strategy to identify uncharacterized clusters and infer their location in the fly body. This manuscript constitutes a proof-of-principle study to map the location of the cells identified by ever-growing single-cell transcriptomics datasets generated by others.

      Strengths:

      The authors used the Molecular Cartography (Resolve Biosciences) method to visualize 100 transcripts for head samples and 50 transcripts for fly body samples in high resolution. This method achieves high resolution by multiplexing a large number of transcript visualization steps and allows the authors to map the location of unique cell types identified by the Fly Cell Atlas.

      Weaknesses:

      Combining single-nuclei sequencing (snRNA-seq) data with spatially resolved transcriptomics (SRT) data is challenging, and the methods used by the authors in this study cannot reliably distinguish between cells, especially in brain regions where the processes of different neurons are clustered, such as neuropils. This means that a grid that the authors mark as a unique cell may actually be composed of processes from multiple cells.

      Comments on revisions:

      I believe the authors have improved the manuscript by addressing all the concerns and incorporating the suggestions raised by the reviewers. I have no further concerns or suggestions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The significance of Notch in liver cancer has been inconsistently described to date. The authors conduct a PDX screen using JAG1 ab and identify 2 sensitive tumor models. Further characterization with bulk RNA seq, scRNA seq, and ATAC seq of these tumors was performed.

      Strengths:

      The reliance on an extensive panel of PDXs makes this study more definitive than prior studies.

      Gene expression analyses seem robust.

      Identification of a JAG1-dependent signature associated with hepatocyte differentiation is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The introduction is rather lengthy and not entirely accurate. HCC is a single cancer type/histology. There may be variants of histology (allusion to "mixed-lineage" is inaccurate as combined HCC-CCa are not conventionally considered HCC and are not treated as HCC in clinical practice as they are even excluded from HCC trials), but any cancer type can have differences in differentiation. Just state there are multiple molecular subtypes of this disease.

      There is minimal data on the PDXs, despite this being highlighted throughout the text. Clinical and possibly some molecular characterization of these cancers should be provided. It is also odd that the authors include only 35 HCC and then a varied sort of cancer histologies, which is peculiar given their prior statements regarding the heterogeneity of HCC.

      "super-responder" is not a meaningful term, I would eliminate this use as it has no clinical or scientific convention that I am aware of.

      The "expansion" of the PDX screen is poorly described. Why weren't these PDXs included in the first screen? This is quite odd as the responses in the initial screen were underwhelming. What was the denominator number of all PDXs that were assessed for JAG1 and NOTCH2 expression? This is important as it clarifies how relevant JAG1 inhibition would be to an unselected HCC population.

      Was there some kind of determination of the optimal dose or dose dependency for the JAG1 ab? The original description of the JAG1 ab was in mouse lungs, not malignant or liver cells. In addition, supplementary Figure 2D is missing. There needs to be data provided on the specificity of the human-specific JAG1 ab and the anti-NOTCH2 ab. I'm not familiar with these ab, and if they are not publicly accessible reagents, more transparency on this is needed. In addition, given the reliance of the entire paper on these antibodies, I would recommend orthogonal approaches (either chemical or genetic) to confirm the sensitivity and insensitivity of select PDXs to Notch inhibition.

      scRNA-seq data seems to add little to the paper and there is no follow-up of the findings. Are the low-expressing JAG1 cells eventually enriched in treated tumors contributing to disease recurrence?

      The discussion should be tempered. The finding of only 2 PDXs that are sensitive out of 45+ tumors treated or selected for indicates that JAG1/NOTCH2 inhibition is likely only effective in rare HCC.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used a large panel of hepatocellular carcinoma patient-derived xenograft models to test the hypothesis that the developmental dependence of the liver on Jagged1-Notch2 signaling is retained in at least a subset of hepatocellular carcinomas. This led to the identification of two models that were extraordinarily sensitive to well-characterized, specific inhibitory antibodies against Jagged1 or Notch2. Based on additional analyses in these in vivo models, the authors provide compelling evidence that the response is due to the inhibition of human Notch2 and human Jagged1 on tumor cells and that this inhibition leads to a change in gene expression from a progenitor-like state to a hepatocyte-like state accompanied by cell cycle arrest. This change in cell state is associated with up-regulation of HNF4a and CEBPB and increased accessibility of predicted HNF4a and CEBPB genomic binding sites, accompanied by loss of accessibility to sequences predicted to bind TFs linked to multipotent liver progenitors. The authors put forth a plausible model in which inhibition of Notch2 downregulates transcriptional repressors of the Hairy/Enhancer of Split family, leading to increased expression of CEBPB and changes in gene expression that drive hepatocyte differentiation.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the paper include the breadth of the preclinical screen in PDX models (which may be of an unprecedented size as preclinical trials go), the high quality of the well-characterized antibodies used as therapeutics and as biological perturbagens, the quality of the data and data analysis, and the authors balanced discussion of the strengths and weaknesses of their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The principal weakness is the inability to clearly demonstrate the "translatability" of the PDX findings to primary human hepatocellular carcinoma.

      Additional Comments:

      Hepatocellular carcinoma is increasing in frequency and is difficult to treat; cure is only possible through early diagnosis and surgery, often in the form of liver transplantation. It is also a common cancer, and so even if only 5% of tumors (a value based on the frequency of super-responders in this preclinical trial) fall into the Jagged1-Notch2 group defined by Seidel et al., the development of an effective therapy for this subgroup would be a very important advance. The chief limitation of their work is that it stops short of identifying primary human hepatocellular carcinomas that correspond to the super-responder PDX models. It can be hoped that their intriguing observations will spur work aimed at filling this gap

      There are several other loose ends. An unusual feature of this model is that both Jagged 1 and Notch2 are expressed in the same cells, and even in the same individual cells. In developmental systems, the expression of ligands and receptors in the same cell generally produces receptor inhibition rather than activation, a phenomenon described as cis inhibition. Their super-responder tumor models appear to break this rule, and how and why this is so remains to be understood. A follow-up question is what explains the observed heterogeneity in tumor cells, both at the level of Notch2 activation and scRNAseq clustering, and whether these different cell states are static or interchangeable.

      Another unanswered issue pertains to the nature of the tumor response to Notch signaling blockade, which appears to be mainly cell cycle arrest. There are a number of human tumors with cell autonomous Notch signaling due to gain of function Notch receptor mutations that also respond to Notch blockade with cell cycle arrest, such as T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL). In general, clinical trials of pan-Notch inhibitors such as gamma-secretase inhibitors have been disappointing in such tumors, perhaps reflecting a limitation of treatments with significant toxicity that do not kill tumor cells directly. It could be argued that this limitation will be mitigated by the apparently excellent safety profile of Notch2 blocking antibody, which perhaps could be administered for a sustained period, akin to the use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors in chronic myeloid leukemia---but this remains to be determined.

      A minor comment is reserved for the statement in the discussion that "In chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, which results from an inactivating mutation in the y-secretase complex component nicastrin, Notch signaling has a tumor suppressive function, that is mediated through direct repression of CEBPA and PU.1 by HES1 (Klinakis et al., 2011)". Thousands of cases of CMML and related myeloid tumors have been subjected to whole exome and even whole genome sequencing without the identification of Notch signaling pathway mutations. Thus, an important tumor suppressive role for Notch-mediated through HES1 in myeloid tumors is not proven.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Notch is active in HCC, but generally not mutated. The authors use a JAG1-selective blocking antibody in a large panel of liver cancer patient-derived xenograft models. They find JAG-dependent HCCs, and these are aggressive and proliferative. Notch inhibition induces cycle arrest and promotes hepatocyte differentiation, through upregulation of CEBPA expression and activation of existing HNF4A, mimicking normal developmental programs.

      The authors use aJ1.b70, a potent and selective therapeutic antibody that inhibits JAG1 against PDX models. They tested over 40 PDX models and found a handful of super-responders to single-agent inhibition. In LIV78 and Li1035 cancer cells, NOTCH2 was expressed and required, in contrast to NOTCH1. RNA-seq showed that the responsive HCCs resembled the S2 transcriptional class of HCCs, which were enriched for Notch-dependent models. They conclude that these dependent tumors have transcriptomes that resemble a hybrid progenitor cell expressing FGF9 and GAS7. Inhibition was able to induce hepatocyte differentiation away from a NOTCH-driven progenitor program. scRNA-seq analysis showed a large population of NOTCH-JAG expressing cells but also showed that there are cells that did not. Not surprisingly, NOTCH2 inhibition leads to increased CEBPA and HNF4A transcriptional activity, which are standard TFs in hepatocytes.

      Strengths:

      The paper provides useful information about the frequency of HCCs and CCA that respond to NOTCH inhibition and could allow us to anticipate the super-responder rate if these antibodies were actually used in the clinic. The inhibitor tools are highly specific, and provide useful information about NOTCH activities in liver cancers. The large number of PDXs and the careful transcriptomic analyses were positives about the study.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper is mostly descriptive.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article investigates the phenotype of macrophages with a pathogenic role in arthritis, particularly focusing on arthritis induced by immune checkpoint inhibitor (ICI) therapy.

      Building on prior data from monocyte-macrophage coculture with fibroblasts, the authors hypothesized a unique role for the combined actions of prostaglandin PGE2 and TNF. The authors studied this combined state using an in vitro model with macrophages derived from monocytes of healthy donors. They complemented this with single-cell transcriptomic and epigenetic data from patients with ICI-RA, specifically, macrophages sorted out of synovial fluid and tissue samples. The study addressed critical questions regarding the regulation of PGE2 and TNF: Are their actions co-regulated or antagonistic? How do they interact with IFN-γ in shaping macrophage responses?

      This study is the first to specifically investigate a macrophage subset responsive to the PGE2 and TNF combination in the context of ICI-RA, describes a new and easily reproducible in vitro model, and studies the role of IFNgamma regulation of this particular Mф subset.

      Strengths:

      Methodological quality: The authors employed a robust combination of approaches, including validation of bulk RNA-seq findings through complementary methods. The methods description is excellent and allows for reproducible research. Importantly, the authors compared their in vitro model with ex vivo single-cell data, demonstrating that their model accurately reflects the molecular mechanisms driving the pathogenicity of this macrophage subset.

      Weaknesses:

      Introduction: The introduction lacks a paragraph providing an overview of ICI-induced arthritis pathogenesis and a comparison with other types of arthritis. Including this would help contextualize the study for a broader audience.

      Results Section: At the beginning of the results section, the experimental setup should be described in greater detail to make an easier transition into the results for the reader, rather than relying just on references to Figure 1 captions.

      There is insufficient comparison between single-cell RNA-seq data from ICI-induced arthritis and previously published single-cell RA datasets. Such a comparison may include DEGs and GSEA, pathway analysis comparison for similar subsets of cells. Ideally, an integration with previous datasets with RA-tissue-derived primary monocytes would allow for a direct comparison of subsets and their transcriptomic features.

      While it's understandable that arthritis samples are limited in numbers and myeloid cell numbers, it would still be interesting to see the results of PGE2+TNF in vitro stimulation on the primary RA or ICI-RA macrophages. It would be valuable to see RNA-Seq signatures of patient cell reactivation in comparison to primary stimulation of healthy donor-derived monocytes.

      Discussion: Prior single-cell studies of RA and RA macrophage subpopulations from 2019, 2020, 2023 publications deserve more discussion. A thorough comparison with these datasets would place the study in a broader scientific context.<br /> Creating an integrated RA myeloid cell atlas that combines ICI-RA data into the RA landscape would be ideal to add value to the field.<br /> As one of the next research goals, TNF blockade data in RA and ICI-RA patients would be interesting to add to such an integrated atlas. Combining responders and non-responders to TNF blockade would help to understand patient stratification with the myeloid pathogenic phenotypes. It would be great to read the authors' opinion on this in the Discussion section.

      Conclusion: The authors demonstrated that while PGE2 maintains the inflammatory profile of macrophages, it also induces a distinct phenotype in simultaneous PGE2 and TNF treatment. The study of this specific subset in single-cell data from ICI-RA patients sheds light on the pathogenic mechanisms underlying this condition, however, how it compares with conventional RA is not clear from the manuscript.<br /> Given the substantial incidence of ICI-induced autoimmune arthritis, understanding the unique macrophage subsets involved for future targeting them therapeutically is an important challenge. The findings are significant for immunologists, cancer researchers, and specialists in autoimmune diseases, making the study relevant to a broad scientific audience.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary/Significance of the findings:

      The authors have done a great job by extensively carrying out transcriptomic and epigenomic analyses in the primary human/mouse monocytes/macrophages to investigate TNF-PGE2 (TP) crosstalk and their regulation by IFN-γ in the Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) synovial macrophages. They proposed that TP induces inflammatory genes via a novel regulatory axis whereby IFN-γ and PGE2 oppose each other to determine the balance between two distinct TNF-induced inflammatory gene expression programs relevant to RA and ICI-arthritis.

      Strengths:

      The authors have done a great job on RT-qPCR analysis of gene expression in primary human monocytes stimulated with TNF and showing the selective agonists of PGE2 receptors EP2 and EP4 22 that signal predominantly via cAMP. They have beautifully shown IFN-γ opposes the effects of PGE2 on TNF-induced gene expression. They found that TP signature genes are activated by cooperation of PGE2-induced AP-1, CEBP, and NR4A with TNF-induced NF-κB activity. On the other hand, they found that IFN-γ suppressed induction of AP-1, CEBP, and NR4A activity to ablate induction of IL-1, Notch, and neutrophil chemokine genes but promoted expression of distinct inflammatory genes such as TNF and T cell chemokines like CXCL10 indicating that TP induces inflammatory genes via IFN-γ in the RA and ICI-arthritis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors carried out most of the assays in the monocytes/macrophages. How do APC-cells like Dendritic cells behave with respect to this TP treatment similar dosing?

      (2) The authors studied 3h and 24h post-treatment transcriptomic and epigenomic. What happens to TP induce inflammatory genes post-treatment 12h, 36h, 48h, 72h. It is critical to see the upregulated/downregulated genes get normalised or stay the same throughout the innate immune response.

      (3) The authors showed IL1-axis in response to the TP-treatment. Do other cytokine axes get modulated? If yes, then how do they cooperate to reduce/induce inflammatory responses along this proposed axis?

      Overall, the data looks good and acceptable but I need to confirm the above-mentioned criticisms.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current article presents a new type of analytical approach to the sequential organisation of whale song units.

      Strengths:

      The detailed description of the internal temporal structure of whale songs is something that has been thus far lacking.

      Weaknesses:

      The conceptual and terminological bases of the paper are problematical and hamper comparison with other taxa, including humans. According to signal theory, codas are indexical rather than symbolic. They signal an individual's group identity. Borrowing from humans and linguistics, coda inter-group variation represents a case of accents - phonologically different varieties of the same call - not dialects, confirming they are an index. This raises serious doubt about whether alleged "symbolism" and similarity between whale and human vocal behaviour is factual. The same applies to the difference between ICIs (inter-click interval) and IOIs (inter-onset interval). If the two are equivalent, variation in click duration needs to be shown so small that can be considered negligible. This raises serious doubt about whether the alleged variation in whale codas is indeed rhythmic in nature and prevents future efforts for comparison with the vocal capacities of other species. The scope and relevance of this paper for the broader field is limited.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lejeune et al. demonstrated sex-dependent differences in the susceptibility to MRSA infection. The authors demonstrated the role of the microbiota and sex hormones as potential determinants of susceptibility. Moreover, the authors showed that Th17 cells and neutrophils contribute to the sex hormone-dependent protection in female mice.

      Strengths:

      The role of microbiota was examined in various models (germ-free, co-housing, microbiota transplantation). The identification of responsible immune cells was achieved using several genetic knockouts and cell-specific depletion models. The involvement of sex hormones was clarified using ovariectomy and the FCG model.

      Weaknesses:

      The specific microbial species/strains responsible for the protection, as well as the mechanisms by which these bacteria regulate sex hormone-mediated protection, remain unclear. However, this does not diminish the conceptual significance of the study.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have adequately addressed my previous concerns, and the revised manuscript shows significant improvement.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a mouse model of Staphylococcus aureus gut colonization Lejeune et al demonstrate that the microbiome, immune system, and sex are important contributing factors for whether this important human pathogen persists in the gut. The work begins by describing differential gut clearance of S. aureus in female B6 mice bred at NYU compared to those from Jackson Laboratories (JAX). NYU female mice cleared S. aureus from the gut but NYU male mice and mice of both sexes from JAX exhibited persistent gut colonization. Further experimentation demonstrated that differences between staphylococcal gut clearance in NYU and JAX female mice were attributed to the microbiome. However, NYU male and female mice harbor similar microbiomes, supporting the conclusion that the microbiome cannot account for the observed sex-dependent clearance of S. aureus gut colonization. To identify factors responsible for female clearance of S. aureus, the authors performed RNAseq on intestinal epithelia cells and cells enriched within the lamina propria. This analysis revealed sex-dependent transcriptional responses in both tissues. Genes associated with immune cell function and migration were distinctly expressed between the sexes. To determine which immune cell types contribute to S. aureus clearance Lejeune et al employed genetic and antibody-mediated immune cell depletion. This experiment demonstrated that CD4+ IL17+ cells and neutrophils promote elimination of S. aureus from the gut. Subsequent experiments, including the use of the 'four core genotype model' were conducted to discern between the roles of sex chromosomes and sex hormones. This work demonstrated that sex-chromosome linked genes are not responsible for clearance, increasing the likelihood that hormones play a dominant role in controlling S. aureus gut colonization.

      Strengths:

      A strength of the work is the rigorous experimental design. Appropriate controls were executed and, in most cases, multiple approaches were conducted to strengthen the authors' conclusions. The conclusions are supported by the data.<br /> The following suggestions are offered to improve an already strong piece of scholarship.

      Weaknesses:

      The correlation between female sex hormones and elimination of S. aureus from the gut could be further validated by quantifying sex hormones produced in the four core genotype mice in response to colonization. Additionally, and this may not be feasible, but according to the proposed model administering female sex hormones to male mice should decrease colonization. Finally, knowing whether the quantity of IL-17a CD4+ cells change in the OVX mice has the potential to discern whether the abundance/migration of the cells or their activation is promoted by female sex hormones.

      In the Discussion the authors highlight previous work establishing a link between immune cells and sex hormone receptors, but whether the estrogen (and progesterone) receptor is differentially expressed in response to S. aureus colonization could be assessed in the RNAseq dataset. Differential expression of known X and Y chromosome linked genes were discussed but specific sex hormones or sex hormone receptors, like the estrogen receptor were not. This potential result could be highlighted.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have adequately addressed my comments. I have only one minor adjustment: the Esr1 mice should be included the Materials and Methods.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Cao et al. examines an important but understudied question of how chronic exposure to heat drives changes in affective and social behaviors. It has long been known that temperature can be a potent driver of behaviors and can lead to anxiety and aggression. However, the neural circuitry that mediates these changes is not known. Cao et al. take on this question by integrating optical tools of systems neuroscience to record and manipulate bulk activity in neural circuits, in combination with a creative battery of behavior assays. They demonstrate that chronic daily exposure to heat leads to changes in anxiety, locomotion, social approach, and aggression. They identify a circuit from preoptic area (POA) to posterior paraventricular thalamus (pPVT) in mediating these behavior changes. The POA-PVT circuit increases activity during heat exposure. Further, manipulation of this circuit can drive affective and social behavioral phenotypes even in the absence of heat exposure. Moreover, silencing this circuit during heat exposure prevents the development of negative phenotypes. Overall the manuscript makes an important contribution to the understudied area of how ambient temperature shapes motivated behaviors.

      Strengths

      The use of state-of-the-art systems neuroscience tools (in vivo optogenetics and fiber photometry, slice electrophysiology), chronic temperature-controlled experiments, and a rigorous battery of behavioral assays to determine affective phenotypes. The optogenetic gain of function of affective phenotypes in the absence of heat, and loss of function in the presence of heat are very convincing manipulation data. Overall a significant contribution to the circuit-level instantiation of temperature induced changes in motivated behavior, and creative experiments.

      Weaknesses

      The authors have fully addressed all of my questions and concerns, with the exception of one comment. They mention that they did carry out measurements of core body temperature as a control during optogenetic experiments and did not see any effects. However, I could only find this reported in the text but could not find the data in the main or supplementary figures.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Cao et al. highlights an interesting and important aspect of heat- and thermal biology: the effect of repetitive, long-term heat exposure and its impact on brain function.<br /> Even though peripheral, sensory temperature sensors and afferent neuronal pathways conveying acute temperature information to the CNS have been well established, it is largely unknown how persistent, long-term temperature stimuli interact with and shape CNS function, and how these thermally-induced CNS alterations modulate efferent pathways to change physiology and behavior. This study is therefore not only novel but, given global warming, also timely.

      The authors provide compelling evidence that neurons of the paraventricular thalamus change plastically over three weeks of episodic heat stimulation and they convincingly show that these changes affect behavioral outputs such as social interactions, and anxiety related behaviors.

      Strengths:

      • It is impressive that the assessed behaviors can be (i) recruited by optogenetic fiber activation and (ii) inhibited by optogenetic fiber inhibition when mice are exposed to heat. Technically, when/how long is the fiber inhibition performed? It says in the text "3 min on and 3 min off". Is this only during the 20 minutes heat stimulation or also at other times?<br /> • It is interesting that the frequency of activity in pPVT neurons, as assessed by fiber photometry, stays increased after long-term heat exposure (day 22) when mice are back at normal room temperature. This appears similar to a previous study that found long-term heat exposure to transform POA neurons plastically to become tonically active (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2024.08.06.606929v1 ). Interestingly, the POA neurons that become tonically active by persistent heat exposure described in the above study are largely excitatory and thus these could drive the activity of the pPVT neurons analyzed in this study.<br /> How can it be reconciled that the majority of the inputs from the POA are found to be largely inhibitory (Fig. 2H)? Is it possible that this result stems from the fact that non-selective POA-to-pPVT projections are labelled by the approach used in this study and not only those pathways activated by heat? These points would be nice to discuss.<br /> • It is very interesting that no LTP can be induced after chronic heat exposure (Fig. K-M); the authors suggest that "the pathway in these mice were already saturated" (line 375). Could this hypothesis be tested in slices by employing a protocol to extinguish pre-existing (chronic heat exposure-induced) LTP? This would provide further strength to the findings/suggestion that an important synaptic plasticity mechanism is at play that conveys behavioral changes upon chronic heat stimulation.<br /> • It is interesting that long-term heat does not increase parameters associated with depression (Fig. 1N-Q), how is it with acute heat stress, are those depression parameters increased acutely? It would be interesting to learn if "depression indicators" increase acutely but then adapt (as a consequence of heat acclimation) or if they are not changed at all and are also low during acute heat exposure.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, Cao et al. explore the neural mechanisms by which chronic heat exposure induces negative valence and hyperarousal in mice, focusing on the role of the posterior paraventricular nucleus (pPVT) neurons that receive projections from the preoptic area (POA). The authors show that chronic heat exposure leads to heightened activity of the POA projection-receiving pPVT neurons, potentially contributing to behavioral changes such as increased anxiety level and reduced sociability, along with heightened startle responses. In addition, using electrophysiological methods, the authors suggest that increased membrane excitability of pPVT neurons may underlie these behavioral changes. The use of a variety of behavioral assays enhances the robustness of their claim. Moreover, while previous research on thermoregulation has predominantly focused on physiological responses to thermal stress, this study adds a unique and valuable perspective by exploring how thermal stress impacts affective states and behaviors, thereby broadening the field of thermoregulation.

      While the manuscript has been revised and some efforts have been made to address the reviewers' concerns, the majority of the issues raised remain insufficiently resolved. Therefore, the reviewer has highlighted key major points that the authors should address to strengthen the manuscript's conclusions.

      Major points<br /> The manuscript highlights the increased activity in pPVT neurons receiving projections from the POA (Figure 3) and shows that these neurons are necessary for heat-induced behavioral changes (Figures 4N-W). However, it remains unclear whether the POA-to-pPVT projection itself plays a critical role. Since pPVT recipient neurons can receive inputs from various brain regions, the role of the POA input in driving these effects needs to be validated more explicitly.<br /> (1) To establish this, the authors should conduct experiments directly inhibiting the POA-to-pPVT projection and demonstrate whether the increased activity in pPVT neurons due to chronic heat exposure is abolished when the POA is blocked.<br /> (2) Alternatively, the authors could use anterograde labeling from the POA and specifically target recipient neurons in the pPVT to confirm that the observed excitatory inputs originate from the POA (related to Figure 6).<br /> (3) If these experiments are not feasible, the authors should consider toning down the emphasis on the POA's role throughout the manuscript and discussing this limitation explicitly. The term "POA recipient pPVT neurons" should be used consistently to avoid misleading implications that the POA-to-pPVT excitatory projection is definitively established as the key pathway.<br /> a) For example, in lines 368-369, the phrase "The increase in presynaptic excitability of the POA to pPVT excitatory pathway" represents a logical jump, as the data only support the "differential increase in presynaptic excitability of the excitatory pathway" (as described in lines 358-359) without specifically confirming the POA-to-pPVT pathway.<br /> b) Similarly, in lines 442-446, the statement "the role of excitatory projections from POA to pPVT in chronic heat exposure-induced emotional changes" should be revised to "the role of excitatory projection recipient pPVT in chronic heat~," as the data do not provide direct evidence that heat-responsive POA neurons projecting to pPVT mediate these effects. Such revisions would improve clarity and ensure that the conclusions remain aligned with the presented data.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Satoshi Yamashita et al., investigate the physical mechanisms driving tissue bending using the cellular Potts Model, starting from a planar cellular monolayer. They argue that apical length-independent tension control alone cannot explain bending phenomena in the cellular Potts Model, contrasting with previous works, particularly Vertex Models. They conclude that an apical elastic term, with zero rest value (due to endocytosis/exocytosis), is necessary to achieve apical constriction and that tissue bending can be enhanced by adding a supracellular myosin cable. Additionally, a very high apical elastic constant promotes planar tissue configurations, opposing bending.

      Strengths:

      - The finding of the required mechanisms for tissue bending in the cellular Potts Model provides a natural alternative for studying bending processes in situations with highly curved cells.

      - Despite viewing cellular delamination as an undesired outcome in this particular manuscript, the model's capability to naturally allow T1 events might prove useful for studying cell mechanics during out-of-plane extrusion.

      [Editors' note: The previous reviews have not been updated, as the changes to the manuscript were restricted to refining the text. The authors addressed all of the minor points raised by the reviewers. Some of the major points such as the lack of a summary quantification still stand. The previous reviews are here: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.93496.2.sa1]

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dopamine neurons contribute to motivated and motor behaviors in many ways, and ample recent evidence has suggested that distinct dopamine neuron subclasses support discrete behavioral and circuit functions. Prior studies have subdivided dopamine neurons by spatial localization, gene expression patterns, and physiological properties. However, many of these studies were bound by previous technical limitations that made comprehensive subclassification efforts difficult or impossible. The main goal of this manuscript was to characterize and further define dopamine neuron heterogeneity in the ventral midbrain. The study uses cutting-edge single nucleus RNA-seq (on the 10X Genomics platform) and spatial transcriptomics (on the MERFISH platform) to define dopamine neuron heterogeneity with unprecedented resolution. The result is a convincing and comprehensive subclassification of dopamine neurons into three main families, each with major branches and subtypes. In addition, the study reports comparisons between wild type mice and mice that harbor a G2019S mutation in the Lrrk2 gene, which models a common cause of autosomally dominant Parkinson's Disease in humans. These results, while less robust due to the nature of the group comparisons, nevertheless identify vulnerability within specific dopamine neuron subpopulations. This vulnerability may contribute unique risk to dopamine neuron loss in the context of Parkinson's disease. Overall, the study is careful and rigorous and provides a critical resource for the rapidly evolving knowledge of dopamine neuron subtypes.

      Strengths:

      -The creation of a public-facing app where the snRNA-seq data can be investigated by anyone is a major strength.<br /> -The manuscript includes careful comparisons to prior datasets that have sought to explore dopamine neuron heterogeneity. The result is a useful synthesis of new findings with previously published work, which is helpful for moving the field forward in this area.<br /> -The integration of snRNA-seq with MERFISH results is particularly strong, and enables insight not only into subclassification, but also into how this relates to spatial localization. The careful neuroanatomy reveals important distinctions between Sox6, Calb1, and Gad2 positive dopamine neuron families, with some degree of spatial overlap.